emasterbuilder march2011

MB Cover

Aquarius Engineers Pvt.Ltd

Aquarius Engineers Pvt.Ltd

RAnand

Text Box

Lucky International

Hess Concrete Machinery India Pvt.Ltd

Metecno India Pvt.Ltd

ACC Ltd

RAnand

Text Box

Fayat India

Richa Industries Ltd

Greaves Cotton Ltd

Gandhi Automations Pvt.Ltd

Techny Chemy

PNP Polytex Pvt.Ltd

Editor-in-Chief

[email protected]

Vice-Chairman

[email protected]

Director Editorial, Construction Chemicals

Editor-in-Charge

Sub-Editor

Contributors

Staff Correspondent

Vice President Marketing

Head-New Media Initiative

Credit Controller

Finance

Manager Digital Production

Manager Digital Media

Creative Head

Production Manager

Digital Production Assistant

Subscription & Circulation Team

Corporate Office

102/11 (New No. 46/11),Tripti Apartments, Marshalls Road,Egmore, Chennai - 600 008.Ph: 044-28555248 Telefax: 28586703.

Subscription & Circulation

Website

Karnataka

Phone: 080 - 25701079 / 25705888Mobile

Owned and Published by

102/11 (New No. 46/11),Tripti Apartments, Marshalls Road, Egmore, Chennai - 600 008.

rinted

Times Printers & Publishers,New No. 57 (29), Dr. Besant Road,Ice House, Chennai - 600 014.

Disclaimer

All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or part without prior written permission prohibited. The views expressed in this magazine are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect those of the management.

K.P. Pradeep

K G K Moorthy

Dr. Y P Kapoor

Ravi Damodaran

Nigel Narayan

Bhavani Balakrishna, Saadat Ali, Sanjay

M.K. Prabhakar

H. Usha Devi

Pradeep Nair

G.B. Muralidharan

R. Prema

K. Sravanthi Kiran

Lakshmi

S. Nithiyanandam

Caroline D'sylva

R. Anand

R. Mariya Selvi, Sateesh Kuniyil, S. Sasi

MB Publishers Pvt. Limited

[email protected]

www.masterbuilder.co.in

K.P. Pradeep

Ashok Natarajan

Head - Content Development CE,Infrastructure & Environment

No.40, 2nd Floor, 7th "C" Cross,Ashwini Layout, Koramangala,Bangalore - 560047.

: 09343833191

P By

Sadagopan Seshadri

Your feedbacks are welcome and should be sent to: The Editor,The Masterbuilder, 102/11(New No. 46/11), Tripti Apartments, Marshalls Road, Egmore, Chennai, India. Phone: +91 44 28555248Telefax: +91 44 28586703

o amount of words can console the grief of those, shattered by the Nquake and the consequential tsunami, which hit the east coast of

Honshu, Japan recently. Amidst live footage and by the minute reports on

Japan's battle to control its nuclear radiation, most tracking the story failed

to acknowledge the pivotal role played by building codes in neutralizing

what possibly could have ended up being right at the top of David B. Hall's

list of world's greatest disasters. It's worth mentioning that the quake,

which hit Japan on 11th March (4th most destructive ever to have been

recorded in human history) has been responsible for relatively a lower

death toll when compared to the quake that hit Haiti last year.

Reports made available by US geological survey led many to believe that

the event was cataclysmic enough to cause profound damage to

buildings vis-à-vis large scale human casualties. However, it was payback

time for Japan's high engineering standard and stringent building codes,

which came to the rescue of millions, hold up in structures close to the

epicenter. What made the difference was the commitment of the Japanese

policy makers to enforce earthquake-resistant building technology unlike

Haiti, which lacked a government capable of compliance to implement

strict construction standards.

Builders and government regulators world over should learn from Japan

and ensure global standards of construction is applied to protect their

citizens. After all it's no rocket science to realize that good engineering

practice pays. Look how well it did for Japan.

Back home Pranab Mukerjee's 2011-12 budget presented earlier this

month caused no such tremors. Development of Infrastructure remains

the key focal area of the UPA government, with budgeted spending in

infrastructure estimated at Rs 2, 14,000 Cr an increase of over 23% from Rs

1, 73,000 Cr during 2010-11, providing 48.5% of the plan allocation. The

budget has also proposed to provide the much needed foreign investment

in Indian infrastructure by mountaineering their venturing limit to USD 40bn

from USD 20bn earlier. The total disbursement target for India

Infrastructure Finance Company Limited (IIFCL) has been hiked to Rs

25000 Cr from Rs 20000 Cr.

The budget widens the classification of infrastructure by including cold

storage facilities and capital investment in fertilizers as sub sections of

infrastructure. With higher allocation into infrastructure coupled with the

move to provide long term resources through infrastructure debt fund, tax

free bonds worth Rs 30000 Cr and permitting a deduction of Rs 20000 in

Tax liability (by investing in long term infrastructure bond) there is no doubt

that this budget will act as an extremely positive move for the Industry.

Codes: 'The Unsung Hero'

EDITOR'S COMMENT

FORM IV: The Masterbuilder

Place of publication: Chennai, Periodicity of Publication: Monthly, Printers Name: Ashok Natarajan, Nationality: Indian, Address : Times Printers & Publishers, No.57 (29), Dr. Besant Road, Ice House, Chennai - 600 014 Publisher's Name: K P Pradeep, Nationality : Indian, Address : MB Publishers Pvt. Ltd, No.102/11, Tripti Apartments, Marshalls Road, Egmore, Chennai - 600 008. Editor's Name: K P Pradeep, Nationality: Indian, Address: MB Publishers Pvt. Ltd, No.102/11, Tripti Apartments, Marshalls Road, Egmore, Chennai - 600 008. Names and addresses of individuals who own the newspaper and partners or shareholders holding more than one percent of the total capital:K P Pradeep, No.102/11, Tripti Apartments, Marshalls Road, Egmore, Chennai - 600 008.Nigel Narayan, No.102/11, Tripti Apartments, Marshalls Road, Egmore, Chennai - 600 008.

Declaration

I, K P Pradeep, hereby declare that the particulars given above are true to the best of my knowledge and belief.

Date: 25/March/2011

Sd/-

K P Pradeep

K.P Pradeep, [email protected]

H & K Rolling Mill Engineers Pvt.Ltd

16 The Masterbuilder - March 2011

March has been yet another eventful month for team MB. We quite literally had

our hands full with key industry events that had been lined up in quick

succession. With the country in the midst of its largest ever infrastructure

development spree our editorial team as ever was at the forefront, reporting

the proceedings.

Henry Ford had once famously said, “Coming together is a beginning.

Keeping together is progress. Working together is success”. There could be

no better example of what teamwork can achieve than team MB. Reaching

milestones through teamwork has been the primary reason for our success,

over the years. The recognition of our ability to accomplish as a team came to

limelight with the announcement of the CIDC 'Vishwakarma' Awards that were

presented in a glittering function held at New Delhi on March 7th, 2011. While

Editor-in-Chief K.P. Pradeep bagged the “Best Journalist” award, Sub-Editor

Nigel Narayan accepted the “Best News Magazine” award on behalf of the

entire team.

As part of our ever growing presence as official media partner for major

industry related events, I had the opportunity this month to attend the 2nd

FICCI International Conference on Construction Chemicals “Construction

Chemicals Conclave 2011” held in Hotel Le Meridian, Bengaluru from

February 17-18, 2011. The virtual 'who's who' of the construction chemicals

industry was present during the occasion. A series of paper presentations by

industry experts covered an entire gamut of topics related to the construction

chemicals industry. This is one particular industry vertical, which is all set to

boom in the coming few years, with rising emphasis on sustainable building

strategies.

Talking about construction chemicals I'm delighted to announce that

Dr.Y.P. Kapoor, (a doyen in the domain he serves) will be joining me on the

board of MB as Editorial Director, Construction Chemicals with effect from 1st

April 2011.Dr. Kapoor, an experienced Admixture Specialist and Concrete

Technologist has been earlier associated with the Fosroc International, Kuwait

British Ready-mix Company, Ready-mix Beton, Qatar besides being part of

several landmark projects in the UAE. It is indeed an honour and privilege for

the entire team at MB, to have someone of Dr. Kapoor's stature joining us.

MB has been playing an increasingly prominent role in several industry-

academic platforms such as the BAI, ICI, ACCE, IEI, INSTRUCT etc. One such

very important forum, where MB is playing a crucial role is the Structural

Engineers World Congress (SEWC). It is a matter of pride for us to announce

that our Editor-in-Chief a key member in the Governing Council of SEWC has

been chosen as the Editor of the prestigious 'International Journal of SEWC'.

As the official media partner and an integral part of the forthcoming SEWC

2011 conference to be held in Como-Cernobbio, Italy our award winning

editorial team shall report on the deliberations.

Before concluding, I also would like to thank all those in the academy and the

industry for responding to our call to be part of the immensely successful XXIV

All India Builder's Convention that concluded recently at Chennai. The

technical session of the event headed by our Editor-in-Chief saw quiet a few

intresting presentations, which broadened the vision and enhanced the

capabilities of the delegates.

Eventful Month

K.G.K.Moorthy | Vice-Chairman

[email protected]

Wirtgen India Pvt.Ltd

108108

9292 140140

Editor's Comment.......................

News & Events............................

E-Scape.....................................

14

24

226PEB: An Industry Analysis

M.K. Prabhakar

Pre-Engineered Building: Cost-Effective and Sustainable Construction Technique Set to Rule the Roost

18

Contents

The Masterbuilder - March 2011

5454

PEB: An Industry AnalysisPre-Engineered Building: Cost-Effective and Sustainable Construction Technique Set to Rule the RoostM.K. Prabhakar

46

Portable ArchitecturePortable Modular Buildings!Bhavani Balakrishna

54

64

78 Corrosion ControlGalvanic CorrosionR.K. Luther, Managing Director, M/s Atul Fastners Ltd.

Cool Roof CoatingsVersatile Coatings for Today's Roof SystemsAchal Narayanan

®Modular Building and LEEDModular Building and the USGBC's LEED™Special Correspondent

Industry AnalysisRoofing Industry: Diverse Product Range Drives DemandM.K. Prabhakar

Roofing: Material FocusZinc Roofing: Sustainable Roofing Option Comes Back into LimelightM.K. Prabhakar

82

102

108

Standing Seam Roof

Metal Standing Seam Roof Systems: Going from Strength to StrengthSadagopan Seshadri, Chief - Content Development, CE - Infrastructure - Environment

92

116

120

124

128

140

ProfileG.V.Engineering & Co: Offering Top of the line PEB SolutionsRaja Gana Nathar B.E.,M.K.S.E, Managing Director, G.V.Engineering & Co

Industry AnalysisConstruction Chemicals: Building Blocks of QualitySadagopan Seshadri, Chief - Content Development, CE - Infrastructure - Environment

Reflective SignageTechnology - A Key to Safer Roads

Seismic PerformanceComparison of Various Methods Including Time History Analysis in Seismic Performance Evaluation of RC FramesShah B. A. Associate Professor, Applied Mechanics Department, The M. S. University of BarodaPatodi S. C. Professor, Civil Engineering Department,Parul Institute of Engg. & Tech., Limda, Baroda

Asphalt RecyclingFractionation of Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement the way to Achieve Higher Percentages of UseJohn D'Angelo Ph.D. P.E.,

146 Construction Awards3rd CIDC Vishwakarma Award 2011: A Recognition of Notable achievements and Standards of Excellence

4646

JK Cements Ltd


Contents

182182

201201

168

172

174

175

177

180

182

188

191

194

198

201

203

204

210

214

216

219

222

206

Steel: Roving SeminarTRMA Launches Crusade for 'Proper Steel Reinforcement'

Student InteractionStimulus 2011 A Truly Invigorating Experience for Civil Engineering Students

RoundtableConcrete Roads & White Toppings:Hold Immense Possibilities for India

Communication FeatureTo Make Good Things Even Better

InteractionLucky International Tensile Fabric Roofing Specialist Raises the Bar Higher

Site ReportSite Report - MARINI MAC 200 - State of-the-art Efficiency Delivered

BC 2011: Post Event ReportbC India 2011 gets a Thumbs-up from CE Industry

Ajax Fiori: One on-one with Mr.K.Vijay, Managing Director, Ajax Fiori at the bC India 2011 Show

Ammann Group: The Road Construction Equipment Specialist has Big Plans for India

M&IG (A producer of Russian industrial machines CHETRA) Announces Plans for Production Unit at the bC India 2011 Show

DMI Engineering & Manufacturing Co Ltd: Superior Technology and Service Enable DMI to Stay Ahead

Greaves Cotton Launches Premium Range of Construction Equipment at bC India 2011 Show

Manitowoc Emphasizes Commitment to Indian Market at bC India 2011 Show

KAMAZ Vectra Showcases Russian Trucks of European Quality for India

Putzmeister - Showcasing a Wide Range of Products for the Indian Market

REL-CED forays into Foundation Equipment - Launches “CF” Series Piling Rigs at bC India Show

SCHWING Stetter India Unveils Two New Concrete Pumps at bC India Show

TIL - The Growth Story Continues

Volvo Drives Home the Fuel Efficiency Message at bC India 2011 Show

PALFINGER Launches Stiff Boom Crane at bC India 2011 Show

150 Rock Foundation: Case StudyInnovative Construction Techniques for Rock Foundation Treatment and Quality Assurance of Salma Dam Project, Afghanistan - A Case StudyR.B.Shivali1, Senior Research Officer K.S.Jamwal2, Ex. DDG, GSIA.N.N.Prasad3, Project Director Amar Kumar4, General Manager (P)R.K.Gupta5, C.M.D. 1 - CSMRS, New Delhi and deputation to WAPCOS Ltd. at Salma Dam Project in Afghanistan 2 - Geological Survey of India and, 3-5 - WAPCOS Ltd. at Salma Dam Project, Afghanistan

The Masterbuilder / equip Supplement, Volume 13, No.2, 2011

CORRIGENDUMPage 5Under the Section 'Overview'' the profile of M/s Aquarius Engineers Pvt.Ltd should read: Aquarius Engineers is a leading manufacturer and exporter of concrete equipments. The company represents Gomaco, USA in India for its complete range of slip form pavers curbing machines. Equipments manufactured by Aquarius are designed and built to maximize workers' safety at all times, whatever the situation. Aquarius also renders turnkey solutions from concept to commissioning of Concrete Batching Plants.

Thermal InsulationThermatek Thermal Barriers Offering the Complete Range of Cool- Roof Products

148

Sleek Boards India Ltd 69

Sohan Lal Gupta 139

Soilmec Foundation Equipment

P.Ltd 23

Speedcrafts Ltd 161

SSA Techno Construction Pvt. Ltd. 215

STA Concrete Flooring

Solutions 81, 127

STP Ltd 125

Structural Engineers World

Congress (SEWC) 208,209

Tac System Formwork Sdn Bhd 111

Technokolla 71

Techny Chemy 12

Texsa India Ltd 45

The Masterbuilder Corporate Ad 193

The Masterbuilder Subscription Form 213

Thermatek 53

Thermoshield India (P) Ltd 189

Toshniwal Systems & Instruments

Pvt.Ltd 175

Transweigh (India) Limited 27

Truevents, Singapore 217

Unisteel Engineering Works 135

Universal Construction Machinery 86,87,107

Venus Equipments And Tools Pvt. Ltd. 155

Viki Industries (P) Ltd 143

Wirtgen India Pvt.Ltd 17

Zamil Steel Buildings India.Pvt.Ltd Back Cover

T

U

V

W

Z

The Supreme Industries Ltd 39

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

ACC Ltd 7

Action Construction Equipment Ltd 95, 97, 99

Apollo Infratech Pvt.Ltd 25,31

Aquarius Engineers Pvt.Ltd Gatefold

Asons Enterprise 153

Atul Fasteners Ltd 57

Bomanite India 105

Bridge Seminar 199

Cemseal System & Sales (Webac) 179

Cerachem Pvt.Ltd 133

Chetra Machinery India Pvt.Ltd 35

Cipy Polyurethanes Pvt.Ltd 67

Columbia Pakona Engineering Pvt.Ltd 179

Cosmos Construction Machineries & Equip.Pvt.Ltd 167

Cosmos Sales Corporation 145

Dow Corning India Pvt.Ltd 43

Ermotec International Pvt.Ltd 195,225

Esquire -CMAC Pvt.Ltd 159, 165

Fayat India 8

Gandhi Automations Pvt.Ltd 11

Greaves Cotton Ltd 10

GV Engineering & Co., 117

H & K Rolling Mill Engineers Pvt.Ltd 15

Hess Concrete Machinery India Pvt.Ltd Front cover (2)

Jindal Aluminium 123

JK Cements Ltd 19

JK Works Bharuch (Guj) 149

JSW Serverfield Structures Ltd Back inner

Lipi Polymers Pvt.Ltd 33

Liugong India Pvt.Ltd 89

Lucky International Front inner (1)

Maco Coporation India Pvt.Ltd 185

Mangalore Chemical Fertilisers 61

Metecno India Pvt.Ltd Front inner (2)

MM Castings (P) Ltd 119

Nicomac Doors Pvt. Ltd 189

Nina Concrete Systems Pvt.Ltd 79, 115,131

Pennar Engineered Building

Systems Ltd 75

Pioneer India 195

PNP Polytex Pvt.Ltd 13

Putzmeister Concrete Machines Pvt.Ltd 37

Ramtec 195

Razon Engineering Company P.Ltd 101

Realm Intermediates (P) Ltd 51,185

Reliance Industries Ltd 171

Relyon Facility Services 215

Revathi Equipment Ltd 91

Richa Industries Ltd 9

Rockwool (India) Ltd 49

Roof India Exhibition 221

Schwing Stetter (India) Pvt.Ltd 29

Seven Hills Safety Equipments and Systems (P) Limited 215

Sika India Pvt.Ltd 59

Silicone Concepts Int'l.Pvt.Ltd 63

SKG Equipments Pvt. Ltd. 225

L

M

N

P

R

S

21The Masterbuilder - March 2011

Advertisers Index______________________

Contents

Aluminium

Cement Manufacturers

Concrete Block Making Machinery

Concrete Pipes

Concrete Pump Manufacturers

Construction chemicals

Construction Equipment & Machinery

Doors-Automatic

Dozers

Events

Jindal Aluminium 123

ACC Ltd 7JK Cements Ltd 19

Columbia Pakona Engineering Pvt.Ltd 179Hess Concrete Machinery India Pvt.Ltd Front Cover (2)

Apollo Infratech Pvt.Ltd 25,31

Putzmeister Concrete Machines Pvt.Ltd 37Schwing Stetter (India) Pvt.Ltd 29

Cemseal System & Sales (Webac) 179Cerachem Pvt.Ltd 133Mangalore Chemical Fertilisers 61Nina Concrete Systems Pvt.Ltd 79, 115,131Technokolla 71

Action Construction Equipment Ltd 95, 97, 99Apollo Infratech Pvt.Ltd 25,31Aquarius Engineers Pvt.Ltd GatefoldChetra Machinery India Pvt.Ltd 35Cosmos Sales Corporation 145Fayat India 8Greaves Cotton Ltd 10Liugong India Pvt.Ltd 89Revathi Equipment Ltd 91Schwing Stetter (India) Pvt.Ltd 29SKG Equipments Pvt. Ltd. 225Speedcrafts Ltd 161Toshniwal Systems & Instruments Pvt.Ltd 175Transweigh (India) Limited 27Unisteel Engineering Works 135Universal Construction Machinery & Equipment Ltd 86,87,107Venus Equipments And Tools Pvt. Ltd. 155Wirtgen India Pvt.Ltd 17

Gandhi Automations Pvt.Ltd 11Nicomac Doors Pvt. Ltd 189

Chetra Machinery India Pvt.Ltd 35

Structural Engineers World Congress (SEWC) 208,209Truevents, Singapore 217

Excavator Attachments

Exhibition

Facility Services

Fire and safety Equipments

Flooring

Formwork

Foundation Equipment

Green Building Materials

Green Building System

Material Handling Equipments

OEM Suppliers

Particle Board

PEB

Repair & Rehabilation

Roofing

Ermotec International Pvt.Ltd 195,225

Roof India Exhibition 221

Relyon Facility Services 215

Seven Hills Safety Equipments and Systems (P) Limited 215

Bomanite India 105Cipy Polyurethanes Pvt.Ltd 67Reliance Industries Ltd 171STA Concrete Flooring Solutions 81, 127

Tac System Formwork Sdn Bhd 111

Soilmec Foundation Equipment P.Ltd 23

Ramtec 195Thermatek 53Thermoshield India (P) Ltd 189

Pennar Engineered Building Systems Ltd 75

Esquire -CMAC Pvt.Ltd 159, 165JK Works Bharuch (Guj) 149Maco Coporation India Pvt.Ltd 185

MM Castings (P) Ltd 119


GV Engineering & Co., 117Pennar Engineered Building Systems Ltd 75Pioneer India 195Richa Industries Ltd 9Zamil Steel Buildings India.Pvt.Ltd Back Cover

Nina Concrete Systems Pvt.Ltd 79, 115,131Razon Engineering Company P.Ltd 101

GV Engineering & Co., 117Lipi Polymers Pvt.Ltd 33

Lucky International Front Inner (1)Metecno India Pvt.Ltd Front Inner (2)Pioneer India 195PNP Polytex Pvt.Ltd 13Realm Intermediates (P) Ltd 51,185Richa Industries Ltd 9Sika India Pvt.Ltd 59Texsa India Ltd 45Thermatek 53Thermoshield India (P) Ltd 189Zamil Steel Buildings India.Pvt.Ltd Back Cover

Asons Enterprise 153Atul Fasteners Ltd 57Realm Intermediates (P) Ltd 51,185Sohan Lal Gupta 139


Cosmos Construction Machineries & Equipment Pvt.Ltd 167

Bridge Seminar 199

JSW Serverfield Structures Ltd Back Inner

Lucky International Front Inner (1)

Rockwool (India) Ltd 49

Viki Industries (P) Ltd 143

H & K Rolling Mill Engineers Pvt.Ltd 15

PNP Polytex Pvt.Ltd 13

Cemseal System & Sales (Webac) 179Cerachem Pvt.Ltd 133Dow Corning India Pvt.Ltd 43Nina Concrete Systems Pvt.Ltd 79, 115,131Sika India Pvt.Ltd 59Silicone Concepts Int'l.Pvt.Ltd 63SSA Techno Construction Pvt. Ltd. 215STP Ltd 125The Supreme Industries Ltd 39Technokolla 71Techny Chemy 12

Roofing fastners

Rubber MDF

Scaffolding

Seminar

Steel Structures

Tensile Membrane

Thermal insulation

TMT

TMT-Technology Suppliers

Turbine ventilators

Waterproofing

Advertisers Index / Classification_________

Contents


Soilmec Foundation Equipment P.Ltd

RAnand

Text Box

News & Events M B


CO

NSTR

UC

TIO

N E

QU

IPM

EN

T

Link -Belt to debut New Crane Operating

System at ConExpo 2011

Tough Mustang 3300V Skid Steer Loader Creates

Ripples in the Market

New Pulverisers and Breakers from Stanley

Leica Geo Systems PowerDigger- A2

Dimensional Guidance System for Excavators

A Monstrous Demolition Machine

Stanley Hydraulic Tools, which is a leading name in the demolition industry, has announced the launch of two new attachments a 1,995 kg LaBountay MDP20R demolition processor that is designed for use on 18 to 25 tonne carriers and the MB05 three-in-one breaker that is designed for use on skid steer loaders and mini excavators.

The new pulveriser features the use of LaBounty's swift-lock process and the tool designed for tough working conditions. According to the company the pulveriser offers one of the highest power-to-weights - ratios in its class, which in turn results in safety and greater stability of the carrier.

The company has been in the fore-front when it comes to introduction of new technology products in the demolition equipment domain.

The Mustang 3300 V skid steer loader has been creating news right from the day it was launched in the market. Featuring a vertical boom, the skid steer loader model offers 131 inches of lift height.

The machine is powered by a 84 horsepower Yanmar Tier III turbo engine, which is claimed to be the strongest that is available in its class. The loader also features ergonomic cab design, which enables increased productivity of the machine.

system comes with self-diagnostic capabilities and helps in continuous monitoring of multiple crane func-tions.

The company will be providing comprehensive customer support for the newly designed system that has been completely designed in-house according to the company. According to the company, the system has been designed based on extensive customer input.

The system has been designed to make the operator's job easy. The user-friendly interface enables easy operations which in turn help in increasing productivity of the crane.

A host of new software packages, expected to ease the job of excavator

The machine has been developed specifically for high reach demoli-tion, a field which is dictating the trends, as far as demolition attach-ments and equipment are concerned. The unit is built on a Hitachi EX1200 excavator. The excavator model is considered one of the best for heavy duty nature of work in construction and demolition sites.

The new machine is said to have a maximum reach of 38 metres. One of the specialties of the machine is its ability to handle a variety of exca-vator attachments with relative ease for an equipment of its size.

A new monster demolition exca-vator has been jointly developed by Kocurek Excavators Limited and Heavy Decom International. Recent times have seen several innovations in the field of earthmoving equip-ment, and this is one more example in pushing the envelope, as far as modifications go in this heavy earth-moving equipment.

The cab consists of a standard joystick pilog control system. Tow hitch and rear bumper are standards in the machine.

The ConExpo event in Las Vegas to be held shortly will see Link-Belt introduce a new crane operating system called 'Link-Belt Pulse'. The

Apollo Infratech Pvt.Ltd

News & Events M B


operators are flowing into the marke. One of the latest to hit the market is the PowerDigger 2D guidance system which can eliminate over-excavation and features automatic elevation and dual slope control.

CO

NSTR

UC

TIO

N E

QU

IPM

EN

T

Mobile Plant with Twin Shaft Mixer Unveiled

Equipment Sales in Italy down to 'Critical' Stage

If reports of UNACEA, which is the Italian construction equipment association, are to be believed then the sales figures have touched “criti-cal” levels. The figures fell 8.9 percent in 2010.

Incidentally, this was the third consecutive year that the figures have been touching rock bottom, for the beleaguered economy. According to industry sources, the sales of almost every type of construction equip-ment, including, truck mixers, road machinery, concrete batching plant and earthmoving equipment have fallen down in recent times, in the aftermath of the global economic slowdown.

Symbolic of the fall has been the drastic fall in the sales of mini excava-tors, which constituted the largest selling earthmoving equipment in the country. Several manufacturers in the country are now looking towards other markets including India and China for selling construction equip-ment.

T h e d e v i c e c o m e s w i t h PowerSnap, which allow the operator to swap control panels between grade-and-slope and 3D machine controls. The device is expected to reduce wastage during major excava-tion projects.

The system also helps in grade checking and reduces rework, which are sometimes the major reasons behind project costs overshooting estimated budgets.

US Construction Equipment Industry Exports Rise After a couple of years of

dull performance the US made construction equip-ment export figures have been pegged at US $ 16.4 billion , which is a rise of 28 percent over the previous 2009 figure. The figures have been recently released by the Association of Equip-m e n t M a n u f a c t u r e r s (AEM).

While the exports to Asia grew at + 10 percent, a growth of +23 percent was registered in Europe. The figures for neigh-bouring South American

continent were an encouraging +31 percent up from the previous year's figure.

With the Obama administration announcing a stimulus package for infra-structure development, domestic sales is also expected to receive a boost in 2011.

Transweigh (India) Limited

News & Events M B


After Posco and a few other projects, it is now the turn of a ` 17, 000 Cr ultra-mega power project to run into trouble with the Environ-ment Ministry. It has been reported that the project may not see the light of the day as the Power Ministry has not agreed to conditions that were imposed by the Environment Minis-try.

The former has reportedly not agreed to conditions that were imposed by the former for granting clearance for a coalmine that is attached along with the project. The Environment Ministry has granted approval to the project provided Orissa Power Generation Corpora-tion and NTPC give up their respec-tive Majorharpur and Dulaga coal blocks which are located in the vicinity of the project site.

The project is the latest to have got stalled due to issues related to environment clearance. The state has the dubious distinction of having a high number of projects which have been delayed due to issues related to

Another Project in Orissa Runs into Trouble with Environment Ministry New Power Projects

in Karnataka

land acquisition and environment clearance.

Yet another power project seems to have run into trouble for environ-mental reasons. The Ministry of Envi-ronment and Forests (MoEF) has directed the East Coast Energy to stop the construction of its proposed 2,640 thermal power project in Srikakulam, Andhra Pradesh, which is being opposed by local farmers.

The ministry has directed the company in its letter saying “the ongoing construction work related to

this project be suspended forwith.” The directive follows the incident of police firing at protestors at Kakrapalli village, which is located in the vicinity of the project site.

East Coast Energy though on its website maintained that the “ entire project land possession and all statu-t o r y a p p r o v a l s h a v e b e e n obtained.”The project had been approved by the ministry on April 9, 2009, subsequently though, the ministry had received a spate of complaints on the project, following which it was decided that the matter be looked into by the Expert Appraisal Committee (EAC).

INFR

ASTR

UC

TUR

E

POWER SECTOR POWER SECTOR POWER SECTOR

Karnataka is one state that has been taking several steps to improve the power situation for rapid indus-trialization. The state has recently signed three power purchase agree-ments (PPAs) for not less than 1008 MW.

The deals including a waste to energy project, which the state is getting ready for these days. NTPC would be setting up a 4,000 MW mega coal-based thermal power plant in Pudimadakka in neigh-bouring Andhra Pradesh, where Karnataka's share would be 600 MW.

The state would get a share of 400 MW in the coal-based power project that would be set up by NLC at Sirkali in Tamil Nadu. The state would also have a waste to energy power project at Manduru village, on the outskirts of Bengaluru.

“If this plant is successful, the government wou ld ac t i ve ly encourage setting up more such plants which would effectively handle and dispose municipal solid waste in an environment-friendly and sustainable manner,” the state's Chief Minister Mr. Yeddyurappa said on the project.

MoEF clamps down on East Coast Energy

Schwing Stetter (India) Pvt.Ltd

News & Events M B


INFR

ASTR

UC

TUR

E

Rail PPP Chugs Along Ever So Slowly

Will it be Smooth Sailing for the Pune

Metro Project?

While the government is always talking about utilizing private participation to improve the coun-try's crumbling transport infrastruc-ture, not much headway seems to have been actually made in reality.

The projected private investment of `211, 600 Cr in transport infra-structure has already been lowered by 60 percent to `86, 700 Cr in the current plan period, in which just over a year remains.

It does not come as a surprise that the Indian Railways, which has been opposing privatization for years now, has been the worst sufferer. The private investment for Railways has been slashed by as much as 83 percent to ̀ 8316 Cr from the earlier ` 50, 354 Cr by the Planning Commission for this Plan Period.

The news comes at a time when several projects in the country are languishing due to lack of funding and the Prime Minister himself has suggested that the country may soon see a fresh wave of investment through the PPP route.

state government fully supports the project. The government will make a provision for the project in the budget to be presented in March."

Congress leader Aba Bagul said the metro project will cost ` 2,281 crore. While the state would contribute 40 percent, the Pune Municipal Corporation would contribute 10 percent, while the remaining amount would come from private players.

Now that the Maharashtra State Government has approved the Pune metro rail project, it needs to be seen whether it would be smooth sailing for the project or would it be facing the hurdles that such projects have been facing elsewhere.

The proposal for the project is expected to be forwarded to the Central Government for final approval in another fortnight's time. According to NCP leader Nilesh Nika, “The chief minister said the

RAILWAYRAILWAYRAILWAY

Country's Longest Rail Bridge in Kerala

The longest rail bridge in the country has been constructed in Kerala, where it will connect Idapalli to Vallarpadam in Kochi. The bridge is 4.6 km long and offers key connectivity to the International Container Trans-shipment Terminal (ICTT) in Kochi.

The bridge has been built at a cost of ` 200 crore by the Rail Vikas Nigam Ltd, in a record time of 28 months. Sustainable

construction technology in the form of minimal use of cement has been incorporating as part of the building strategy of the bridge.

Another highlight of the project has been the smooth manner in which the land acquisition, often a contentious issue in India, and partic-ularly in Kerala, has been handled. Some innovative ideas were issued for the process and the bridge constructed in record time.

Apollo Infratech Pvt.Ltd

News & Events M B


Aviation Sector set for Unprecedented Growth says PM

Last Hurdle for Navi Mumbai Airport

Project Cleared

INFR

ASTR

UC

TUR

E

Perhaps the last remaining hurdle for the Navi Mumbai airport project has been cleared with the forest department giving it the go ahead. The Deputy Conservator of Forests of the Alibaug division Mr. Anwar Ahmed has been quoted in the media saying “I am satisfied with their last replies and have cleared the file at my end and will send the file to office of the Chief Conservator of Forests. Getting formal permissions won't be problematic now.”

The mangroves that surround the airport project site was the main issue that had to be addressed by the forest department after the project had got the other necessary clearances from the Centre . The issue of forest clear-ance had also cropped up due the distance between the Karnala Bird Sanctuary and the airport.

These issues along with the delays in getting clearance from the environment ministry had delayed the project earlier. With the latest maps showing the distance between the project site and the bird sanc-tuary at about 10 km, the last remaining hurdle for the project has been cleared.

The airport project is considered crucial for the metropolis with the existing airport not being able to handle the increasing traffic. The project earlier was cleared by the envi-ronment ministry after a long gap, which also saw a period of difference of opinion with the civil aviation ministry.

civil aviation sector. He highlighted the efforts of the government in improving the infrastructure to cope up with the projected growth in air transport.

"I am told that projected growth of India's aviation sector has a poten-tial to absorb investment of over $ 120 billion with the attendant job creation for lakhs of people, directly and indirectly," he said. He also said that that government was on a mission mode when it came to imple-

The boom in air transport has been described as being “unprece-dented” by the Prime Minister Dr.Manmohan Singh. The Prime Minister had recently after the inau-guration ofthe ̀ 289 Cr new Interna-t i o n a l Te r m i n a l a t t h e Thiruvananthapuram International Airport said that the sector was projected to absorb investment to the tune of over US $ 120 billion in the next few years.

The Prime Minister pointed out how the Centre had been taking a slew of measures to cope with the huge growth that is projected for the

AIRPORT AIRPORT AIRPORT

Several hurdles seem to have suddenly sprouted for the Dabolin Airport expansion project in Goa. Recently the Deputy Speaker of the state Mr. Mauvin Godinho alleged that there was a move from “within” to sabotage the project.

There has been lot of controversy generated by the move to expand the capacity of the Dabolin airport, with a

mentation of world-class facilities at airports.Dabolin Airport Expansion Project Runs

into Controversies

section of the government wanting to expand the Mopa airport instead. "The way things are proceeding, it is being sabo-taged from inside," Godinho alleged, adding that people should be taken into confidence in the matter.

The Deputy Speaker has further said that there is a possi-bility that two airports might be needed by the state in the near future. He was not happy with the progression of work though and also alleged that the “naval authorities are creating hurdles in transferring land.” With the state being one of the most important tourist destinations in the coun-try, there has been increasing demand for airport expansion in recent times.

Lipi Polymers Pvt.Ltd

handling capacity of the country's ports top the one billion tonne mark.

The Union Shipping Minister Mr. G.K Vasan observed during the inau-guration ceremony held recently that “Today is a golden day in the annals of Indian maritime history. We are

The Union Shipping Ministry is said to be seriously considering a plan to set up a financial institution specif-ically for funding port projects. Massive capacity addition is being planned for the port sector.

The long gestation period of mari-time port projects means that banks have always been averse to funding them for a long time now. The repay-ment schedule had been the bone of contention with banks who felt that it was too long for their comfort. The Shipping Ministry is therefore considering setting up a specific financial institution especially for the purpose, which would not result in the asset-liability mismatch.

The proposed financial institu-tion is likely to be set up on similar grounds as the India Infrastructure Finance Company, which has been

Financial Institution for Funding Port Projects

Planned

Addition of Three Ports lifts Cargo Handling

Capacity to 1 Billion Tn

SEA PORTS SEA PORTS SEA PORTS

News & Events M B


INFR

ASTR

UC

TUR

E

targeting the Indian port capacity to 3.2 billion tonnes by the year 2020.”

While the capacity addition target is laudable, the country still needs to do some catching up to do with its neighbour China, which has a capacity of around 8 billion tonnes. The minister added that with the three projects car terminal, iron ore terminal and common user terminal, the country's port capacity has reached a capacity of 1.11 billion tonnes a year.

The ministry has also been aggress ively promoting PPP ventures for augmenting port capacity in the country. According to the minister in the last 18 months, 22 new PPP projects to the tune of ` 6, 172 crore have been awarded.

The recent inauguration of three ports at Ennore Port Ltd has helped in increasing the aggregate cargo

set up earlier in the past. The govern-ment is also looking at the option of setting up a debt fund for financing major infrastructure projects , with a size of around ̀ 50,000 Cr.

Kochi's Transshipment Hub Draws Praise from All Quarters

Kochi's transshipment hub, which is a first of its kind facility in India, has been drawing praise from all quarters. The facility will allow large ships and vessels to berth, refuel, offload, and upload cargo, before embarking on their respective journey paths from the port.

The opening of the hub is expected to further strengthen Kochi's position as one of the most important maritime desti-nations in Asia. The new facility is also expected to improve traffic significantly, especially for cargo containers that are moving from East Asia to Europe.

The new facility is expected to give stiff competition to the neighrbouring transshipment hub at Colombo. According to

the Secretary, Ministry of Shipping Mr. K Mohandas, “ This will save cost and time substantially in transportation of containers related to export and import, as the entire business India had to conduct at Colombo hub, would now take place here.”

The facility is being touted as yet another winner from the implementa-tion of PPP ventures. The hub, once it gets operation will be able to handle 1 million TEU container ships per year in its first phase.

Chetra Machinery India Pvt.Ltd

News & Events M B


Arunachal Pradesh Plans Development of Road

Infrastructure

2 New Flyovers for Navi Mumbai

Two New Road Projects in Himachal Pradesh

Chidambaram says Half of India's Road

Budget Wasted

be widened and improved as part of the project. This move is expected to strengthen the road network in the apple belt. Himachal Pradesh is the largest producer of apples in the country.

Apart from benefitting the apple growers in the region, the road projects are also expected to boost tourism in the area.

Two new road projects, specifi-cally for the smooth transportation of apples have been sanctioned in the state of Himachal Pradesh. The new road projects would entail an invest-ment outlay of ̀ 16 crore.

T h e G u m m a - B a g g i a n d Mashobra-Bhekalti stretches would

with consultants. The flyovers, once completed, will go a long way in reducing the traffic problems in the increasingly busy Mahape Road.

The northeastern state of Arunachal Pradesh is getting ready for the development of road infra-structure in four districts West Kameng, East Siang, West Siang, and Changland. The Ministry for Development of North Eastern Region (DoNER) has sanctioned funds to the tune of ` 69.92 Cr for the purpose.

The money for the project has been sanctioned from the Non Lapsable Central Pool of Resources (NLCPR). With the latest initiatives the total amount that has been sanc-tioned by the ministry for projects in the state now amount to ` 196.7 Cr in the current financial year, according to an official press release.

The release also quoted the DoNER Minister B.K. Handique as saying “We have also requested the Arunachal Pradesh government to expedite these projects in the greater interest of connecting the state with the rest of the country. During this financial year alone, about 80 per cent of NLCPR sanctions for Arunachal Pradesh have gone towards development of roads and bridges.”

There have been a series of trans-port infrastructure development initiatives that have been announced for the northeastern states in recent times.

INFR

ASTR

UC

TUR

E

Navi Mumbai will soon have two new flyovers. The Mumbai Metro-politan Region Development Authority (MMRDA) is actually plan-ning four flyovers in Thane and Navi Mumbai.The tenders for the first two flyovers valued at ̀ 90 Cr were issued recently. The flyovers would be built on the Mahape Road. The construc-tion of the flyover is expected to be completed within a time period of two years.

The authority is reportedly on the verge of finalizing the technical details of the flyovers in consultation

The Union Home Minister Mr. P Chidambaram has said that half of the budget meant to build good roads never reaches its target. He said that the whole issue was the coun-try's “biggest swindle”.

Mr. Chidambaram gave his views during an interview to a leading tele-vision channel while on a visit to attend the World Economic Forum in Davos, Switzerland. He said that infrastructure development money was more vulnerable to corruption.

"Laying roads: this is the biggest swindle in the country. No more than 50 percent of the contracted amount is actually spent on the roads, “he is reported to have told the television channel. The country had embarked on an ambitious road development project, which had to be subse-quently scaled down due to various issues.

ROADS ROADS ROADS

Putzmeister Concrete Machines Pvt.Ltd

News & Events M B


INFR

ASTR

UC

TUR

E

An increasing focus on infrastruc-ture development has been the high-light of the progress that the country has made in recent times. The government is increasingly realizing that infrastructural development is the key to sustaining the pace of economic growth.

Industry experts in the past have blamed the rickety infrastructure in the country for not being able to achieve double digit economic growth, an area where they cite the example of neighbouring China,

The Finance Minister also said that the government was planning to set up an infra debt fund to promote foreign investment in the infrastruc-ture sector. “We will introduce special infrastructure debt funds to

attract foreign financing in infra-structure.” This is a measure that was on expected lines.

Mr. Mukherjee said that tax-free bonds worth ̀ 5, 000 Cr each will be issued by the port sector and Hudco, respectively. He also said that the National Highways Authority of India Ltd (NHAI) and Indian Rail-ways Finance Corporation (IRFC) will also issue tax-free bonds of ` 10,000 Cr each.

Foreign portfolio investment would be now permitted in SEBI-registered mutual funds as per the new budget proposals. The Finance Minister has also hiked the FII investment limit by an additional US $20 billion for investment in infra-related sectors.

The Indian Infrastructure Finance Company Ltd (IIFCL) will disburse loans worth around ` 20,000 Cr by the end of this fiscal for various projects in the infrastruc-ture sector. The minister also added that cold storage chains would be given infrastructure status.

2011-12 said that the government was planning to spend ̀ 2.14 lakh Cr as budgetary support for the infra-structure sector in 2011-12.

Slew of Measures in Union Budget 2011-12 to

Spur Infrastructure Investment

Industry Analysts Happy with Infra Focus in Budget Realizing the importance of infra-

structure development in sustaining the economic growth rate, the Finance Minister Mr. Pranab Mukherjee has announced a slew of measures to boost investment in the all-important infrastructure sector. The measures include extending of income-tax exemption on tax saving infrastructure bonds up to a maximum of ` 20,000 Cr for one more year and issuance of tax-free bonds worth ̀ 30,000 Cr.

The Finance Minister while presenting the Union Budget for

URBANURBAN

Over 52% infra projects running behind schedule says Economic Survey

According to the pre-budget Economic Survey, over 52 percent of the ongoing infrastructure projects in the country are running behind schedule. "As on October, 2010, out of the 559 projects, 14 are ahead of schedule, 117 are on schedule, and 293 are delayed," the Survey said quoting the Department of Programme Implementa-tion (DPI) data.

The department moni-tors the progress of projects costing ` 150 Cr and above on a month l y ba s i s . According to the survey in the road transport and high-ways sector alone, 51

projects have been delayed for up to 36 months. In the case of power projects it is 20 projects up to 18 months over the targeted time schedule of completion.

In the oil sector the story has been no different with a total of 16 projects having been reported for overrun up to 16 months. The survey also added that “several non-financing" constraints needed to be addressed in order to avoid the issue.

The Supreme Industries

RAnand

Text Box

INFR

ASTR

UC

TUR

E

which is said to be at least a decade ahead when it comes to infrastruc-ture in the country.

News & Events M B


would have to come from the private sector.

"There is urgent need to stream-line land acquisition and environ-ment clearance for infrastructure projects. A national forest land bank, with clear paperwork and titles, could significantly reduce the approval time for forest clearances," the survey went on to add about the potential problems that afflict the infrastructure sector.

The country's infrastructure development would need ` 41 lakh Cr investments in the 12th Plan period said the Economic Survey, quoting preliminary assessment that was made towards the purpose by the Planning Commission.

"The Planning Commission has carried out a preliminary assessment of the investment in infrastructure during the 12th Plan. The projected investment requirement would be of the order of ` 40,999,240 Cr (about USD 1,025 billion)," the Survey said. The survey also went on to add that at least 50 percent of the investment

major water treatment project, which would be set up in Kharagpur, in Munger district in the state.

The project would be awarded on a turnkey basis by the Public Health Engineering Department of the Bihar state government. According to press reports the project has been bagged by Punj Lloyd, the infra-structure and construction major.

The project once completed will enable the supply of 6,224 million litres of drinking water per day (MLD) in the village of Khaira, which has been badly affected by fluoride contamination in water. The scope of work of the project includes engi-neering, procurement, construction, installation and commissioning of a centralized water treatment plant.

The Union Minister for Environ-ment and Forest Mr. Jairam Ramesh has said that he will be “positive” towards infrastructure development projects, softening his stance during a meeting of the Group of Ministers (GoM).He has also assured the team that he will soon lift the moratorium on 25 areas, a step that will help in revival of projects that have been stalled due to green concerns.

"I have assured them that from our Ministry's side, we will adopt a positive attitude," Ramesh told reporters after the meeting, which was headed by the Union Finance Minister, Mr. Pranab Mukherjee.

The Minister's changing stance had been evident in recent times when he head relaxed environment norms for mega projects like Lavasa and Posco. He also said that he did not intend to “stop the projects”, while maintain that decline in forest cover is something “which needs to be checked.”

Bihar is increasingly finding itself in the news for all the good reasons. The state is now getting ready for a

Several contentious issues seem to be slowing down the pace of infra-structure development in the coun-try. Land acquisition and environ-mental clearance issues are said to reason for the delay for several projects. Similarly frivolous litigation in terms of public interest litigations is another major headache for policy makers in India.

Industry experts though are hopeful that the budget would have the necessary stimulus package in it to give the much needed boost to the infrastructure sector this time around.

Major Water Treatment Project in Bihar

Infra Needs ` 41 lakh Cr Investment says Economic Survey

Jairam Ramesh Softens Stand at GOM Meeting

Dow Corning India Pvt.Ltd

An ` 125 crore housing project has been launched by M R and Asso-ciates and Promoters India Ltd, exclusively for senior citizens. The project will consist of 120 apart-ments.

The company according to its C h a i r m a nMr.D.MurugaRamanathan would be targeting NRIs, for whom their rela-tives or aged parents can be taken care off in a secure and comfortable atmosphere. The apartment units in the project would be priced between ` 50 lakh and ` 75 lakh. The villas however would cost upwards of ` 1 crore.

The housing units will come with all modern amenities including, lush greenery, garden, complete with medicinal plants. The project is expected to be completed in two years, Mr. Ramanathan added.

News & Events M B


Relaxed Norms for Teaser Home Loans Likely

Redevelopment FSI Hiked in Mumbai

An Exclusive Housing Project for Senior Citizens

Low-Cost Housing Loans of `15 lakh to get 1 % Interest Sop

recent past have resorted to offering teaser home loans to garner a larger share of the market.

According to reports, NHB is likely to listen to the arguments of housing financing companies and then take a decision on the same. With the realty market, especially the growth rate of residential projects not picking up pace, developers around the country had also been putting pressure on banks to come out with attractive housing finance schemes for buyers.

would get a floor space index of 3 for redevelopment. Interestingly the decision was actually taken by the preceding Chief Minister Mr. Ashok Chavan and the present incumbent had put it on hold till now.

The ratio of the built-up area to the total area of the plot is the FSI of a building. Till this decision was taken the FSI for old buildings in the city was 2.5. With the hike in the FSI to 3, developers are expecting a frenzied activity in the realty sector in the city.

The FSI for the redevelopment of old and dilapidated buildings in Mumbai has been hiked. The Chief Minister of Maharashtra Mr. Prithviraj Chavan cleared the deci-sion recently.

According to the decision, old buildings developed before 1969

The National Housing Bank (NHB) which is also a regulatory body is likely to revise its earlier direction on higher provisioning of teaser loans. Several banks in the

Buyers too on their part have been anticipating favorable market conditions for almost a year now. They are expected to have some relief after the budget session, which according to top industry experts is expected to bring some cheer to the realty sector.

In an effort to unlock the poten-tial of low-cost housing in the coun-try, the government in the Union Budget 2011-12 has announced that housing loans of ̀ 15 lakhs would be eligible for a 1 percent interest subsidy. The move is expected to give a boost to the sector.

The Union Finance Minister Pranab Mukherjee in his Budget speech said that he is liberalizing the existing scheme of one percent interest subvention on housing loans up to ̀ 15 lakhs, where the cost of the house does not exceed ̀ 25 lakh.

"To further stimulate the growth in housing sector, I am liberalizing the existing scheme of interest subvention on 1 per cent on housing loans by extending housing loan up to ` 15 lakh where the cost of the house does not exceed ` 25 lakh, from the present limit of ` 10 lakh and 20 lakh respectively," Mr. Mukherjee said during his speech.

PO

LIC

Y

Texsa India Ltd

????????? PEB: An Industry Analysis

46 The Masterbuilder - March 2011 47The Masterbuilder - March 2011

The Pre-Engineered Building

(PEB) technology, although

widely used in other parts of the

world, is a relatively new concept in

India. PEB systems made an entry into

the Indian construction arena in the

1990s and since then there has been no

looking back for this particular indus-

try. The technology has been making

rapid inroads becoming part and parcel

of construction projects around the

country. The reputation of PEB-based

construction as a quicker, efficient, cost

effective and sustainable method of

construction has meant that it has

become a preferred technique in

today's world of demanding deadlines.

The PEB industry is estimated to be

growing at a compound rate of 25 to 35

percent, in the recent past. “The Pre-

engineered Buildings market in India

can be valued at approx: Rs. 2500

Crores”says Mr. Sureet Chatterjee,

Chief Marketing & Business Develop-

ment, Tata BlueScope Steel, a leading

player in the PEB domain. The rise in

demand for steel in the construction

industry is being directly attributed to

the increase in the popularity of PEB sys-

tems. It is still early days though, with

PEB accounting for an estimated 0.5

Mn ton of the total steel that is con-

sumed by the construction industry. To

put things into perspective one, just

needs to compare the per capita steel

consumption of India with that of

China. While the figure hovers around

the 40 kg mark for India, it is over 270

kg in the case of the latter. With

increasing awareness about PEB, the

scenario is set for a gradual but definite

change.

Exponential Growth

The acceptance of PEB systems by

the Indian construction industry has

meant that a host of manufacturers are

now vying for the market share. The

intense competition in the market has

also been responsible for product inno-

vations. Several big players such as Tata

BlueScope, Pennar Engineered Build-

ing Systems Ltd, Loya Constructions Pvt

Ltd , Interarch, Metaltech Construc-

tions Pvt Ltd , Era Buildsys, Zamil Steel

and United Steel & Structurals (P) Ltd ,

to mention only a few have been cater-

ing to the increasing demand for PEB

systems around the country. That cli-

ents are accepting the new technology

is aptly summed up by Mr.R.Elangovan,

CEO, Metaltech Constructions Pvt Ltd,

when he explained, “The market for

metal buildings in the country is grow-

ing at a healthy rate of more than 15

percent. With the numerous advan-

tages that PEB systems offer over con-

ventional construction, builders in

India too would gradually begin to

accept and promote them in the near

future. The growth is already there for

everyone to see.”

Several sectors are driving the

growth for PEB systems in the country.

Going into the details of applications

Mr. Anil Kumar Sharma, Senior Vice

President (Sales & Marketing), Era

Buildsys, remarked, “ PEB systems are

not confined to industrial and ware-

housing but have gained diverse appli-

cations such as in , industrial power gen-

eration buildings, aviation hangars,

industrial sheds, steel buildings and

cement boiler support plant structures,

cold storage facilities, stadiums, out-

door fuel stations with canopies, metro

rail, high-rise industrial building pro-

jects and railway projects.” The versatil-

ity of applications is in fact the reason

behind increased use of PEB technique

in infrastructure projects.

Giving additional insights into the

versat i l i ty of the appl icat ions

Mr.P.V.Rao, Executive Director of

Pennar Engineered Building Systems

Ltd, said “These Pre-Engineered build-

ings can help the end users whose

requirement is to have buildings with

large spans, higher bay spacing, factory

made quality, over head cranes, multi-

storied construction, architectural ver-

satility, speed of construction etc.”

With widespread research and devel-

opment going on, there are some

major breakthroughs expected, which

could further widen the application of

PEB systems.

The fact that PEB technology

enables lower life cycle cost vis-à-vis

conventional steel buildings is another

factor that is driving up the volume of

sales. The foundation for one is easy to

Lower Life Cycle Cost

construct, being light weight and con-

sisting of standard sections and con-

nections. This saves erection cost and

time. Erection is typically 20 percent

higher in the case of conventional steel

buildings. Moreover, basic designs can

be used over and over again in the case

of PEBs, leading to additional cost sav-

ings.

Contrary to popular perception, out-

standing architectural design can be

achieved using PEBs. Additionally, PEB

Pre-Engineered BuildingPre-Engineered BuildingM.K. Prabhakar, Staff Correspondent

Sureet ChatterjeeChief Marketing & Business Development,

Tata BlueScope Steel

“The Pre-engineered Buildings market in India can be valued at approx: Rs. 2500 crores”

Cost-Effective and Sustainable Construction Technique Set to Rule the Roost Cost-Effective and Sustainable Construction Technique Set to Rule the Roost

Erection of Industrial Pre-Engineered Building

????????? PEB: An Industry Analysis


The Pre-Engineered Building

(PEB) technology, although

widely used in other parts of the

world, is a relatively new concept in

India. PEB systems made an entry into

the Indian construction arena in the

1990s and since then there has been no

looking back for this particular indus-

try. The technology has been making

rapid inroads becoming part and parcel

of construction projects around the

country. The reputation of PEB-based

construction as a quicker, efficient, cost

effective and sustainable method of

construction has meant that it has

become a preferred technique in

today's world of demanding deadlines.

The PEB industry is estimated to be

growing at a compound rate of 25 to 35

percent, in the recent past. “The Pre-

engineered Buildings market in India

can be valued at approx: Rs. 2500

Crores”says Mr. Sureet Chatterjee,


ment, Tata BlueScope Steel, a leading

player in the PEB domain. The rise in

demand for steel in the construction

industry is being directly attributed to

the increase in the popularity of PEB sys-

tems. It is still early days though, with

PEB accounting for an estimated 0.5

Mn ton of the total steel that is con-

sumed by the construction industry. To

put things into perspective one, just

needs to compare the per capita steel

consumption of India with that of

China. While the figure hovers around

the 40 kg mark for India, it is over 270

kg in the case of the latter. With

increasing awareness about PEB, the

scenario is set for a gradual but definite

change.

Exponential Growth

The acceptance of PEB systems by

the Indian construction industry has

meant that a host of manufacturers are

now vying for the market share. The

intense competition in the market has

also been responsible for product inno-

vations. Several big players such as Tata

BlueScope, Pennar Engineered Build-

ing Systems Ltd, Loya Constructions Pvt

Ltd , Interarch, Metaltech Construc-

tions Pvt Ltd , Era Buildsys, Zamil Steel

and United Steel & Structurals (P) Ltd ,

to mention only a few have been cater-

ing to the increasing demand for PEB

systems around the country. That cli-

ents are accepting the new technology

is aptly summed up by Mr.R.Elangovan,

CEO, Metaltech Constructions Pvt Ltd,

when he explained, “The market for

metal buildings in the country is

ing at a healthy rate of more than 15

percent. With the numerous advan-

tages that PEB systems offer over con-

ventional construction, builders in

India too would gradually begin to

accept and promote them in the near

future. The growth is already there for

everyone to see.”

Several sectors are driving the

growth for PEB systems in the country.

Going into the details of applications

Mr. Anil Kumar Sharma, Senior Vice

President (Sales & Marketing), Era

Buildsys, remarked, “ PEB systems are

not confined to industrial and ware-

housing but have gained diverse appli-

cations such as in , industrial power gen-

eration buildings, aviation hangars,

industrial sheds, steel buildings and

cement boiler support plant structures,

cold storage facilities, stadiums, out

door fuel stations with canopies,

metro rail, high-rise industrial building

projects and railway projects.” The ver-

satility of applications is in fact the rea-

son behind increased use of PEB tech-

nique in infrastructure projects.

Giving additional insights into the

versat i l i ty of the appl icat ions

Mr.P.V.Rao, Executive Director of


Ltd, said “These Pre-Engineered build-

ings can help the end users whose

requirement is to have buildings with

large spans, higher bay spacing, factory

made quality, over head cranes, multi-

storied construction, architectural ver-

satility, speed of construction etc.”

With widespread research and devel-

opment going on, there are some

major breakthroughs expected, which

could further widen the application of

PEB systems.

The fact that PEB technology

enables lower life cycle cost vis-à-vis

conventional steel buildings is another

factor that is driving up the volume of

sales. The foundation for one is easy to

Lower Life Cycle Cost

construct, being light weight and

consisting of standard sections and con-

nections. This saves erection cost and

time. Erection is typically 20 percent

higher in the case of conventional steel

buildings. Moreover, basic designs can

be used over and over again in the case

of PEBs, leading to additional cost sav-

ings.

Contrary to popular perception, out-

standing architectural design can be

achieved using PEBs. Additionally, PEB

Pre-Engineered BuildingPre-Engineered BuildingM.K. Prabhakar, Staff Correspondent



“The Pre-engineered Buildings market in India can be valued at approx: Rs. 2500 crores”

Cost-Effective and Sustainable Construction Technique Set to Rule the Roost Cost-Effective and Sustainable Construction Technique Set to Rule the Roost

Erection of Industrial Pre-Engineered Building

erection and installation of PEB systems.

Use of industry-specific software is

another major reason for the growth in

PEB structures. The use of specialized

software enables correction and modi-

fications before the erection and instal-

lation process, which is not a possibility

with conventional construction meth-

ods. Interarch, another leading player

in the PEB domain, for example, uses

MBS for design of Primary and Second-

systems can be designed keeping in

mind future expansion plans. Since a

single supplier can coordinate all facets

including, design, erection, and instal-

lation, superior after sales service is

another aspect that is virtually assured

with PEB technology.

Manufacturers are now focusing on

offering the entire gamut of services

from sales right to erection and installa-

tion. Observed Mr.Sureet Chatterjee,

Complete Package


ment, Tata BlueScope, “Tata BlueScope

Building Solutions division offers the

BUTLER™ Building System and

ECOBUILD™ Building System, which are

complete PEB solutions. The company

provides complete solutions for PEB

needs, right from design to erection.”

Companies are increasingly focusing their

marketing strategy on offering a com-

plete package, which takes care of the

client's requirement, right from selec-

tion of the right solution to the final



R.ElangovanCEO, Metaltech Constructions Pvt Ltd

“The market for metal buildings in the country is growing at a healthy rate of more than 15 percent. With the numerous advantages that PEB systems offer over conventional construction, builders in India too would gradually begin to accept and promote them in the near future. The growth is already there for everyone to see.”

ary systems. The software has been tai-

lored to accommodate the company's

standard inventory.STAAD Pro is also

used by the company for special frame

designs. These tools helps us in very

fast preparation of elaborate and self-

explanatory design calculations and

are very convenient for checking and

approvals by the consultants and third

party institutions. Changes and revi-

sions can be accommodated and

attended quickly as per the end user

requirements. Detailing and shop draw-

Pre-Engineered Stadia

Screen Shot of Pre-Engineered Building Design in progres

PEB: An Industry Analysis

Rockwool (India) Ltd


ings are prepared using full scale

Autocad drawings , to ensure error free

releases and all the Part Marks, Bill of

Material and Shippers are monitored

using in-house techniques and the

interfacing with the latest ERP software

SAP. This helps in detailed explanation

to the end users, about all the items

related to their projects and also for

invoicing and bill certification pur-

poses.

Giving details about the usage of

specific innovations in their product

range Mr.Anil Kumar Sharma, Senior

Vice President (Sales & Marketing), Era

Buildsys said, “Usage of latest software

technology with forward integration

for direct loading to production lines

with state of art fully automatic and

semi automatic cutting, welding,

straightening, shot blasting and paint-

ing line is our strength. This reduces fab-

rication errors and ensures delivery of

quality product with high levels of pro-

ductivity.” Intense competition has

meant that companies are now focus-

ing their research and development

activities towards offering PEB solu-

tions that offer a quicker return on

investment.

Rising emphasis on sustainable

building strategies has been another

reason for the increasing presence of

The 'Green' Factor

Anil Kumar SharmaSenior Vice President (Sales & Marketing),

Era Buildsys,

“PEB systems are not confined to industrial and warehousing but have gained diverse applications such as in, industrial power generation buildings, aviation hangars, industrial sheds, steel buildings and cement boiler support plant structures, cold storage facilities, stadiums, outdoor fuel stations with canopies, metro rail, high-rise industrial building projects and railway projects.”

pre-engineered buildings across the

country. Spelling the reasons for their

range of PEB systems being sustainable

options, Mr.Sunil S.Loya, Managing

Director, Loya Constructions Pvt Ltd

said, “Basic ground line of PEB is 'Opti-

mization'. And optimization is the pos-

sible minimum utilization of the mate-

rials with support of highest degree of

engineering skills. Subsequently PEB

saves a lot of material. Compared to

conventional structures; bay spacings

are wider due to which less concrete

Versatile applications: A PEB structure for housing a speed boat garage

The durability factor makes PEB systems ideally suited for harsh factory environs



Realm Intermediates (P) Ltd

foundations are required. It reduces

unnecessary concreting and ultimately

even water. PEBs can be easily relo-

cated using same sections with any

addition or deletion. Also it can be recy-

cled.” He went on to add that construc-

tion activity takes around 50 percent

less time than with conventional sys-

tems. Additionally, it reduces pollution

while construction takes place. The ven-

tilating systems used in PEB are turbo

ventilating systems which are natural

wind driven. The company also makes

provisions for transparent skylight,

which promotes energy conservations.

Sharing a similar point of view,

Mr.Elangovan of Metaltech Construc-

tions quipped, “Pre-engineered build-

ings do contribute to the development

of sustainable habitat since there is

avoidance of materials such as sand,

mud, cement, granite, wood, etc.” All

these factors directly contribute to

development of sustainable habitat,

reduction of global warming and pro-

tection of the immediate environment,

making PEB construction technique

among the preferred choice in today's

scenario.

Not only is the end-product, even

the manufacturing process getting

greener. The best example is available


in the form of Pennar Engineered Build-

ing Systems Ltd's state of the art manu-

facturing facility at Sadashivpet, about

50 kms from Hyderabad on the

Mumbai National Highway, which

according to Mr.P.V.Rao, the company's

Executive Director is housed in 23,000

sq m and is “the first factory in India to

get Gold rating from the Indian Green

Buildings Council.”

While the industry has been show-

ing a buoyant growth pattern over the

past five years, there are several chal-

lenges that still remain. The ever-

Challenges

Mr.P.V.RaoExecutive Director of

Pennar Engineered Building Systems Ltd

“These Pre-Engineered buildings can help the end users whose requirement is to have buildings with large spans, higher bay spacing, factory made quality, over head cranes, multi-storied construction, architectural versatility, speed of construction etc.”

Sunil S.LoyaManaging Director,

Loya Constructions Pvt Ltd

“Basic ground line of PEB is 'Optimization'. And optimization is the possible minimum utilization of the materials with support of highest degree of engineering skil ls . Subsequently PEB saves a lot of m a t e r i a l . C o m p a r e d t o conventional structures ; bay spacings are wider due to which less concrete foundations are required. It reduces unnecessary concreting and ultimately even water. PEBs can be easily relocated using same sections with any addition or deletion. Also it can be recycled.”

increasing steel prices and its notorious

volatility are among them. With

increasing number of PEB projects,

economies of scale are expected to tilt

the balance in favour of manufacturers.

The continued impetus being provided

to infrastructure development projects

augers well for the PEB industry. The

unbeatable combination of improved

construction speed, cost-effectiveness,

and sustainability makes PEB based con-

struction technique the one to watch

out for in the next decade.

Factory-built components ensure minimal damage to immediateenvironment during PEB construction process



Thermatek

?????????

Portable Modular Buildings!

Portable Architecture


With the limited availability

of spacious and centrally

located sites, rising mate-

rial, land and transportation costs,

architects and developers are exploring

alternative methods of construction

such as portable and modular build-

ings. While portable and modular

buildings enjoy extreme popularity in

places like Japan and other parts of

South East Asia and Scandinavia, the

general public still perceives modular

buildings as transient, cheap and plain-

looking and those that are built as

short-term solutions during exigencies

like earthquakes and other natural

disasters.

However, portable and modular

buildings are just an alternate method

of construction which can resemble

and match conventional, permanent

stick building in all aspects like architec-

ture, mechanical or electrical design

features. They have to comply with

building codes and are actually are sub-

ject to a rather strict design and engi-

neering review.

With significant advances in tech-

nology, construction materials and

practices, it is time that people and

other stakeholders review their per-

ceptions modular and portable archi-

tecture. Since these modular buildings

are 85%-90% built in factory quality con-

trolled environments, they provide

greater overall structural integrity as

against conventional stick buildings

that can be plagued by delays due to

weather. Also, waste is minimal.

Portable, modular buildings involve

manufacture of modules or three-

dimensional units that are typically con-

structed off-site in a factory controlled

environment and then transported and

assembled on site on a previously con-

Construction Method

PORTABLEMODULARBUILDINGS!

Bhavani Balakrishna

Creative and practical architecture play significant roles in bringing portable and modular architecture more into the mainstream. However, to ensure success, stakeholders like architects and developers need to educate consumers that portable, modular construction can score high on aesthetics and performance while being an eco-friendly and energy efficient alternative to in-situ construction.

structed foundation or set of piers. The

frames are normally made of steel, tim-

ber or concrete. Most modular con-

structions come with external and

internal finishes along with electrics

and plumbing while some provide just

the framework.

An integral part of modular build-

ings is light steel framing (LSF) that is

used as the modules' internal frame-

work to which a variety of cladding and

finishes akin to conventional buildings

may be attached. LSF ensures that

framework is strong and robust to pro-

tect the internal finishes from getting

damaged during transportation and

assembly on-site. With steel frames,

modular buildings typically have a life-

span of 60 years.

In most volumetric and panelized

steel modular constructions, units, the

stud and track method of connection is

used for constructing wall and roof

frames. This involves utilizing self-

drill/tap fasteners, bolts and rivets to

join cold rolled galvanized 'C' steel pro-

Steel Frame Modular Building

Internal finishing of portable modular building


?????????




With the limited availability

of spacious and centrally

located sites, rising mate-

rial, land and transportation costs,

architects and developers are exploring

alternative methods of construction

such as portable and modular build-

ings. While portable and modular

buildings enjoy extreme popularity in

places like Japan and other parts of

South East Asia and Scandinavia, the

general public still perceives modular

buildings as transient, cheap and plain-

looking and those that are built as

short-term solutions during exigencies

like earthquakes and other natural

disasters.

However, portable and modular

buildings are just an alternate method

of construction which can resemble

and match conventional, permanent

stick building in all aspects like architec-

ture, mechanical or electrical design

features. They have to comply with

building codes and are actually are sub-

ject to a rather strict design and engi-

neering review.

With significant advances in tech-

nology, construction materials and

practices, it is time that people and

other stakeholders review their per-

ceptions modular and portable archi-

tecture. Since these modular buildings

are 85%-90% built in factory quality con-

trolled environments, they provide

greater overall structural integrity as

against conventional stick buildings

that can be plagued by delays due to

weather. Also, waste is minimal.

Portable, modular buildings involve

manufacture of modules or three-

dimensional units that are typically con-

structed off-site in a factory controlled

environment and then transported and

assembled on site on a previously con

Construction Method

PORTABLEMODULARBUILDINGS!

Bhavani Balakrishna

Creative and practical architecture play significant roles in bringing portable and modular architecture more into the mainstream. However, to ensure success, stakeholders like architects and developers need to educate consumers that portable, modular construction can score high on aesthetics and performance while being an eco-friendly and energy efficient alternative to in-situ construction.

structed foundation or set of piers.

The frames are normally made of steel,

timber or concrete. Most modular con-

structions come with external and

internal finishes along with electrics

and plumbing while some provide just

the framework.

An integral part of modular build-

ings is light steel framing (LSF) that is

used as the modules' internal frame-

work to which a variety of cladding and

finishes akin to conventional buildings

may be attached. LSF ensures that site.

framework is strong and robust to

protect the internal finishes from get-

ting damaged during transportation

and assembly on-site. With steel

frames, modular buildings typically

have a lifespan of 60 years.

In most volumetric and panelized

steel modular constructions, units, the

stud and track method of connection is

used for constructing wall and roof

frames. This involves utilizing self-

drill/tap fasteners, bolts and rivets to

join cold rolled galvanized 'C' steel

Steel Frame Modular Building

Internal finishing of portable modular building


to that of lumber. The most common

dimension used is an 8"x8"x16" hollow

core. Pre-cast blocks involve minimal

site preparation. The blocks are placed

upon a solid base pad resting on undis-

turbed soil (with organics removed).

Pre-cast piers are single stacked or double stacked (“Crib-Stack") wherein each course of block is crisscrossed in the stack for lateral stability. The pyra-mid-shaped steel piers are considered to be one of the strongest, efficient, and easy-to-install foundation systems for portable and modular structures. Typical spacing of piers is 8' on-center. The I-Beams in the building's frame rest on mounting brackets on top of the piers. Heights are adjustable due to screw-type mounting brackets. The piers are mounted on concrete or pres-sure-treated wood pads for even and smooth distribution of the building's load to the ground.

Some portable and modular con-structions use the block-and-level tem-porary foundation system which involves stacking concrete blocks from ground-level up to the I-beams in the chassis frame. Here, the building is jacked-up off of the ground (like a car jack) and 4 and 8 inch high concrete blocks are stacked to a point just short

filed sections. All floor and ceiling joists

are provisioned with holes or service

highways to allow running of cables

and pipework. Brackets, self-drill/tap

fasteners and rails are used to connect

the drylining, insulation boards and

façade panels.

Most often, modular buildings are

placed upon three different types of

foundations.

Temporary pre-cast Blocks or "pad-

on-grade"

Permanent poured-in-place grade

beams in conjunction with pre-cast

block

Permanent poured-in-place stem

wall in conjunction with isolated

piers or grade beams

Pre-cast blocks, made from a com-

bination of Portland cement, graded

aggregate (mainly fines) and water are

used as foundations for a majority of

modular building installations. Size

specifications of the blocks are similar


Wall and roof frame in modular building Roof of Modular Building

Pre-Cast Blocks for Modular Building Foundation



Atul Fasteners Ltd


of the finish elevation. The stack is then capped with a wood cap and wood shims for final leveling. The person set-ting-up the unit places a carpenter's level just inside one of the building's exterior doors. He checks the bubble to see if the building is level and adds or subtracts shims around the building, until the bubble indicates that the building is level. This process is called "blocking-and-leveling".

Poured-in-place grade beams and

stem-wall foundations are mostly used

for permanent installation.

One of the note-worthy examples

of portable and modular architecture is

the HSBC Building in Queen's Road in

Hong Kong, China. Built in 1985, this

44-storeys, high rise building, it took 6

years from concept to completion. Five

steel modules were prefabricated in

the UK were shipped to Hong Kong. In

total, 30,000 tonnes of steel and 4,500

tonnes of aluminum were used. On site

was former old Hong Kong & Shanghai

Bank-Hong Kong building. The building

was innovative because it lacked any

internal supporting structure, thanks

to eight groups of four aluminum-clad

steel columns which ascend from the

foundations up through the core struc-

ture, and the five levels of triangular

suspension trusses which are locked

into these masts which allows the

building to profit from natural

sunlighting all over its levels. The build-

Portable Modular Construction Classics

ing has a floor area of 99,000 m² and

has 10-story atrium, 52m tall, over the

public plaza. Construction costs are esti-

mated to be over USD 670 million.

Architects were Sir Norman Foster and

Partners and construction included

Alan G. Davenport Wind Engineering

Group BLWTL, Claude R. Engle, Lighting

Consultant, Cleveland Bridge Ltd.,

Cupples International Inc., J Roger Pres-

ton Ltd, Laservision Australia, Levett &

Bailey Chart. Quantity Surveyors Ltd,

Martin Professional A/S, Otis Elevator

Co., Ove Arup & Partners Hong Kong

Ltd., Pell Frischmann.

Another notable, portable modular

architecture is the Italian Pavilion in the

Expo Shanghai in 2010. Seen from

above, the pavilion resembles the start

of the Chinese game pick-up-sticks,

also known in Italy as the Shanghai

Game, where a number of sticks are

thrown in a random pile. The different

sections of the building making up a

geometrical variety is said to symbolize

a complexity of regional cultures that

define the Italian identity. The pavilion

has a floor area of 3.600 square metres

and its height is 18 metres. Internally,

the pavilion consists of asymmetrical

sections of varying dimensions, con-

nected by a steel bridge structure

Modular Building Foundation

HSBC's Portable Modular Buildingin Queens Road, Hongkong

Aluminium Clad Steel ColumnsAscending from the foundation



Sika India Pvt.Ltd

where the connecting galleries are visi-

ble. It is said that the pavilion can be dis-

mantled and reconstructed, on a

smaller scale, in any other part of the

city. The building is covered on three

sides by a film of water reflecting the

structure and highlighting the natural

shinny effects. The brilliance of the

structure is reproduced inside both via

slits which evoke the narrow alleys

between the city buildings, and the use

of transparent cement, a new, recently

created multifaceted material .

Because of its particular and diverse

component on the different sides of

the building, this material generates a

twofold architectural effect, from the

outside a nocturnal effect of the liveli-

ness inside, and from the inside, the

outside daylight atmosphere.

The surface of the pavilion will

appear transparent with the sides

made up of self-cleaning glass. Photo-

voltaic elements are integrated in the

glass covering to ensure protection

from radiation, while the light-

technologies of the building not only

highlight the spaces, but also makes

the structure energy efficient. Archi-

tects involved in the construction of the

Pavilion include the firm Iodice of

Aversa, the architects Teresa Crescenzi,

Antonello De Bonis, Cosimo Dominelli,

Francesco Iodice, Giuseppe Iodici and

Marcello Silvestre and Architect

Imbrighi.

Dutch practice HVDN architecten

have built this wood and aluminum-

clad building to temporarily house a

school in Amsterdam, the Netherlands


for about five to ten years until the per-

manent school is built. Called Het 4e

Gymnasium, the modular building has

a square plan constructed around an

internal courtyard and features a

wooden façade, interrupted by col-

oured aluminum panels. The 4000

square meter building includes a media

centre, an auditory and a large audito-

rium. The courtyard is the heart of the

school and the hallways around the

court are used to go from one class-

room to another. The facade has two

effects that intensify the character of

the building.

The plinth is made of flat, coloured

aluminum panels and continuously fol-

lows through into the facade of the

courtyard; the plinth as a foretoken of

the colour explosion in the court. The

wooden facade has been developed

more spatially and in depth and gives

the building plasticity. By choosing a rel-

ative deep outside facade, it was possi-

ble to bring on relief. Under the frame,

the facade withdraws 20 cm through

which the image of two piled up

arcades is created. Also the seams

between the modules are hidden; the

Italian Pavilion at Shanghai Expo, 2010

An Illuminated view of Italian Pavilion at Shanghai Expo, 2010



Mangalore Chemical Fertilisers

wooden front parts are built from nar-

row planks, which are placed vertically

and on small distance from each other.

Through the number of artificial seams

that arises, the real seams become

invisible. At the plinth and the facade of

the courtyard, the seams are hidden

behind the rhythmic placed coloured

aluminum boards of different widths.

The school has both on technically and

aesthetic area qualities and a level of

finishing which is similar to permanent


traditional construction. At the same

time the building is very flexible in sev-

eral aspects. It is movable and can be

used where is necessary the coming

years.

Creative and practical architecture

like the above examples play significant

roles in bringing portable and modular

architecture more into the main-

stream. However, to ensure success,

stakeholders like architects and devel-

opers need to educate consumers that

portable, modular construction can

score high on aesthetics and perfor-

mance while being an eco-friendly and

energy efficient alternative to in-situ

construction.

The flexibility of transportable,

modular construction have made them

popular within the education, retail

and healthcare industry but in general ,

both commercial and non-commercial

sectors can look at modular construc-

tions as versatile, high-quality and eco-

nomical long-term building alterna-

tives that can be relocated and recon-

structed anytime, anywhere.

Industry Outlook

Wooden Facade of Het 4e Gumnasium

Het 4e Gymnasium, Amsterdam, Netherlands



Silicone Concepts Int'l.Pvt.Ltd

®Modular Building and LEED?????????


Modular BuildingModular Buildingand the USGBC's LEED™and the USGBC's LEED™Special Correspondent

®Modular Building and LEED


ous rating systems to a 100 point sys-

tem.

2. Give greater emphasis to those cred-

its that stress energy conservation,

renewable energy systems and the

US Green Building Council's drive

toward carbon neutral buildings.

3. Introduce a new Credit Category

that rewards LEED project teams

for successfully achieving credits

dealing with regional priorities. In

Version 3 (V3) these are referred to

as Regional Priority credits or “RPs”.

LEED for New Construction and

Major Renovations Version 3.0, 2009 is

based on Credit Categories with the


as a global leader by influencing

and spearheading the green building

market transformation across the

world.

In response to market opportuni-

ties and the desire to respond to stake-

holder desires to make LEED more spe-

cific to building applications, LEED has

evolved from a single LEED for New Con-

struction and Major Renovations to the

following family of LEED products.

LEED for New Construction and

Major Renovations

LEED for Commercial Interiors

LEED for Existing Buildings

LEED for Core and Shell

�L�E�E�D� �f�o�r� �H�o�m�e�s

�L�E�E�D� �f�o�r� �N�e�i�g�h�b�o�r�h�o�o�d� �D�e�v�e�l�o�p�-

�m�e�n�t

�M�a�r�k�e�t� �S�e�c�t�o�r� �R�a�t�i�n�g� �S�y�s�t�e�m�s

�M�u�l�t�i� �B�u�i�l�d�i�n�g�s� �a�n�d� �C�a�m�p�u�s�e�s

�R�e�t�a�i�l

�H�e�a�l�t�h�c�a�r�e

�L�a�b�o�r�a�t�o�r�i�e�s

�T�h�e� �p�u�r�p�o�s�e� �o�f� �t�h�i�s� �p�a�p�e�r� �i�s� �t�o� �a�l�i�g�n�

�t�h�e� �i�n�t�e�r�e�s�t�s� �a�n�d� �g�o�a�l�s� �o�f� �t�h�e� �M�o�d�u�l�a�r�

�B�u�i�l�d�i�n�g� �I�n�d�u�s�t�r�y� �w�i�t�h� �L�E�E�D� �V�e�r�s�i�o�n� �3�,�

�2�0�0�9�,� �o�r� �L�E�E�D� �V�3�.� �T�h�e� �n�e�w�e�s�t� �v�e�r�s�i�o�n�

�o�f� �L�E�E�D� �r�e�f�l�e�c�t�s� �t�h�e� �U�S� �G�r�e�e�n� �B�u�i�l�d�i�n�g�

�C�o�u�n�c�i�l�'�s� �d�e�s�i�r�e� �t�o� �a�c�c�o�m�p�l�i�s�h� �t�h�e� �f�o�l�-

�l�o�w�i�n�g�:

�1�. �N�o�r�m�a�l�i�z�e� �t�h�e� �s�c�o�r�i�n�g� �o�f� �t�h�e� �v�a�r�i�-

While the spur in green

building movement a com-

bination of environmental

stewardship and economic opportu-

nity has created market opportunities

for several related construction indus-

tries, existing industries with products

and practices that resonate with the

tenets of sustainable design and devel-

opment and green building have natu-

rally benefited from the increased

awareness and market opportunities

inherent in this paradigm shift.

The US Green Building Council with

its Leadership in Energy and Environ-

mental Design (LEED™) building rating

system is increasingly establishing itself

Modular BuildingModular Buildingand the USGBC's LEED™and the USGBC's LEED™

same titles. As mentioned the

Regional Priority category has been

added. The Credits and attendant

points in LEED 2009 are now:

Sustainable Sites (SS)

(1) Prerequisite and (26) possible

points

Water Efficiency (WE)


points

Energy and Atmosphere (EA)

(3) Prerequisites and (35) possible

points

Materials and Resources (MR)


points

Indoor Environmental Quality (EQ)

(3) Prerequisites and (15) possible

points

Innovation & Design (ID)

(0) Prerequisites and (6) possible points

Regional Priority

(4) Possible points

This results in an arithmetic tally of

110 possible points. However the

nature of LEED in practice holds that

achieving all 110 points is not possible;

they are available but subject to the

influence of project context, design

and construction choices and design

and construction process variables. Pro-

ject context is simply a matter of where

the project is located. The many bene-

fits of modular building do not enable

the finish project to escape the influ-

ence of site selection. However, the

economies associated with manufac-

turing in a closed environment with

stringent material use and quality con-

trol capabilities makes modular build-

ing an ideal choice for manufacturing

energy, material and resource efficient

structures.

In LEED 2009 the threshold levels

for LEED certification are:

Certified 40 - 49 Points

Silver 50 - 59 Points

Gold 60 -79 Points

Platinum 80 or more Points

The goal of most stakeholders using

LEED as a building rating tool is to

achieve the highest LEED certification

rating possible. Certification is the pro-

cess by which a project team fulfills the

prerequisites and earns sufficient

credit points to reach one of four certif-

ication levels: Certified, Silver, Gold or

Platinum. This process is explained in

complete detail in the Reference

Guides issued for each of the LEED rat-

ing systems as well as on line at

www.usgbc.org.

In the LEED certification system pre-requisites are activities or processes that must be done but for which no points are awarded. Credits are pur-sued as a matter of choice for which points are awarded if the requirements of the credits are achieved. In LEED for New Construction and Major Renova-tions Version 2009 there are nine Pre-requisites, one hundred Base Points, six Innovation in Design Points and four Regional Priority Points.

In LEED 2009 there are nine prereq-uisites and seventy-nine possible points. The other LEED building rating systems vary but most carry a similar category / credit / point structure. The reader is referred to www.usgbc.org for a more complete description of each.

A LEED Accredited Professional is

anyone who passes any of the current

exams administered by the Green

Building Certification Institute (GBCI),

an organization allied with the USGBC

to provide professional development

and LEED accreditation testing. After

Special Correspondent

whole or in part to the construction

site to complete a finished unit.

Modular building applied to prefab-

ricated components can be used in any

building type LEED is used to certify. It is

important to note that if prefabricated

modular components are used in the

context of a larger building they must

meet the LEED criteria that apply to

them but also are subject to the LEED

rating system as it relates to the fin-

ished building type under consider-

ation.

The individual components or sub-

March 31, 2009, individuals wishing to

take the LEED AP exam will have to reg-

ister for the LEED Version 3 exam. A

LEED AP Plus exam will be available for

individuals who anticipate participat-

ing in the LEED certification process in a

more involved and technical capacity.

For the purpose of clarity, buildings

undergo a certification process. Indi-

viduals who pass a LEED accreditation

exam become LEED Accredited at the

level of the exam they take and are enti-

tled to use the credential LEED Accred-

ited Professional Associate or LEED

Accredited Professional, LEED AP.

For the purpose of this study modu-

lar building is considered to be one of

the following:

Prefabricated building compo-

nents, parts, pieces and sub assem-

blies assembled under controlled

conditions and shipped to become

part of a larger, primary building

project

Whole building units prefabricated

under controlled conditions and

delivered to the construction site in


assemblies do not, in themselves,

receive LEED certification.

In order to better understand what

affects a modular building's potential

for LEED certification and the way LEED

certification scores are compiled it is

necessary to consider the following

observations and conditions that

inform the LEED certification process

1. These issues are largely a func-

tion of where the project is located. They are not specific to modular building practice, processes or prod-ucts.

2.

These are the

decisions that comprise how a pro-

ject is designed and constructed

such as material selection, con-

struction techniques, building sys-

tems selection, installation and con-

trols, building envelope, mechani-

cal, electrical and plumbing systems

and space conditioning are in this

category. Material handling, opti-

mal construction conditions and

Modular Building and the LEED Build-

ing Rating System

LEED prerequisites and credit oppor-

tunities fall into three broad areas of

concern:

Context and Community Connectiv-ity -

Architectural, Engineering and Con-

struction Choices -

Four Certification Levels

40-49 50-59 60-79 80+

Points

Modular Building and the USGBC's LEED™


Modular Floor Plan

Cipy Polyurethanes Pvt.Ltd

Waldorf School, Charlottesville, VA

environmental control during con-

struction all can contribute to

attaining LEED credits and atten-

dant points. Much of this report is

focused on this area.

3.

These include activities

like commissioning, construction

waste management, and maintain-

ing superior interior air quality dur-

ing construction and before occu-

pancy and measurement and verifi-

cation. These again are not specific

to modular construction but pre-

Construction Administration and

Processes -

requisites for all construction pro-

jects. Instead they are prerequisites

and credit opportunities that are

common to all construction and the

project as a whole.

The Sustainable Sites Category in

LEED 009 has one Prerequisite and

twenty six possible points. The addi-

tional weight given to credits and

points in this category are in SS Credits

2 through 4.4, none of which have a

direct bearing on modular building.

Sustainable Sites and Modular Building

SS Credit 7.2: Heat Island Effect

Roof is the only Credit in this category

that is a matter of design and construc-

tion of a modular unit. The Prerequi-

sites and all other credits in this cate-

gory are a function of context and com-

munity connectivity. In order to

achieve SS credit 7.2 modular construc-

tions must meet the requirements for

solar reflective index or SRI in the roof-

ing material(s) used over 75% of the

roof area. These are SRI of 29 for roof

areas of more than 2 in 12 and SRI of 78

for roof areas in excess of 2 in 12 .

Modular construction may also

have unique attributes regarding SS

Credit 6.1 Site Development - Protect

and Restore Habitat. Option One in this

credit rewards construction techniques

that limit site disturbance and keep dis-

turbed areas to within the areas imme-

diately adjacent to the building foot-

print. Because modular components

and complete units are fabricated off

site and delivered by a variety of over

the road transport, it is possible to

achieve tighter site control and less dis-

turbed area in the project perimeter.

SS Credit 9 Site Master Plan and SS

Credit 10 Joint use of Facilities are spe-

cific to LEED for schools and are not reli-


MBI 2009 Awards of Distinction: Green Building Winners

Jim Russell Racing Drivers School, Sonoma, CA



Award winning modular building

Sleek Boards India Ltd

ant on either conventional or modular

construction for credit compliance.

Modular construction techniques

have been shown to be inherently

advantageous in 7 major areas:

1. Less materials waste due to prefab-

rication and minimal on-site work

2. Less material exposure to inclem-

ent weather due to construction in

a controlled factory environment

3. Less site disturbance due to major-

ity of construction being executed

offsite

4. Safer construction

5. Flexibility for assembly, disassem-

bly, relocation and refurbishment

6. Adaptability since modular build-

ings are designed to quickly add or

remove one or more “modules”

minimizing disruptions to adjacent

buildings and surroundings

7. Built to code with shorter build

times

LEED rewards project stakeholders

How are modular structures more ben-

eficial?

Water Efficiency and Modular Building

for reducing dependence on munici-

pally supplied potable water for irriga-

tion, the transportation of waste using

potable water and overall water con-

servation through practices like rain-

water harvesting and intelligent land-

scaping and plan selection.

In the new version, project teams must achieve a minimum 20% reduc-tion in water use below that allowed in the Energy Policy Act of 199 in order to meet WE Prerequisite 1 Water Use Reduction 20%. In addition, LEED 2009 awards two points to each credit in the Water Efficiency category. WE Credits 1.1 and 1.2 associated with reducing potable water demand for irrigation are a matter of resource efficient land-scaping and site water management in any project.

WE Credit 2 Innovative Waste Water Technology rewards project stakeholders for utilizing fixtures that out perform the allowable water quan-tities listed in the Energy Conservation Act of 1992.

WE Credit 3.1 and WE 3.2 Water

Use Reduction recognize the potential

for conserving water in any way possi-

ble with the exclusion of potable water

used for irrigation which is accounted

for in WE Credits 1.1 and 1.2.

WE Credit 3.3 Process Use Water

Reduction is specific to LEED for

Schools. It is intended to reward any

effort to aggregate a number of water

conservation opportunities commonly

found in schools.

Modular construction that antici-

pates inclusion in projects with rain

water harvesting is best if it has antici-

pated the detailing, structural loads

and system interfaces that are part of

the building and site engineering nec-

essary to be part of the overall systems

integration.

Current literature supports the fact

that energy conservation and the

attendant reduction in building operat-

ing costs are two of the major drivers in

the high performance green building

movement. All of the LEED's Energy

and Atmosphere Prerequisite and

Credit opportunities can be applied

directly to modular construction pro-

jects. Modular construction that uses

structural insulated panels or SIPS can

produce relatively high R-values and

low infiltration rates if fabricated and

constructed with good quality control.

Steel and aluminum stud frame con-

struction can also produce energy effi-

cient units if care is taken to insure

proper installation techniques and air

sealing.

The following discourse summa-

rizes the relationship of modular build-

ing and the LEED Energy and Atmo-

sphere Prerequisites and Credits.

LEED requires fundamental com-

Energy and Atmosphere and Modular

Building

EA Prerequisite 1 - Fundamental Com-

missioning of the Building Energy Sys-

tems




Water efficient modular building

Technokolla

missioning of the HVAC and controls,

lighting and controls, domestic hot

water systems and renewable energy

systems if they are included. Commis-

sioning differs from traditional testing

and balancing or the startup primary

space conditioning equipment by man-

ufacturer suppliers or subcontractors

in that commissioning must insure that

all systems are working collectively as

intended. In the case of modular build-

ing commissioning is assumed to be

applied to a finished project.

If a modular building is fully assem-

bled prior to delivery and the systems

that must be commissioned are

installed and operational most funda-

mental commissioning activities can

take place in the factory. However, the

modular building is subject to addi-

tional commissioning activities if con-

necting to the civil infrastructure, site

mounted renewable energy systems,

site water supply pressure testing, etc.

These activities can only happen in the

field and are required for a complete

commissioning report.

LEED also requires designating an

individual with commissioning author-

ity experience as expected by the rating

system to lead, review and oversee the

completion of the commissioning pro-

cess activities.

In LEED 2009, all LEED projects are

subject to exceeding the minimum

energy performance criteria set forth in

Sections 5.4, 6.4, 7.4, 8.4, 9.4, and 10.4

of ASHRAE / IESNA 90.1 2007 without

amendments as well as the prescriptive

requirements of Sections 5.5, 6.5, 7.5

and 9.5 without amendments by 10%

for new construction and 5% for major

renovations. The reader is referred to

ASHRAE / IESNA 90.1 2007 for a com-

plete description of the requirements.

Generally the building categories are:

Building envelope

Section 6: Heating, Ventilating and

Air Conditioning (including parking

garage ventilation, freeze protection,

exhaust air recovery and condenser

heat recovery)

Service water heating

Power (including all

EA Prerequisite 2 Minimum Energy Per-

formance

Section 5:

Section 7:

Section 8:

building power distribution systems)

Lighting (including exit

signs, building exterior. Grounds and

parking garages)

Other Equipment (in-

cluding all permanently wired electric

motors)

In this case, the modular buildings

in question are assumed to be perma-

nently installed on foundations not

meant to facilitate removal or frequent

relocation.

This prerequisite prohibits the use

of CFC based refrigerants in new build-

ing HVAC&R systems. If central plants

that modular buildings are serviced by

use these products, the project must

obtain an inspection of the central

plant as well as a commitment to phase

out the equipment using CFCs in the

central plant over time. Each is

weighed on its merits.

This credit is based on meeting all

the requirements of EA Prerequisite

Minimum Energy Performance which

mandates exceeding ASHRAE 90.1 007

minimum energy performance

requirements by 10% for new construc-

tion. In Version 3, 2009, LEED provides

an opportunity to obtain up to twenty

one points for new construction by

computer modeling the proposed

design against a base case building

using Appendix G of ASHRAE / IESNA

90.1 2007. Once the base case is cre-

ated and an annual operating budget is

established the design team is tasked

with creating a design case building

that reduces the annual operating bud-

get by at least 12% below that required

Section 9:

Section 10:

EA Prerequisite 3 - Fundamental Refrig-

erant Management

EA Credit 1 - Optimum Energy Perfor-

mance




Solar photovoltaic panels on modular building

for the base case building before points

can be scored. Projects whose yearly

operating budget for energy is 12%

below the Base Building modeling as

established by Appendix G of ASHRAE

90.1 007 can score the minimum two

points. Projects with yearly energy

operating budgets forty eight percent

or more below the Base Building esti-

mate are eligible for nineteen points.

It is important to note that the mod-

ular building in question must be mod-

eled in the context of the site and the

final design. The LEED Reference Guide

contains an extensive discussion of

what evaluation procedures are most

appropriate and what is acceptable as

building envelope, building systems,

site and occupancy variables.

Once the yearly operating budget

of the design case building has been

determined using the procedures con-

tained in EA Credit 1 the project team

can address meeting the annual energy

demands of the project with renewable

energy sources and building systems.

LEED considers the following systems

eligible for consideration in this credit:

Photovoltaic systems

Solar thermal Systems

Bio-fuel based electrical systems

Geothermal heating systems (Geo-

thermal heat pumps are excluded

EA Credit 2 - On-Site Renewable Energy

Systems

but their benefits are considered

in EA Credit 1 Optimum Energy Per-

formance)

Geothermal electrical systems

Low impact hydroelectric power sys-

tems

Wave and tidal systems

The contribution of these systems

to the reduction of the annual energy

costs are reflected in the energy model-

ing or prescriptive approaches to

energy cost calculations found in EA

Credit 1. EA Credit 2 Renewable Energy

points are rewarded for displacing con-

ventional fuels and the attendant

reduction in yearly energy costs on a

graduated scale. The percentage listed

in the title of the credits refers to the

reduction in dollars below the yearly

energy cost in dollars for the base

building modeled in Appendix G or

through some other prescriptive

method. They are:

1% Renewable Energy 1 Point

5% Renewable Energy 3 Points



LEED 2009 awards two points for EA

Credit 3. Enhanced commissioning is

related to the basic commissioning

required for all LEED projects in EA Per-

quisite 1.

LEED 2009 awards two points for EA

Credit 4. LEED rewards project teams

that make responsible choices regard-

ing the selection, installation and main-

tenance of refrigerants. R410A or

Puron is preferable to R12 or R22. A

LEED point is rewarded for selecting a

refrigerant that is efficient while mini-

EA Credit 3 - Enhanced Commissioning

EA Credit 4 - Enhanced Refrigerant Man-

agement


GeothermalEnergy System



mizes global warming and still meets

equipment performance and warranty

requirements.

LEED 2009 awards three points for

EA Credit 5. Measurement and Verifica-

tion is a process by which the operation

EA Credit 5 - Measurement and Verification

and associated energy performance of

a completed project is monitored for at

least one year using the processes and

practices set forth in the International

Performance and Measurement & Veri-

fication Protocol (IPMVP) Volume III.

Obtaining this point may require coor-

dination between the modular building

supplier and the HVAC and / or the

mechanical, electrical and plumbing

engineers. The intention is to acquire

sufficient building systems data to ver-

ify the building is performing as antici-

pated. The work associated with

obtaining this credit can be relatively

simple if the structures are modest in

scale and the systems are limited and

straight forward. Many modular build-

ing applications be they classrooms or

small office are in this category.

LEED 2009 awards two points for EA Credit 6. Green Power refers to electri-cal energy generated off site using cri-teria established by the Center for Resource Solutions (CRS) Green-e prod-ucts certification requirements. Pro-jects are rewarded one LEED point for contracting for at least 35% of the pro-ject's electrical requirements for two years. A second point is available if the contract doubles to 70% for the same two year period.

EA Credit 6 - Green Power




O-14 Nears Completion in DubaiThe striking beautiful latticed building O-14 tower in Dubai is finally nearing

completion. Designed by Jesse Resiser and Nanoko Umemoto of RUR Architecture, the building features an eye-catching façade that limits solar heat gain in addition to a sophisticated passive cooling system that reduces energy use.

Resembling a sculpture more than a building, the commercial tower has a central core for office space. The decorative façade has over 1,000 circular cut outs and functions as an exoskeleton. This outside structure supports the core, and thus allows for remarkably open interior spaces. Imagine a virtually column-free office space, able to be split and subdivided in any way tenants wish.The one meter of space between the exoskeleton and the core also acts a hot air chute. Although metropolitan, Dubai is essentially a desert city. The exoskeleton not only shields the core from the sun, but its shape forces hot air up and out, which saves money and energy on cooling the core. The circular holes are carefully positioned to provide views while limiting sun exposure.

The 21 open floors will house offices while the ground level will have an exclusive luxury shopping center, in true Dubai fashion, and an entrance to the waterfront esplanade.

Green award winning modular building - Xstrata

To be continued

Corrosion Control


bridged by an electrically conducting

fluid (which is electrolyte). Removal of

any if these three conditions will pre-

vent corrosion.

The Galvanic Table lists metals in

the order of their relative activity in sea

water environment. The list begins

with the more active (anodic) metal

and proceeds down to the least active

(cathodic) metal of the galvanic series.

The obvious means of prevention is therefore to avoid mixed metal fabrica-tions. Frequently this is not practical, but prevention can also be by removing the electrical contact - this can be achieved by the use of plastic or rubber washers or sleeves, or by ensuring the absence of the electrolyte such as by improvement to draining or by the use of protective hoods. This effect is also dependent upon the relative areas of the dissimilar metals. If the area of the less noble material is large compared to that of the more noble (cathodic) the corrosive effect is greatly reduced, and may in fact become negligible. Con-versely a large area of noble metal in contact with a small area of less noble will accelerate the galvanic corrosion

rate. For example it is common practice to fasten aluminium sheets with stain-less steel screws, but aluminium screws in a large area of stainless steel are likely to rapidly corrode.

Galvanic series relationships are

useful as a guide for selecting metals to

be joined, will help the selection of met-

als having minimal tendency to interact

galvanically, or will indicate the need or

degree of protection to be applied to

lessen the expected potential interac-

tions.

Generally, the closer one metal is to

another in the series, the more com-

patible they will be, i.e., the galvanic

effects will be minimal. Conversely, the

farther one metal is from another, the

greater the corrosion will be.

Notice that graphite is at the bot-

tom of the table. Think of the corrosion

potential if you put a big hunk of graph-

ite on a small piece of magnesium.

In a galvanic couple, the metal

higher in the series (or the smaller the

number given ) represents the anode,

and will corrode preferentially in the

Very frequently I am asked by my

leading PEB customers to

explain the Galvanic Corrosion

effect of using stainless steel grade 304

self drilling and tapping screws on

galvolume colour coated roofing

sheets. In this article I have tried to give

some facts about this aspect for guid-

ance in the use of stainless steel SDTS

on Galvalume colour coated roofing

sheets.

Corrosion is an electro chemical pro-

cess involving the flow of electric cur-

rent from cathode (-ve) to the anode

(+ve). At the point where electro

potential energy exist the cathode (-ve)

residue (red rust) is formed. Galvanic

Corrosion also arises from the contact

of dissimilar metals in presence of elec-

trolyte (an electrolyte is an electrically

conductive liquid or moisture on the

surface of steel).

In fact three conditions are

required for Galvanic Corrosion to pro-

ceed, the two metals must be widely

separated on the galvanic series (see fig-

ure in next page), they must be in elec-

trical contact and their surface must be

Galvanic Corrosion

R.K. LutherManaging Director

M/s Atul Fastners Ltd.

Nina Concrete Systems Pvt.Ltd

RAnand

Text Box


Galvanic Corrosion

Corrosion Control

environment.

For self-drilling screws, when it is

recessed head, like phillips head, the

material used is S/S-302HQ or S/S-305,

And, for Hex Washer Head, the mate-

rial used is S/S-304. When the total

thickness of fastening material only

runs from 0.5mm to 1.0mm, then Self-

Drilling Screws made of Stainless Steel

302HQ or 305, or 304 is good enough.

Metals widely separated in the gal-

vanic series must be protected if they

Types of Protection

Precautions for Joining

Other Approaches

Where it becomes necessary that

relatively incompatible metals must be

assembled, the following precautions

and joining methods are provided for

alleviation of galvanic corrosion.

For Electrical Connection - Select

materials which are indicated to be

more compatible in accordance with

the galvanic series.

Design metal couples so that the

area of the cathode is smaller (appre-

ciably) than the area of the anodic

metal. For example, bolts or screws of

stainless steel for fastening aluminum

sheet, but not reverse.

Interpose a compatible metallic gas-

ket or washer between the dissimilar

metals prior to fastening.

Seal all faying edges to preclude the

entrance of liquids.

Apply corrosion-inhibiting pastes or

compounds under heads of screws or

bolts inserted into dissimilar metal sur-

faces whether or not the fasteners had

been previously plated or otherwise

treated. In some instances, it may be

feasible to apply an organic coating to

the faying surfaces prior to assembly.

This would be applicable to joints

which are not required to be electri-

cally conductive.

Where practicable or where it will

not interfere with the proposed use of

the assembly, the external joint should

be coated externally with an effective

paint system.

Further quires on this subject the

author can be contacted on mobile no.

0 9 8 1 4 9 2 9 2 9 7 a n d e m a i l i d

[email protected]

are to be joined. Appropriate measures

should be taken to avoid contact. This

can be accomplished by several meth-

ods:

1. - By applying to the cath-

odic member a sacrificial coating

having a potential similar to or near

that of the anodic member.

2. - By sealing to insure that

faying surfaces are water-tight.

3. - By painting or coating

all surfaces to increase the resis-

tance of the electrical circuit.

Sacrificial

Sealing

Resistance

STA Concrete Flooring Solutions

Rajpal U.NavalkarCEO, and Executive Director

of Thermoshield India

“India can be said to be the frontrunner, with roofs being made up of locally available materials, such as wood, stone, bamboo, grass, and mud. The tradition of making thatched roofs using palm leaves dates back thousands of years”

Industry Analysis?????????


building is known to come through the

roof. With awareness levels increasing

about green buildings, there has been a

corresponding rise in the level of inter-

est on green roofs too in India.

The concept of green roofs surpris-

ingly has been in existence in India for

several centuries. Going into this inter-

esting fact Mr.Rajpal U.Navalkar, CEO

a n d E x e c u t i v e D i r e c t o r o f

Thermoshield India had during an

interaction with the Masterbuilder said

“India can be said to be the


asbestos sheets, as was the norm till a

decade ago.

Along the way in the growth story of

the Indian roofing industry several

myths have been busted. For one, man-

ufacturers today vouch for the fact that

the typical Indian customer is not

driven only by the price factor but

wants value addition. No longer are

newer systems and innovative prod-

ucts shunned by certain segments of

the market. Fiberglass and metal roof-

ing are now being increasingly used in

residential projects as well.

Hurdles to Green Roofs

Roofing typically accounts for 25-30

percent of the total building construc-

tion cost. While roofs have always been

crucial for building aesthetics, what has

happened in recent times with the ris-

ing emphasis on sustainable building

strategies is the experimentation with

a variety of materials and technologies.

Eco-friendly roofing materials, which

are durable along with offering excel-

lent aesthetics is the norm today. An

estimated 15 percent of the heat in a

If there is one particular sector

which has undergone a dramatic

shift in trends in the Indian con-

struction scene, then it must be that of

the roofing and cladding industry. An

increasingly aware consumer and rising

emphasis on sustainable building strat-

egies have been dictating the trends in

this most dynamic of all industries. The

advent of fiberglass, asphalt and more

importantly, metal roofing options has

meant that the roofing industry is no

longer restricted to conventional RCC

roofs or the use of potentially harmful

frontrunner, with roofs being made up

of locally available materials, such as

wood, stone, bamboo, grass, and mud.

The tradition of making thatched roofs

using palm leaves dates back thou-

sands of years.” Even today there are vil-

lages around the country, with roofs

being made from materials including

cow dung and mud phuska. However,

green roofs not much more compli-

cated than just creating a potted plant

garden on a roof. The material and

labour cost involved for initial installa-

tion, plus the fact that the number of

green roof contractors in the country is

limited, are factors that need to be

taken into account. With the gradual

rise in demand though, upfront costs

are expected to decrease in the next

decade leading to the increase in green

roofs.

Tensile fabric roofing is another pop-

ular concept that is gradually finding an

increasing number of takers in the coun-

try. The semi-translucent nature of fab-

Roofing and Cladding in Single Ele-

ment

ric structures is what makes them a

favourite with engineers and architects

looking for roofing systems to cover

large areas, such as sports stadia or ter-

minals. Tension membrane structures

are usually reinforced using either

PVT/Polyester based coatings or PTFE -

based coatings.

ROOFING INDUSTRYDiverse Product Range Drives DemandROOFING INDUSTRYDiverse Product Range Drives Demand

M.K. Prabhakar

Limited number of specialized green roof contractors has beenhindering the growth of the concept in India

Rajpal U.NavalkarCEO, and Executive Director

of Thermoshield India

“India can be said to be the frontrunner, with roofs being made up of locally available materials, such as wood, stone, bamboo, grass, and mud. The tradition of making thatched roofs using palm leaves dates back thousands of years”

Industry Analysis?????????


building is known to come through

the roof. With awareness levels

increasing about green buildings, there

has been a corresponding rise in the

level of interest on green roofs too in

India.

The concept of green roofs surpris-

ingly has been in existence in India for

several centuries. Going into this inter-

esting fact Mr.Rajpal U.Navalkar, CEO

a n d E x e c u t i v e D i r e c t o r o f

Thermoshield India had during an

interaction with the Masterbuilder said


asbestos sheets, as was the norm till a

decade ago.

Along the way in the growth story of

the Indian roofing industry several

myths have been busted. For one, man-

ufacturers today vouch for the fact that

the typical Indian customer is not

driven only by the price factor but

wants value addition. No longer are

newer systems and innovative prod-

ucts shunned by certain segments of

the market. Fiberglass and metal roof-

ing are now being increasingly used in

residential projects as well.

Hurdles to Green Roofs

Roofing typically accounts for 25-30

percent of the total building construc-

tion cost. While roofs have always been

crucial for building aesthetics, what has

happened in recent times with the ris-

ing emphasis on sustainable building

strategies is the experimentation with

a variety of materials and technologies.

Eco-friendly roofing materials, which

are durable along with offering excel-

lent aesthetics is the norm today. An

estimated 15 percent of the heat in a

If there is one particular sector

which has undergone a dramatic

shift in trends in the Indian con-

struction scene, then it must be that of

the roofing and cladding industry. An

increasingly aware consumer and rising

emphasis on sustainable building strat-

egies have been dictating the trends in

this most dynamic of all industries. The

advent of fiberglass, asphalt and more

importantly, metal roofing options has

meant that the roofing industry is no

longer restricted to conventional RCC

roofs or the use of potentially harmful

frontrunner, with roofs being made

up of locally available materials, such as

wood, stone, bamboo, grass, and mud.

The tradition of making thatched roofs

using palm leaves dates back thou-

sands of years.” Even today there are vil-

lages around the country, with roofs

being made from materials including

cow dung and mud phuska. However,

green roofs not much more compli-

cated than just creating a potted plant

garden on a roof. The material and

labour cost involved for initial installa-

tion, plus the fact that the number of

green roof contractors in the country is

limited, are factors that need to be

taken into account. With the gradual

rise in demand though, upfront costs

are expected to decrease in the next

decade leading to the increase in green

roofs.

Tensile fabric roofing is another pop-

ular concept that is gradually finding an

increasing number of takers in the coun-

try. The semi-translucent nature of fab-

Roofing and Cladding in Single Ele-

ment

ric structures is what makes them a

favourite with engineers and architects

looking for roofing systems to cover

large areas, such as sports stadia or ter-

minals. Tension membrane structures

are usually reinforced using either

PVT/Polyester based coatings or PTFE -

based coatings.

ROOFING INDUSTRYDiverse Product Range Drives DemandROOFING INDUSTRYDiverse Product Range Drives Demand

M.K. Prabhakar

Limited number of specialized green roof contractors has beenhindering the growth of the concept in India

Ravi MehtaDirector, Sujan Impex

“Initially we used to face a lot of skepticism from architects who were not aware of this new concept. However, slowly as the architects in India got more exposed to international trends, the concept has gained wide acceptance”

tain, when compared to say, glaze glass

roofing. The roof being factory welded

is also easy to install, apart from being

weather-proof, which means that they

don't contain expansion joints.

One of the best examples of the

remarkable span capabilities of tensile

roofing can be found in the Hajj Termi-

nal of King Abdul Aziz International Air-

port, Jeddah, Saudi Arabia, which is

Perhaps the biggest advantage with

tensile roofing is that it enables roofing

and cladding in one single structural ele-

ment. Typically the seam and curve of

the fabric structure that reflects the ten-

sion is aesthetically pleasing, while also

being important for the structural

integrity. Due to the integrity of the

roofing and cladding system, the struc-

tures are also easy to clean and main-


often cited as one of the marvels of

modern architecture. After the initial

teething troubles, the concept of ten-

sile roofing is gradually catching up in

the country. Dwelling on the point

Mr.Ravi Mehta, Director, Sujan Impex, a

leading name in the field, said, “Initially

we used to face a lot of skepticism from

architects who were not aware of this

new concept. However, slowly as the

architects in India got more exposed to

international trends, the concept has

gained wide acceptance.” The com-

pany offers the Fluotop T2 range of fab-

rics which are widely used for roofing

applications including, atriums, terrace

coverings, entrance roofs, cafeterias,

stadia roofs, etc.

Going into the details of varied

application of tensile roofing, Mr.Punit

Jhaveri, who heads Lucky International

observed during an interaction with

the Masterbuilder, “ PVC coated fabrics

for architecture is a very broad seg-

ment that includes applications in

small and medium membrane roofing

projects such as for shopping malls, toll

Roofing Industry: Diverse Product Range Drives Demand

Industry Analysis

Metal roofing is ideally suited for industrial applications

The Hajj Terminal, King Abdul Aziz International Airport, Jeddah,Saudi Arabia- Iconic structure is the best example for tensile fabric roofing

Sunil S.Loya,Managing Director,

Loya Constructions Pvt Ltd (LPCL)

“LCPL provides trapezoidal profile sheets using latest technology which has long term durability, spectrum of colours, special metallic coating, and aesthetic beauty, to enhance the appearance, life, and value of the building. The profile sheets are supplied in customized sizes with Pre and Post sales services by qualified Designers and Engineers”

Punit JhaveriLucky International

“PVC coated fabrics for architecture is a very broad segment that includes applications in small and medium membrane roofing projects such as for shopping malls, toll gates, entrances, compounds, parks, school yards, restaurants, swimming pools, etc and for large scale projects such as stadiums, exhibition halls and warehouse structures ”

gates, entrances, compounds, parks,

school yards, restaurants, swimming

pools, etc and for large scale projects

such as stadiums, exhibition halls and

warehouse structures.”

Presently manufacturers are

exploring the possibility of photovol-

taic (PV) integration with fabrics, which

will further increase the green quotient

of tensile roofing. The availability of

lighter and more efficient solar cells is

enabling further breakthroughs in this

exciting field. With the incorporation of

nanotechnology and the use of organic

photovoltaic cells (OPVs), the technol-

ogy is expected to evolve rapidly in the

next few years.

While cost considerations and non-availability of specialized manpower may be the hindrances to the growth of the green roofs segment, there is an excellent alternative available in the form of metal roofs. In fact, the metal roofing industry has been growing at a healthy rate of 20-30 percent, annually and has become the preferred favour-ite of engineers and architects, both for a wide variety of applications, whether it is aviation hangars, stadiums, ware-houses, educational institutions or even hospitals , etc to mention only a

Surging Metal Roofing Industry

few. With their unbeatable combina-tion of being light-weight, fireproof, energy efficient and durable, they allow for implementation of sustain-able building strategies in a cost-effective manner.

The rising popularity of metal roof-

ing has meant that there are a number

of leading players who cater to this bur-

geoning market now in the country.

Many of the manufacturers who are

active with pre-engineered building

(PEB) products and solutions are also

concentrating on the roofing and clad-

ding industry. Some of the leading

names in the fray include Tata

BlueScope Steel, Everest Industries,


Limited, Interarch, Metaltech Con-

structions, Loya Constructions Pvt Ltd,

Lloyd Insulations, Multicolor Steel etc,

who are catering to the rising demand

for metal roofing and cladding systems.

Typically coated galvalume sheets,

because of their excellent corrosion

resistance are the most preferred when

it comes to metal roofing and walling.

The coated steel sheets offer a unique

combination of the strength of steel

with the corrosion protection of zinc or

zinc/aluminium alloy coatings. More-

over, these sheets are also more mal-

leable and can be roll-formed, pressed,


No longer dull & drab: Metal roof sheets are today available in a wide range of colours


Industry Analysis

Universal Construction Machinery

Mr.P.V.RaoExecutive Director of


”Our engineering team is extremely talented and we are currently executing a project for Ultratech Cements in Rajasthan in which the clear span is 99 meters without any columns in between. No PEB company in India has ever executed any project with this big clear span “



“All profiles of LYSAGHT® range are specially designed and tested profiles and are manufactured from hi- strength ZINCALUME® steel and COLORBOND® steel ”

punched, or joined into innumerable

combinations of decorative building

products. Galvalume sheets today are

also available in a wide range of

colours, which additionally makes

them an attractive proposition from

the aesthetics point of view too.

Explaining the advantages of metal

roofing sheets, Mr.Sunil S.Loya, Man-

aging Director, Loya Constructions Pvt

Ltd (LPCL), a leading name in the roof-

ing and cladding industry, said, “LCPL

provides trapezoidal profile sheets

using latest technology which has long

term durability, spectrum of colours,

special metallic coating, and aesthetic

beauty, to enhance the appearance,

life, and value of the building. The pro-

file sheets are supplied in customized

sizes with Pre and Post sales services by

qualified Designers and Engineers.”

The company also offers a wide range

of accessories like gutter, flashings,

ridges, louvers, downpipe etc.

Product innovation is the name of

the game and intense competition has

meant that manufacturers are always

on the verge of the next breakthrough.

Tata BlueScope Steel for example,

offers the LYSAGHT range of roofing

and wall cladding systems, which come

with a host of features. Going into the

details Mr.Sureet Chatterjee, Chief Mar-

keting & Business Development, Tata

BlueScope Steel, observed “ All profiles

of LYSAGHT® range are specially

designed and tested profiles and are

manufactured from hi- strength

ZINCALUME® steel and COLORBOND®

steel.” According to Mr.Chatterjee the

range is different from others because

the steel is high strength ZINCALUME®

steel and COLORBOND® steel, far supe-

rior to mild steel. The metallic coating

of zinc/aluminium alloy lasts 4 times

more than galvanized steel of 275 GSM.

The paint system of COLORBOND®

steel is Super Durable Polyester paint

system which uses inorganic pigments

and an especially designed formulation

of paint system to suit environmental

condition. It has better resistance to col-

our fading and chalking.

The ability to enable even complex

structures with wider spans is another

reason why metal roofing is finding an

increasing number of takers nowadays.


The flexible nature of metal roofing enables their use in complex structureswithout slowing down the pace of construction


Industry Analysis

Liugong India Pvt.Ltd

Citing one such example in a PEB pro-

ject, Mr. P.V.Rao, Executive Director,


Ltd, pointed out,” Our engineering team

is extremely talented and we are cur-

rently executing a project for Ultratech

Cements in Rajasthan in which the clear

span is 99 meters without any columns

in between. No PEB company in India

has ever executed any project with this

big clear span. The light transmitting sky

light panels we use are imported

(Ampelite) and they have UV protection

coating on both sides and the manufac-

turer gives a 10 year warranty for light

transmission. We have technical collab-

oration with a leading US company

called NCI and we offer 100% leak proof

Double Lock sheeting with 10 year leak

proof warranty. We do site roll forming

using mobile roll forming machine so

that end laps are avoided. “The slew of

advantages on offer has meant that

there has been no looking back for the

surging metal roofing and cladding

industry in the country.

According to industry estimates glob-

ally the market for roofing will be grow-

ing 3.1 percent, year on year through

2014, with the major demand coming

from the two fastest growing economies

in the world, India and neighbouring

China. These are the two countries

where all the action is taking place and it

is not surprising that almost every major

global player in the field of roofing has a

presence in the region. Factors such as

continued thrust on infrastructure

development, the burgeoning real

estate market, especially state-

promoted affordable housing projects

and growing acceptance of alternate

roofing and cladding systems, are

expected to drive the demand in the

next decade.

Exciting Future


Bamboo eco housing entryBamboo eco housing entryby Indian architects winsby Indian architects wins

Green AwardGreen Award

Tropical cyclones wreak havoc on poorly constructed homes. Winds tear roofs and walls apart and flood waters inundate homes, causing residents to flee to higher ground. An overall better solution is needed for low-income housing in disaster-prone zones. One possible idea is to build a solid, disaster-proof core to hold the home's key elements, and is designed to survive through the strongest of storms. Surrounding that core is a series of bamboo living units that will take the brunt of the storm, but afterwards will be inexpensive to rebuild.

These unique bamboo houses are part of a much larger disaster resistant community concept for the Philippines designed by a group of Indian architects Komal Gupta, Vasanth Packirisamy, Vikas Sharma, Sakshi Kumar and Siripurapu Monish Kumar. Their entry for the Design against the Elements Competition is a master planned eco community with cluster housing units, two community centers, prayer and meditation space, a library, and lots of open green space. Bioswales, rainwater collection, grey water recycling, plantations, commercial space are also incorporated to make this a mixed-use, sustainable community.

The housing concept is a three-story apartment building built on stilts with an earthquake, wind and water resistant core. This core holds all the necessary elements, like water lines, power, staircases and each apartment's kitchen and bathroom. Radiating out from the core are three living pods per floor, inexpensively constructed completely out of bamboo. Each family also has access to the roof and an escape hatch for the most dire of storms. Stilts help the house withstand flooding from storms or monsoons, and should the bamboo living pods get torn off they can easily be reconstructed when the family has time and can afford it. Spurred on by the devastation caused by the tropical storm Ondoy (Ketsana) in the Phillipines in 2009 MyShelter Foundation launched an entire design competition to create disaster proof housing. The winning entry from the competition will actually be built as a prototype disaster-resistant and liveable eco-village in Quezon City. The bamboo eco housing and community centre complex was awarded the Green Award and a cash prize of $3,500.


Industry Analysis

Revathi Equipment Ltd

Metal Standing Seam Roof Systems: Going from Strength to Strength

Standing Seam Roof


Standing Seam Benefits

Seamless system

No external through fixings

Low pitch Applications

Minimal maintenance

Range of finishes

Metal SSRs provide a secure weather tight solution that is designed to last. With minimal maintenance and maximum protection from the ele-ments, standing seam roof systems are widely used on public buildings from education to prisons, hospitals and data centres. Standing Seam systems are available in a range of external fin-ishes, meet and exceed Part L regula-tions and provide a very secure reliable roofing solution.

A standing seam metal roof boasts many qualities that account for its pop-ularity

Firstly, a standing seam roof

requires next to no maintenance, and

will not crack, shrink, erode, or perfo-

rate. Secondly, SSR provides extreme

weather protection, and is the most sta-

ble form of roofing during hurricanes. It

is about 50-100% recyclable, and is fire

resistant. SSRs reflect the sun rays, thus

reducing cooling costs. Being light-

weight it needs no additional framing,

translating into extra roof space. And

finally, a standing seam metal roof is

fairly quiet

SSRs installation is quick using snap-

lock standing seam roofing kits, making

it cost effective.

The dramatic rise in the popularity

of metal roofs arises from benefits it

provides to end users. Therefore there

has been a growing variety of metal

roof materials. Sheet materials like

stainless steel, copper, zinc, aluminum

and lead are inherently durable, the oxi-

dization of the base material forms a

protective patina. Modern steel roof

sheeting is coated with an alloy of zinc

and aluminum to give it some of the

durability of each of those materials at

a lower cost and higher strength than

either. Roofing is available as tradi-

SSRs: The Metal choice

Roofing forms a critical compo-

nent of the building envelope

protecting it from external ele-

ments, while playing an important role

in climate control, hazard mitigation,

and defining the aesthetic character of

a building. For all these reasons, it

becomes essential to keep pace with

the latest trends and technologies in

roofing.

Standing seam roof is a popular kind of metal roofing system used since the earlier periods when metal roofs were hand made from metals like cop-per or tin. A standing seam roof is con-structed from many interlocking panels that run vertically from the ridge to the eave of the roof. The interlocking seams where the two panels join together are raised above the roof's flat surface for easy water run-off. Standing seam roofing is suitable for either span-ning across purlins on typical spacing, or laid directly over rigid insulation and/or solid decking. Many combina-tions of panel widths, seam profiles, and rib heights provide extensive design flexibility, and standing seam roofing comes in a variety of styles and sizes to achieve an array of visual effects.

Standing seam roof or SSRs

an effective way to ensure perfect

weather tightness to roof. With this

machine the edges of connecting pan-

els can be bent together to form a

watertight seal. This roof system is

most reliable for large span buildings

Benefits of Metal Roofs in specific

can further be put as:

The Ultimate Benefits

Engineered for strength from 100%

metal

Air and water tight

Special coatings resist dirt and envi-

ronmental aging

less than 1/3 the weight of asphalt

sheeting

won't rot, crack, split, break or burn

Environmentally correct - made

Sadagopan Seshadri,Chief - Content Development, CE - Infrastructure - Environment

METAL STANDINGSEAM ROOF SYSTEMSGoing from Strength to Strength

Snap-lock standing seam roof kit

tional seam and batten, tiles, shingles,

and shakes. They come in a variety of

styles and colours. Metal roofs with

solid sheathing control noise from rain,

hail, and bad weather just as well as any

other roofing material.

They have made their place in the

mass consumption market like indus-

trial, commercial and residential.

The basic material is cold rolled

steel sheets in appropriate thickness to

specific duty. Steel is available with vari-

ous yield strength from 240 MPa to 550

Mpa for roofing and cladding applica-

tions.

Building applications steel sheets

are corrosion protected with metallur-

gical coating of 180 gsm to 275 gsm gal-

vanizing. 'Zincalume' / 'Galvalume'

sheets have metallurgical protection of

55 per cent hot dipped coated alumi-

num, 43.5 per cent zinc and 1.5 per

cent silicon. The coating density is

either 150 gsm or 200 gsm. The zinc-

aluminum alloy coating provides excel-

lent corrosion resistance coupled with

sacrificial protection provided by the

zinc in the alloy.

Organic coatings provide an aes-

thetic finish to galvanized/ zincalume;

coating choice depends on the point of

end use environmental conditions. Dif-

ferent types of profiles are available

from using continuous roll forming tech-

nique.

Expansion and contraction inherent

to metal roofs are coped up by attach-

ing the SSR to the building's structure

with a special clip-and-tab assembly. As

tab can move within the clip, entire

roof can expand and contract freely so

that cracks, blisters and splits will not

appear on the built-up roofs. Sealing

SSR panels by an electric remote con-

trolled electric roll-forming machine is

Composition & Characteristics

METAL STANDING SEAM ROOF SYSTEMS: CRIMPING AND SEAMING OPERATIONS

Electric Seam Machine Double-lock Seaming

Standing Seam Roof


Standing Seam Roof


Standing Seam Benefits

Seamless system

No external through fixings

Low pitch Applications

Minimal maintenance

Range of finishes

Metal SSRs provide a secure weather tight solution that is designed to last. With minimal maintenance and maximum protection from the ele-ments, standing seam roof systems are widely used on public buildings from education to prisons, hospitals and data centres. Standing Seam systems are available in a range of external fin-ishes, meet and exceed Part L regula-tions and provide a very secure reliable roofing solution.

A standing seam metal roof boasts many qualities that account for its pop-ularity

Firstly, a standing seam roof

requires next to no maintenance, and

will not crack, shrink, erode, or perfo-

rate. Secondly, SSR provides extreme

weather protection, and is the most sta-

ble form of roofing during hurricanes. It

is about 50-100% recyclable, and is fire

resistant. SSRs reflect the sun rays, thus

reducing cooling costs. Being light-

weight it needs no additional framing,

translating into extra roof space.

And finally, a standing seam metal roof

is fairly quiet

SSRs installation is quick using snap-

lock standing seam roofing kits, making

it cost effective.

The dramatic rise in the popularity

of metal roofs arises from benefits it

provides to end users. Therefore there

has been a growing variety of metal

roof materials. Sheet materials like

stainless steel, copper, zinc, aluminum

and lead are inherently durable, the oxi-

dization of the base material forms a

protective patina. Modern steel roof

sheeting is coated with an alloy of zinc

and aluminum to give it some of the

durability of each of those materials at

a lower cost and higher strength than

either. Roofing is available as tradi-

SSRs: The Metal choice

Roofing forms a critical compo-

nent of the building envelope

protecting it from external ele-

ments, while playing an important role

in climate control, hazard mitigation,

and defining the aesthetic character of

a building. For all these reasons, it

becomes essential to keep pace with

the latest trends and technologies in

roofing.

Standing seam roof is a popular kind of metal roofing system used since the earlier periods when metal roofs were hand made from metals like cop-per or tin. A standing seam roof is con-structed from many interlocking panels that run vertically from the ridge to the eave of the roof. The interlocking seams where the two panels join together are raised above the roof's flat surface for easy water run-off. Standing seam roofing is suitable for either span-ning across purlins on typical spacing, or laid directly over rigid insulation and/or solid decking. Many combina-tions of panel widths, seam profiles, and rib heights provide extensive design flexibility, and standing seam roofing comes in a variety of styles and sizes to achieve an array of visual effects.

Standing seam roof or SSRs

an effective way to ensure perfect

weather tightness to roof. With this

machine the edges of connecting pan-

els can be bent together to form a

watertight seal. This roof system is

most reliable for large span buildings

Benefits of Metal Roofs in specific

can further be put as:

The Ultimate Benefits

Engineered for strength from 100%

metal

Air and water tight

Special coatings resist dirt and envi-

ronmental aging

less than 1/3 the weight of asphalt

sheeting

won't rot, crack, split, break or burn

Environmentally correct - made


METAL STANDINGSEAM ROOF SYSTEMSGoing from Strength to Strength

Snap-lock standing seam roof kit

tional seam and batten, tiles, shin-

gles, and shakes. They come in a variety

of styles and colours. Metal roofs with

solid sheathing control noise from rain,

hail, and bad weather just as well as any

other roofing material.

They have made their place in the

mass consumption market like indus-

trial, commercial and residential.

The basic material is cold rolled

steel sheets in appropriate thickness to

specific duty. Steel is available with vari-

ous yield strength from 240 MPa to 550

Mpa for roofing and cladding applica-

tions.

Building applications steel sheets

are corrosion protected with metallur-

gical coating of 180 gsm to 275 gsm gal-

vanizing. 'Zincalume' / 'Galvalume'

sheets have metallurgical protection of

55 per cent hot dipped coated alumi-

num, 43.5 per cent zinc and 1.5 per

cent silicon. The coating density is

either 150 gsm or 200 gsm. The zinc-

aluminum alloy coating provides excel-

lent corrosion resistance coupled with

sacrificial protection provided by the

zinc in the alloy.

Organic coatings provide an aes-

thetic finish to galvanized/ zincalume;

coating choice depends on the point of

end use environmental conditions. Dif-

ferent types of profiles are available

from using continuous roll forming tech-

nique.

Expansion and contraction inherent

to metal roofs are coped up by attach-

ing the SSR to the building's structure

with a special clip-and-tab assembly. As

tab can move within the clip, entire

roof can expand and contract freely so

that cracks, blisters and splits will not

appear on the built-up roofs. Sealing

SSR panels by an electric remote con-

trolled electric roll-forming machine is

Composition & Characteristics

METAL STANDING SEAM ROOF SYSTEMS: CRIMPING AND SEAMING OPERATIONS

Electric Seam Machine Double-lock Seaming

Standing Seam Roof


from recycled material and are 100% recyclable

Energy efficient

many styles, colors and finishes to choose from

increase building's value

reduces the rate of corrosion

The main deterrent to choosing

metal roofing is the price per square for

metal roof, which is at par with pre-

mium roofing materials, i.e. not cheap

in terms of first cost. Metal roofing

costs more than asphalt, but it typically

lasts 2 to 3 times longer than asphalt.

Metal roofs are not seasonal, and should be looked at on basis of “fit & for-get” solutions that save owners main-tenance costs.

With conventional roofing like

asphalt, the fact of falling shingle or

water dripping resulting in recurring

maintenance & replacement costs can-

not be wished away. These costs keep

increasing as asphalt being a petro-

leum product, continues to get costlier

like gasoline. Roofing experts tie the

nationwide and regional increases to

rising oil prices, as most roofing materi-

And the flip Side

Prudence Pays

als are made of petroleum products.

Always remember: Roofing materi-

als made from Stainless Steel, Zinc or

Copper rarely require maintenance

over their lifetime commonly lasting

over a century. Any required mainte-

nance is usually due to design or instal-

lation mistakes.

Metals are here to stay for all the

right reasons, now that cost too is

expected to be on their side!

One of the greatest benefits of

metal roofing is its astounding energy

efficiency. The source of metal roofing

energy efficiency lies in its finish an

unpainted metal roof will reflect major-

ity of the solar radiation that is

absorbed by a roof and attic in a regular

asphalt roof. Painted and granular

coated metal roofing system both

Importance of Energy Benefits

reflect solar energy and re-emit

absorbed radiation such that it can also

cool your home. In warm climates, a

highly reflective and emissive metal

roof is capable of re-emitting up to 90

percent of absorbed solar radiation,

and in doing so, greatly reducing

energy consumption. It has been calcu-

lated that the installation of a reflective

metal roof can save approximately 40

percent of cooling costs throughout

summer.

The most typical roof system in

India is the Hydrostatic i.e. Water Bar-

rier System designed to resist the pas-

sage of water at joints, laps and junc-

tures under hydrostatic pressure. In

addition, the roof system needs the

strength and capability of spanning

structural members such as circular/

square/rectangular hollow sections,

Metal SSR systems: Indian context

Recyclable seam roof system Special coatings on seam roofs


Standing Seam Roof

Traditional RoofingMaterials absorb the

sun's rays.

Metal Roofing reflectsthe sun's rays away from

the roof.

Action Construction Equipment Ltd

RAnand

Text Box


is particularly suitable for situations

where long lengths need to be roofed

and clad. The system combines fluted

pans with a lock-action rib design and

has concealed fastening. This means

the roof sheeting does not need to be

pierced and the ribs make the profile

stronger.

Butler has billions of square feet of

constructed or retrofitted facilities. Its

MR-24® roof system is particularly

suited for wide buildings subjected to

roof movement induced by tempera-

ture change. A unique fastening

method, incorporated into the steel

panels seams allows MR-24 to accept

expansion and contraction freely with-

out compromising the structural integ-

rity. MR-24 system accounts for most

roofs in the US and is on 40 percent of

projects in India with Butler buildings.

MBCI an operating division of NCI

Group based in Houston (Texas) is

another major player manufacturing

quality metal products with a large

product selection , full engineering and

design capabilities. MBCI offers more

than 90 different metal roof and wall panel

profiles, along with secondary structu-

rals, trim and related accessory items.

MBCI's offers six most durable and

weather tight standing seam metal roof

systems roof systems with 4 types in

vertical leg structural standing seam

metal roof systems and 2 types trape-

zoidal structural standing seam metal

roof systems.

Vertical Leg Structural Standing

Seam Metal Roof Systems are

LokSeam®, BattenLok® HS, SuperLok®

and Curved BattenLok® with several UL

uplift ratings, assuring the reliability of

performance and also providing flexi-

bility to meet design challenges.

Each of these four SSRs is designed to be installed over open framing. LokSeam® must be installed on roof slopes of 3:12 or greater, BattenLok® HS and SuperLok® on roof slopes of ½:12 or greater while Curved BattenLok® can be installed on Radii down to 20'.

Trapezoidal Structural Standing Seam Metal Roof Systems are the snap-together system, Ultra-Dek®, and field-seamed system, Double-Lok®.

The standing seams are three inches above the lowest part of the panel, well above the water level as it flows off the roof. The rake/gable at both ends of each roof system finish with a 3-inch high standing seam, avoiding the necessity of finishing in the low, flat part of the panel where the greatest possibilities for leaks occur in many other systems.

channels, angles etc. acting as purlins

without support of any solid roof deck.

In achieving this, the roof covering also needs to act as a Hydrokinetic Sys-tem i.e. Water Shedding System in view of the heavy rainfall that is encoun-tered in large parts of the country, par-ticularly the N-E, E, S-E, S and S-W. The Central and Northern regions being lower rainfall zones, do adopt slope roofs of 1:6 or less, but, in general, slopes of 1:4 to 1:2.5 are recom-mended by the Bureau of Indian Stan-dards with slopes in snowfall areas as steep as 1:2, for smaller spans.

The opening up of the economy led to increased investment in sectors including infrastructure, manufactur-ing, warehousing facilities, residential and commercial buildings. Tata BlueScope, PEBS Pennar, Kirby, SML, Everest, Supertech and many others have hopped into the PEB bandwagon with off-shore affiliations or indige-nous improvised designs of which SSR systems form an essential part of build-ing envelope.

B ig p layers l i ke Aust ra l ian BlueScope Steel Limited forged equal partnership with Tata Steel, setting up Tata BlueScope Steel with two business divisions. Its products are metallic coat-ings that include Galvalume® coating technology and pre-painted steel; pre-engineered buildings (PEB) led by But-ler and steel components like roof sys-tems; wall panels and others for com-mercial construction. Their manufac-turing facilities are in Pune, Chennai and Bhiwadi.

Different companies have devised

their own systems and offer unique

advantages or qualities to this basic

combination of elements. Tata

Bluescope Steel's Lysaght®system

offers the KLIP-LOKTM mechanism that

The Players

The Pittsburgh double-lock standing seam produces exceptional weather tightness


Standing Seam Roof


Ultra-Dek® and Double-Lok® panels

can be installed before or after the exte-

rior walls are in place. All trim is

attached after the roof is installed. With

a recommended minimum slope of

¼:12, these standing seam metal roof

systems can be used on all types of con-

struction, including metal, masonry or

wood, for either new construction or

retrofit.

All of MBCI's standing seam metal

roof systems are concealed fastened

systems. A choice of concealed fas-

tened clips hold the panels firmly in

place with the ability to accommodate

thermal movement.

The sliding clip in the Ultra-Dek® and Double-Lok® allows for thermal movement. A 4-inch sliding clip in the Double-Lok®, can eliminate roof steps on a double slope building up to 900 feet wide or a single slop building up to 450 feet wide!!

Each SSMR system carries the Underwriters Laboratories Fire Resis-tance and Wind Uplift (UL 90) ratings covering a wide range of roof designs. Double-Lok® and SuperLok® meet rat-ings per FM Global Corporation Stan-dard 4471. The BattenLok® HS, SuperLok®, Curved BattenLok® and Double-Lok® conform to requirements in CEGS 07416 / ASTM E 1592 Standing Seam Metal Roof System guide specifi-cation.

Special clips are available allowing

for thermal roof expansion and con-

traction during extreme temperature

changes. All trim is both weathertight

and aesthetically pleasing, giving the

roof a nice finished appearance.

Factory-applied sealant in the panel

sidelap ensures a tight, secure

weathertight lap whether it is a snap-

Uplift Ratings

Weathertight Roof Systems

together or field-seamed system.

PEBS Pennar brings international

standards to the Indian market with its

technical know-how agreement ® with

the NCI Group Inc., USA, to offer the

Double-Lok leakproof Standing Seam

Roofing System,

The Double-Lok® roof panel is a

mechanically field-seamed, trape-

zoidal leg standing seam roof system.

Double-Lok® panels are available in 12-

inch, 18-inch and 24-inch widths. Dou-

ble-Lok® requires a minimum slope of

¼:12. Double-Lok® panels are ideal for

industrial, commercial and architec-

tural applications. PEBS Pennar offers

this product in India.

50% complaints in steel buildings

relate to roofing components and

water infiltration problems PEBS

Pennar uses the Double-Lok® System

world-class standing seam technology

by MBCI ( NCI Group Inc., USA) & its

weather tightness advantages makes it

the favored choice for India.

Bead Mastic for roofing side and

end laps. Bead mastic, when

Double-Lok®

PEB PENNAR MBCI advantage

installed properly, provides the best

guarantee against roof leaks. Not all

PEB manufacturers in this region

use this technique

Roll-formed aesthetic Downspouts

with longitudinal full length corru-

gations in one piece upto 12 M

length reduce number of field joints

Supply of valley gutters of 1.5mm

thickness upto lengths of 6 M,

reduce number of joints. The epoxy

primer on the exposed valley gutter

face imparts long-term corrosion-

free surface.

Similarly, Kirby's Standing Seam Roofing System (KSS-600) is tested and approved by FM Global, USA and has double lock standing seam ends which provides 100% leak proof buildings with faster installation.

Not only can low slope metal roof-ing contribute to the bottom line, it can also contribute to LEED credits, which are awarded to buildings that use high recycled content and other “green” con-struction materials. A typical low slope metal roof has at least 25% recycled content, and at the end of its long use-ful life is 100% recyclable.

Conclusion

Panel Profiles

Double-Lok® Product Information

Coverage Width 12”, 18”, 24”

Minimum Slope ¼:12

Panel Attachment Concealed Fastening System; Low, High, Fix and Sliding and a 2” stand off clip

Finishes Smooth (standard); Embossed (optional)

Coatings Galvalume Plus®, Signature® 200,Signature® 300, Signature® 300 Metallic


Standing Seam Roof

Factory Office Complex

Multistory Showroom

Aircraft hangarStadia

Cold storage Warehouse



Standing Seam Roof

Author's Bio

The author leads our Delhi bureau. An Engineer and qualified ADR professional (NALSAR alumnus), Sadagopan Seshadri has been a senior Contract Management Profess ional in large nat ional & International Companies. His domain expe-rience is in Building Products, Cement plants and Mega Power project execution. He is expert visiting faculty for Contract Management at the SSAA, IP University, New Delhi.

Being passionate about Environment he has now turned to Landscape Projects design teamed with likeminded architects & engineers for sustainable landscapes devel-opment He is vocal with his views on these areas through his writings.

He can be reached at [email protected]

In the area of roofing, to receive LEED Sustainable Sites Credit 7.2, at least 75% of the surface of a roof must use materials having a Solar Reflective Index (SRI) of at least 78,met by vege-tated roof on 50% of the roof area, or installing a high albedo and vegetated roof combination, meeting the for-mula: (Area of SRI Roof/0.75)+(Area of vegetated roof/0.5) = Total Roof Area.

Typically, low slope metal roof sys-tems being among the lightest roofing products place fewer demands on a building's structural support system, an important consideration in earth-quake-prone areas. Because of their interlocking or active fastening sys-tems, metal roof panels are designed to meet the requirements of ASTM E1592, UL 580, UL1897 and other severe wind and uplift tests.

While the idea of protecting a build-ing with metal originated centuries ago, the concept is still valid today. Whether the goal is many years of low-cost, low maintenance, problem-free performance, or an environmentally res-ponsible approach to roofing, low slope metal roofs make a lot of sense.

Razon Engineering Company P.Ltd

?????????


and waterproof a roof; they can also

improve reflectivity and emissivity

while reducing thermal shock. Coat-

ings can extend the life of low-slope

and flat commercial roof types for

many years while reducing energy con-

sumption, thus saving the owner more

money. With high-energy costs here to

stay and building energy efficiency stan-

dards tightening, qualified reflective

roof coatings will remain as one of the

most effective and most economical

ways to meet or exceed these emerging

standards.

Elastomeric roof coating can extend

a roof's life by creating a UV light bar-

rier, which prevents substrate degrada-

tion; providing low-temperature flexi-

bility; developing a high degree of adhe-

sion; and reducing daytime roof tem-

peratures. And the choice of high-

quality coatings, as designated by

ASTM (American Society for Testing

and Materials) performance standards,

can assure long-term performance and

protection of the roofing substrate.

Elastomeric roof coatings are help-

UV Light Barrier

elastomeric roof coatings. These dura-

ble liquid coatings prolong the life of

the existing roof. In fact, elastomeric

roof coatings have been used since the

early 1980s over multiple roof types,

including built-up roofing , modified

bitumen, metal, cement and wood.

Many white-coated roofs exist today

with excellent adhesion and high solar

reflectance more than 20 years after

their initial application.

An elastomeric roof coating creates

a uniform, seamless surface that

remains flexible even at low tempera-

tures. It expands and contracts with

changing weather conditions, protect-

ing a roof's surface from the sun's dam-


Cool Roof Coatings

low-sloping roof, including metal ones.

(Elastomers are materials, usually syn-

thetic, having elastic properties i.e.,

capable of recovery from severe defor-

mation. Examples include natural rub-

ber and polyisoprene.)

Coatings these days play a useful role in the maintenance of all types of roofing substrates. They can be used to extend the service life of an existing sys-tem in nearly any environment, and in warmer climates they can offer signifi-cant energy savings.

The building industry around the

world is experiencing a greater sensi-

tivity to environmental concerns, like

energy shortages and energy savings.

These are influencing demands for

field-applied roof coatings that deliver

cool roofs for energy savings as well as

sustainability.

Most recently, the trend towards

cool roofing has favored the selection

of highly reflective and emissive coat-

ings for use over metal architects, engi-

neers and owners have become aware

of their value in reducing air-

conditioning requirements while pro-

viding a highly effective defense

against the elements.

Building owners and facility manag-

ers now realise the lasting benefits of

Lasting benefits

Reflective roof coatings remain

the fastest-growing product seg-

ment in the fluid-applied roof-

ing market. 'Cool roof' coatings can

lower energy consumption (a key goal

of building owners and facility manag-

ers) as well as meet stringent cool roof

performance requirements in the

building codes.

While it is true that the high solar

reflectivity and emissivity of white

elastomeric coatings can cut down on

air-conditioning costs, these products

do a lot more than just save energy.

The elastomeric coatings can restore

and protect most waterproofing sys-

tems and prolong the life of almost any

aging rays. This enables the coating to

handle the continual thermal stresses

over the lifetime of the roof. Its adhe-

sion characteristics enable the coating

to remain attached to the roof in wet or

extremely windy conditions. Such a

coating employs technology that helps

maintain energy-saving reflectance

qualities, as well as a bright, clean

appearance.

Finding ways to increase the service

life of roofs makes sense to owners and

reduces the waste generated by roof

tear-offs. Statistics compiled by the

U.S. Department of Energy and the Envi-

ronmental Protection Agency show

that waste generated from roof tear-

offs accounts for 15 to 20 per cent of

total landfill waste. By coating and

maintaining roofs, one can dramati-

cally increase the years of service they

can provide.

For most roof systems, coatings

renew the integrity of the surface of

the roof by filling in cracks and replac-

ing weathered and worn areas. Roof

coatings reinforced with membranes

such as polyester or fiberglass can seal

Versatile Coatings forVersatile Coatings forToday's Roof SystemsToday's Roof SystemsAchal Narayanan

Metal Roofs with Reflective Coating

?????????


and waterproof a roof; they can

also improve reflectivity and emissivity

while reducing thermal shock. Coat-

ings can extend the life of low-slope

and flat commercial roof types for

many years while reducing energy con-

sumption, thus saving the owner more

money. With high-energy costs here to

stay and building energy efficiency stan-

dards tightening, qualified reflective

roof coatings will remain as one of the

most effective and most economical

ways to meet or exceed these emerging

standards.

Elastomeric roof coating can extend

a roof's life by creating a UV light bar-

rier, which prevents substrate degrada-

tion; providing low-temperature flexi-

bility; developing a high degree of adhe-

sion; and reducing daytime roof tem-

peratures. And the choice of high-

quality coatings, as designated by

ASTM (American Society for Testing

and Materials) performance standards,

can assure long-term performance and

protection of the roofing substrate.

Elastomeric roof coatings are help it

UV Light Barrier

elastomeric roof coatings. These

durable liquid coatings prolong the life

of the existing roof. In fact, elastomeric

roof coatings have been used since the

early 1980s over multiple roof types,

including built-up roofing , modified

bitumen, metal, cement and wood.

Many white-coated roofs exist today

with excellent adhesion and high solar

reflectance more than 20 years after

their initial application.

An elastomeric roof coating creates

a uniform, seamless surface that

remains flexible even at low tempera-

tures. It expands and contracts with

changing weather conditions, protect-

ing a roof's surface from the sun's


Cool Roof Coatings

low-sloping roof, including metal

ones. (Elastomers are materials, usu-

ally synthetic, having elastic properties

i.e., capable of recovery from severe

deformation. Examples include natu-

ral rubber and polyisoprene.)

Coatings these days play a useful role in the maintenance of all types of roofing substrates. They can be used to extend the service life of an existing sys-tem in nearly any environment, and in warmer climates they can offer signifi-cant energy savings.

The building industry around the

world is experiencing a greater sensi-

tivity to environmental concerns, like

energy shortages and energy savings.

These are influencing demands for

field-applied roof coatings that deliver

cool roofs for energy savings as well as

sustainability.

Most recently, the trend towards

cool roofing has favored the selection

of highly reflective and emissive coat-

ings for use over metal architects, engi-

neers and owners have become aware

of their value in reducing air-

conditioning requirements while pro-

viding a highly effective defense

against the elements.

Building owners and facility manag-

ers now realise the lasting benefits of

Lasting benefits

Reflective roof coatings remain

the fastest-growing product seg-

ment in the fluid-applied roof-

ing market. 'Cool roof' coatings can

lower energy consumption (a key goal

of building owners and facility manag-

ers) as well as meet stringent cool roof

performance requirements in the

building codes.

While it is true that the high solar

reflectivity and emissivity of white

elastomeric coatings can cut down on

air-conditioning costs, these products

do a lot more than just save energy.

The elastomeric coatings can restore

and protect most waterproofing sys-

tems and prolong the life of almost any

aging rays. This enables the coating

to handle the continual thermal

stresses over the lifetime of the roof. Its

adhesion characteristics enable the

coating to remain attached to the roof

in wet or extremely windy conditions.

Such a coating employs technology

that helps maintain energy-saving

reflectance qualities, as well as a bright,

clean appearance.

Finding ways to increase the service

life of roofs makes sense to owners and

reduces the waste generated by roof

tear-offs. Statistics compiled by the

U.S. Department of Energy and the Envi-

ronmental Protection Agency show

that waste generated from roof tear-

offs accounts for 15 to 20 per cent of

total landfill waste. By coating and

maintaining roofs, one can dramati-

cally increase the years of service they

can provide.

For most roof systems, coatings

renew the integrity of the surface of

the roof by filling in cracks and replac-

ing weathered and worn areas. Roof

coatings reinforced with membranes

such as polyester or fiberglass can seal

Versatile Coatings forVersatile Coatings forToday's Roof SystemsToday's Roof SystemsAchal Narayanan

Metal Roofs with Reflective Coating


ing to drive a better energy initiative

across the United States and around

the world. When the U.S. specialty

materials company Rohm and Haas

(founded a century ago in Philadelphia)

set out to apply elastomeric coatings

technology to roofing, it could have

restricted its focus to meet only the

immediate need for durability.

Instead, it raised its sights and raised

the roof to a new standard of perfor-

mance, durability, functionality and

eco-friendliness.

Elastomeric coatings, now recog-

nised as key components of the build-

ing industry, enhance structural integ-

rity, reduce maintenance, increase lon-

gevity, improve energy efficiency, and

provide significant, immediate and lon-

ger-term environmental benefits.

The use of solar-reflective (cool)

urban surfaces is a comparatively inex-

pensive measure that can reduce sum-

mertime temperatures. A reflective

roof is typically light in colour and

absorbs less sunlight than does a con-

ventional dark-coloured roof. Thus,

reflective roofs reduce air-conditioner

use and increase occupant comfort lev-

els. Cool roof technologies include coat-

ings, membranes, tiles and shingles.

Light-coloured building surfaces

are a time-honoured technique of stay-

ing cool in the Mediterranean, the

Caribbean and other sun-drenched

regions. Roofing materials with a high

solar reflectance (called albedo) can

reflect up to 85 per cent of incident

solar radiation, compared to normal

surfaces which may reflect only 20 per

cent. For commercial applications, flat

and poorly insulated roofs are the best

candidates for high-albedo materials.

Of special interest to India are the

findings of a case study undertaken a

few years ago at the Satyam Technol-

ogy Centre (STC) in Hyderabad. In a

demonstration sponsored by the U.S.

Agency for International Development

in 2006, the installation of a white roof

coating reduced the average summer-

time daily maximum roof-surface tem-

perature of a two-storey office build-

ing at the STC's training centre from 52

deg. C to 32 deg. C. The total air-

conditioning energy use was thereby

reduced by 30 kWh/day (5 per cent on

hot days and 8 per cent on average

days).

Significant cost-effective a/c elec-

tricity and peak load savings and

increased comfort levels can be real-

ised by installing such cool roofs on

industrial and commercial buildings

like malls, hospitals, offices, hotels, etc.

and residential premises in India.

A number of companies in India are

now engaged in the manufacture and

supply of roof coatings and other

related products. Some of them also

export these products.Roof Tear Off

Roof with protective coating

Versatile Coatings for Today's Roof Systems

Cool Roof Coatings

Bomanite India

In the United States, the Roof Coat-

ings Manufacturers Association

(RCMA) is the national trade associa-

tion representing the manufacturers of

cold-applied coatings and cements

used for roofing and waterproofing, as

well as the suppliers of products,

equipment, and services to and for the

industry. Founded in 1983, RCMA is

dedicated to advancing product tech-

nology and to ensure an ongoing sup-

ply of quality energy-efficient materials

to meet the needs of contractors and

consumers. Currently, the Association

has more than 70 companies as mem-

bers.

RCMA is working to set the record

straight about energy-efficient coat-

ings. Its membership represents manu-

facturers and raw material suppliers of

energy-efficient coatings that can be

considered part of a cool roofing solu-

tion. The Association believes that

'cool roofing' is not just white. There is

a full complement of colours, including

aluminum (silver/grey in colour) in a

bituminous asphalt base and various

white coatings that have been tinted

Not just white

with pigments that can be classified as

energy-efficient coatings.

According to RCMA, many of the

newer high-reflectivity aluminum and

coloured roof coatings can perform just

as well as, or better than, white coatings.

Tom Meyer of RCMA's Solar Reflective

Coatings Council, said: “In the past few

years, technological advances have rap-

idly moved the roof coating industry

beyond white to include a multitude of

high-performing coloured coatings and

silver aluminum bituminous coatings.”

While reflective roof coatings can

reduce energy consumption or

increase roof life for buildings with low-

sloped or flat roofs, Meyer said optimal

energy efficiency and sustainability

required looking at more than just a

whiteness factor. “Selecting the appro-

priate roofing system requires a thor-

ough consideration of climate, a build-

ing's location, installation specifics, aes-

thetics, insulation and other factors.

There is no single answer. White may

be the solution for one building, with

aluminum or coloured coating the best

for another,” he added.

White roofs were in the headlines

sometime ago when the U.S. Energy

Secretary, Dr. Steven Chu, suggested

painting the roofs of all buildings white

to reduce carbon dioxide emissions

and save energy used for cooling. Dr.

Chu's statement was criticised in many

quarters for ignoring energy and other

offsetting factors and costs in non-

temperate climes.

“The benefits of reflective roof coat-

ings are very real, but there needs to be

a reasoned approach and an under-

standing that there are many coating

types available to meet the nation's var-

ious building energy and sustainability

objectives,” said James Baker, RCMA's

director of industry affairs. “We're urg-

ing regulators and green building advo-

cates to be cautious and not increase

reflectivity requirements faster than

the technology will allow,” he added.

Cool roofs have nevertheless been

widely adopted in the United States.

All but a handful of the country's 50

states have established regulations and

/or incentives to encourage roofing of

this type.

Tom MeyerRCMA Council Member

“In the past few years, technological advances have rapidly moved the roof coating industry beyond white to include a multitude of high-performing coloured coatings and s i lver aluminum bituminous coatings.”


Aluminum Roof Sheets

Versatile Coatings for Today's Roof Systems

Cool Roof Coatings

Universal Construction Machinery

Roofing: Material Focus?????????


because of their versatility, aesthetics,

and application.

Zinc is the 27th most common natu-

rally occurring element in the world. It

is found in galvanized steel, batteries,

and brass. Even the human body is

depending on zinc for certain biological

functions such as fertility, vision, and

A Natural


while being almost a standard in cer-

tain other parts of the globe. Zinc is one

such material. A cursory glance over

the Parisian skyline would convince any-

one of this paradox. Paris, under the

reign of Napolean III in the mid-1800s

was transformed into a city of almost

exclusively zinc roofs. Two hundred

years later, some of the original roofs

still crown historic buildings in the city.

Although Zinc made its appearance

in the United States around 1816, it

could not make as dramatic an impact,

as it had done elsewhere in Europe.

However, things are now gradually

changing. Zinc roofing is being seri-

ously looked into as an alternative in

most parts of the world, including

India. Zinc roofing strips are fast

becoming an architect's favorite,

The increasing emphasis on sus-

tainable building strategies has

meant that engineers today are

looking at both new materials and

quite a few other materials that have

been for long considered 'non-

traditional' in order to meet green

building standards. There are some

materials, that are considered 'non tra-

ditional' in some parts of the world,

ZINC ROOFINGZINC ROOFINGSustainable Roofing OptionSustainable Roofing OptionComes Back into LimelightComes Back into Limelight

cell production. Engineers in the 1800s

had discovered that zinc had certain

attractive benefits. For one, zinc sheet-

ing is highly malleable; it's durable and

almost completely recyclable.

The substance that gives zinc roof-

ing strips the distinct hue is known as

'patina'. It is actually a layer of zinc

hydroxycarbonate that forms on the

surface of the material when it is

exposed, in the presence of carbon

dioxide, oxygen, and water. The

patina's structure consists of a compact

protective layer, which strongly

adheres to the zinc beneath it. The

patina protects zinc from atmospheric

corrosion and also does not dissolve

easily in rainwater. Patinated metals

are generally considered naturally heal-

ing and long lasting. There are

instances in Europe when zinc roofing

strips are installed with the patina

already created, which is said to

enhance the longevity of the roof,

along with preventing accelerated cor-

rosion.

Patina

As 'Green' as they Come

In today's age of sustainable build-

ing strategies and green rating systems,

zinc roofing's potential can no longer

be underestimated. Today the use of

rolled zinc can contribute to obtaining

LEED certification under the Materials

and Resources category. The fact that

rolled zinc is 100 percent recyclable

also adds to the attraction of zinc roof-

ing as a preferred choice. Architectural

grade zinc sheeting is a mix of titanium,

copper, and zinc. This combination

helps in maximizing the tensile

strength of the roof, apart from helping

in improving malleability.

The combination also helps in

improving the innate resilience of this

wonder metal. There are scores of

buildings around Europe, where zinc

roofing has lasted for well beyond 100

years, compared to the 25 odd years for

those with asphalt shingles. The patina

forming characteristic of zinc, which

gives it the self-healing property con-

tributes to the durability and longevity

of the roofing strips.

M.K. Prabhakar

Zinc roofing dominates the Parisian skyline

Roofing: Material Focus?????????


because of their versatility, aesthet-

ics, and application.

Zinc is the 27th most common natu-

rally occurring element in the world. It

is found in galvanized steel, batteries,

and brass. Even the human body is

depending on zinc for certain biological

functions such as fertility, vision, and

A Natural


while being almost a standard in cer-

tain other parts of the globe. Zinc is one

such material. A cursory glance over

the Parisian skyline would convince any-

one of this paradox. Paris, under the

reign of Napolean III in the mid-1800s

was transformed into a city of almost

exclusively zinc roofs. Two hundred

years later, some of the original roofs

still crown historic buildings in the city.

Although Zinc made its appearance

in the United States around 1816, it

could not make as dramatic an impact,

as it had done elsewhere in Europe.

However, things are now gradually

changing. Zinc roofing is being seri-

ously looked into as an alternative in

most parts of the world, including

India. Zinc roofing strips are fast

becoming an architect's favorite,

The increasing emphasis on sus-

tainable building strategies has

meant that engineers today are

looking at both new materials and

quite a few other materials that have

been for long considered 'non-

traditional' in order to meet green

building standards. There are some

materials, that are considered 'non tra-

ditional' in some parts of the world,

ZINC ROOFINGZINC ROOFINGSustainable Roofing OptionSustainable Roofing OptionComes Back into LimelightComes Back into Limelight

cell production. Engineers in the

1800s had discovered that zinc had cer-

tain attractive benefits. For one, zinc

sheeting is highly malleable; it's dura-

ble and almost completely recyclable.

The substance that gives zinc roof-

ing strips the distinct hue is known as

'patina'. It is actually a layer of zinc

hydroxycarbonate that forms on the

surface of the material when it is

exposed, in the presence of carbon

dioxide, oxygen, and water. The

patina's structure consists of a compact

protective layer, which strongly

adheres to the zinc beneath it. The

patina protects zinc from atmospheric

corrosion and also does not dissolve

easily in rainwater. Patinated metals

are generally considered naturally heal-

ing and long lasting. There are

instances in Europe when zinc roofing

strips are installed with the patina

already created, which is said to

enhance the longevity of the roof,

along with preventing accelerated cor-

rosion.

Patina

As 'Green' as they Come

In today's age of sustainable build-

ing strategies and green rating systems,

zinc roofing's potential can no longer

be underestimated. Today the use of

rolled zinc can contribute to obtaining

LEED certification under the Materials

and Resources category. The fact that

rolled zinc is 100 percent recyclable

also adds to the attraction of zinc roof-

ing as a preferred choice. Architectural

grade zinc sheeting is a mix of titanium,

copper, and zinc. This combination

helps in maximizing the tensile

strength of the roof, apart from helping

in improving malleability.

The combination also helps in

improving the innate resilience of this

wonder metal. There are scores of

buildings around Europe, where zinc

roofing has lasted for well beyond 100

years, compared to the 25 odd years for

those with asphalt shingles. The patina

forming characteristic of zinc, which

gives it the self-healing property con-

tributes to the durability and longevity

of the roofing strips.

M.K. Prabhakar

Zinc roofing dominates the Parisian skyline

Yet another factor that makes zinc

roofing an attractive proposition is the

fact that the metal is 100 percent recy-

clable. It is estimated that around 95

percent of the initial energy content is

conserved in the case of recycled zinc.

Moreover, it also makes economic

sense since the metal is almost always

in demand and an estimated 90 per-

cent of the zinc that is put up in the recy-

clable material market is sold out. Con-

versely, annually an estimated 9 million

metric tons of asphalt shingles are

reported to end up in landfills. The toxic

chemicals present in the shingles then

leach into the soil, creating havoc with

the environment, particularly ground-

water sources.

Another remarkable property of

zinc lies in the fact that it is highly corro-

sion resistant, whether it is in a marine

environment or inland. The metal com-

bines with salt in the marine environ-

ment to form zinc oxychloride (Zn2 O

C12). The substances then wash of the

surface easily forming the characteris-

tic blue-gray patina. The corrosion

rates of zinc vary between 0.5µm and

1.0µm per year. Generally, the corro-

sion rates are found to be higher in

highly industrialized areas where sulfur

dioxide concentration in the atmo-

sphere is high.

There could be corrosion issues

forming from the underside of roofing

sheets, if moisture is allowed to con-

dense beneath them. It is usually rec-

ommended for this reason to allow for

a drainage layer directly below the zinc

roofing for allowing moisture not to get

trapped and escape freely. Some manu-

Corrosion Factor

As a building material, zinc offers

several advantages, starting right from

the stage when it is mined from deep

beneath the earth's crust. For one the

amount of energy that is used to

produce zinc from its ore is the lowest

among all non-ferrous metals. The

e n e r g y c o n s u m p t i o n r e d u c e s

drastically in the case of zinc that is

produced from recycled material,

making it one of the most 'natural' of

building materials.

The primary energy that is required

to manufacture zinc roofing sheets is

again, substantially lower than most

other alternatives. This is because of

the fact that zinc has a relatively low

melting point of approximately 785 F,

which in turn means that a relatively

lower amount of fuel is required to

extract, smelt, alloy, roll, and fabricate

the metal. The primary energy content

of the metal is in fact lesser than that of

stainless steel, copper, and aluminum.

In fact, two times the energy is required

for the other comparative materials.

Moreover, the concentration of zinc

ore is higher as compared to other ores

in their respective ores.


Zinc Roofing: Sustainable Roofing Option Comes Back into Limelight

Roofing: Material Focus

Zinc roofing allows for easy installation of secondary components like light inlets on the roof structure

Architectural grade zinc has high tensile strength, remarkably malleable and corrosion resistant

Tac System Formwork Sdn Bhd

facturers also recommend venting the

zinc roof strips with panels, along with

a layer of protective coating on the

underside of the sheets.

Although a relatively simple pro-

cess, zinc roof installation is best done

by the manufacturer's authorized per-

Zinc Roof Installation

sonnel. Some of the key factors that

need to be taken into consideration for

proper installation of zinc roof strips

are physic-chemical compatibility, geo-

metrical continuity and project struc-

tural conformity. A thorough roof

inspection in order to adhere to these

conditions is a must before the installa-

tion process begins.

Future

Metal roofing as a concept is fast

becoming a preferred option globally.

In India too, no longer is metal roofing

limited to warehouses and factories.

With the boom in infrastructure and

real estate projects, metal roofing is

finding wide ranging applications. Zinc

roofing strips could play a crucial role in

the industry, what with the rising

emphasis on eco-friendly building

materials. While cost may be the inhib-

iting factor right now, with increase in

competition, it could soon be a thing of

the past. Moreover, the fact that low

maintenance and durability of zinc

mean that the longevity factor out-

weighs the initial price difference, mak-

ing it one of the preferred choice, when

it comes to roofing solutions. With

increasing endorsement from the

architectural and engineering frater-

nity, zinc could well become the roofing

metal to watch out for in the near

future.

A row of zinc roofs with the typical zinc ‘Patina’ on them

Zinc roofing is ideally suited for complex structural shapes


Zinc Roofing: Sustainable Roofing Option Comes Back into Limelight

Roofing: Material Focus


RAnand

Text Box

m a r ke t l e a d e r s h i p . S p e a k i n g exclusively to the Masterbuilder, Mr.Raja Gana Nathar gave insights into what makes the company's products and services special. Here are excerpts from the interview.

Pre-engineered buildings are preferable for their advantages such as cost-effectiveness, wider spans without intermediate columns, factory controlled quality, better stability due to framed action, easy and faster construction, and better earthquake resistance, etc, among others.

Moreover, the lightweight of the structures ensures better protection against earthquakes.

Latest software development has made it easy to analyze and ascertain any structure for their ability to perform under actual conditions, which leads to optimum design and

better stability.

Computer aided technology resulted in hi-tech machineries

What are the advantages of Pre-E n g i n e e r e d B u i l d i n g s o v e r conventional systems?

How has Computer Aided Design helped in increasing the popularity of PEB systems?

leading to quality and quantity manufacturing of built-up sections and other components, thereby reducing unwanted loss and saving time in the process.

In western countries, multi-storey buildings are very popular due to their fast and easy construction. Composite constructions actually reduce self weight which leads to reduction in frame and foundation loadings.

Longer spans with fewer columns allow for more space and deck profile provides safe working platform. Moreover, PEB systems have also got better earthquake resistance.

We provide complete design from the foundation to superstructure and undertake responsibility for safety of structures. We additionally provide stability certificate for structures to our clients. We thoroughly analyze every client's unique requirements and based on the product and process equipment involved we provide better specification for their building with su i tab le vent i lat ion , handl ing

Are PEB systems preferable for multi-storied construction?

How are the products and services offered by your company different from others?

Profile


G.V.Engineering & Co: Offering Top of the line PEB Solutions

Profile

G.V.Engineering & Co is a versatile engineering firm that specializes in Pre-Engineered

Buildings, Multi-storey Steel Buildings, Industrial Structures, etc. The company's growth story has been driven by its firm commitment to the latest technology and advanced software, which has seen it successfully complete several major projects, globally.Ably led by Mr.Raja Gana Nathar-B.E,.M.K.S.E,. a technocrat with over two decades of experience, G.V.Engineering & Co, has been forging ahead in its journey towards attaining

G.V.Engineering & Co Offering Top of the line PEB Solutions

Raja Gana Nathar B.E.,M.K.S.E,Managing Director, G.V.Engineering & Co Raja Gana Nathar B.E.,M.K.S.E,Managing Director, G.V.Engineering & Co


equipment and other statutory requirements.

Some of our hi-tech projects include:

Utech Elsewedy Project in Riyadh, Saudi Arabia is one.

Chemical storage warehouse Sabic- 72 clear span with 29 m rid height.

Pipe rack and platform Fahud Station in Muscat for the Petroleum Development Corporation of Oman.

BCCI commercial complex in Bahrain. We have done the conceptual design for the 23 storey steel building.

We also provide consultancy services for PEB plant construction, textile mills, etc. We have a special project division for refinery projects and have handled many projects for P.D.O (Muscat), KNPC Kuwait, etc.

Visit us at:

Give us a few examples of your major

projects.

What are the other services that you provide?

www.gvcon.com

GV Engineering & Co.,

m a r ke t l e a d e r s h i p . S p e a k i n g exclusively to the Masterbuilder, Mr.Raja Gana Nathar gave insights into what makes the company's products and services special. Here are excerpts from the interview.

Pre-engineered buildings are preferable for their advantages such as cost-effectiveness, wider spans without intermediate columns, factory controlled quality, better stability due to framed action, easy and faster construction, and better earthquake resistance, etc, among others.

Moreover, the lightweight of the structures ensures better protection against earthquakes.

Latest software development has made it easy to analyze and ascertain any structure for their ability to perform under actual conditions, which leads to optimum design and

better stability.

Computer aided technology resulted in hi-tech machineries

What are the advantages of Pre-E n g i n e e r e d B u i l d i n g s o v e r conventional systems?

How has Computer Aided Design helped in increasing the popularity of PEB systems?

leading to quality and quantity manufacturing of built-up sections and other components, thereby reducing unwanted loss and saving time in the process.

In western countries, multi-storey buildings are very popular due to their fast and easy construction. Composite constructions actually reduce self weight which leads to reduction in frame and foundation loadings.

Longer spans with fewer columns allow for more space and deck profile provides safe working platform. Moreover, PEB systems have also got better earthquake resistance.

We provide complete design from the foundation to superstructure and undertake responsibility for safety of structures. We additionally provide stability certificate for structures to our clients. We thoroughly analyze every client's unique requirements and based on the product and process equipment involved we provide better specification for their building with su i tab le vent i lat ion , handl ing

Are PEB systems preferable for multi-storied construction?

How are the products and services offered by your company different from others?

Profile


G.V.Engineering & Co: Offering Top of the line PEB Solutions

Profile

G.V.Engineering & Co is a versatile engineering firm that specializes in Pre-Engineered

Buildings, Multi-storey Steel Buildings, Industrial Structures, etc. The company's growth story has been driven by its firm commitment to the latest technology and advanced software, which has seen it successfully complete several major projects, globally.Ably led by Mr.Raja Gana Nathar-B.E,.M.K.S.E,. a technocrat with over two decades of experience, G.V.Engineering & Co, has been forging ahead in its journey towards attaining

G.V.Engineering & Co Offering Top of the line PEB Solutions

Raja Gana Nathar B.E.,M.K.S.E,Managing Director, G.V.Engineering & Co Raja Gana Nathar B.E.,M.K.S.E,Managing Director, G.V.Engineering & Co


equipment and other statutory requirements.

Some of our hi-tech projects include:

Utech Elsewedy Project in Riyadh, Saudi Arabia is one.

Chemical storage warehouse Sabic- 72 clear span with 29 m rid height.

Pipe rack and platform Fahud Station in Muscat for the Petroleum Development Corporation of Oman.

BCCI commercial complex in Bahrain. We have done the conceptual design for the 23 storey steel building.

We also provide consultancy services for PEB plant construction, textile mills, etc. We have a special project division for refinery projects and have handled many projects for P.D.O (Muscat), KNPC Kuwait, etc.

Visit us at:

Give us a few examples of your major

projects.

What are the other services that you provide?

www.gvcon.com

MM Castings (P) Ltd

Industry Analysis


more than 30% p.a. for the next few years. There is no published data avail-able indicating the exact growth rate of the construction market. The Indian construction chemical market is highly competitive and fragmented, with large numbers of small and specialized suppliers. Besides small distributors who import these chemicals, there are a large number of global construction chemical companies who have manu-facturing operations in India.

This market is likely to grow at the

rate of around 10 15% p.a. in the next

few years.

Most of these companies remain

highly specialized thus serving their spe-

cific market segment supplying a few

product types of different technology /

application methods, quality and price

to meet specific construction needs

such as waterproofing, leakages or fire-

proofing. In general, the distribution of

each particular product involves instal-

lation/application and most impor-

tantly a warranty on product perfor-

mance. As a result, it is necessary that

distributors of construction chemicals

specialize in solutions to specific con-

struction needs.

Construction chemicals are one of the niche segments from the specialty chemical segment of

the chemical industry. These are spe-cialty products that are used in struc-tures to increase their life, and also to impart additional protection from envi-ronmental hazards. Construction chem-icals additionally help in minimizing the quantities of cement and water gener-ally required during the construction.

The new construction projects mar-ket is expected to increase the demand for construction chemicals. The con-struction market is expected to grow at

tial component of the renovation and

repair aspect of large-scale projects

contributing to their sales in India.

The construction industry has had

its fair share in the overall growth of the

Indian Economy. With exciting pros-

pects ahead, there is an increased

emphasis on high quality construction

requiring detailed designing, good

workmanship, and the selection of

appropriate building materials. Build-

ing structures would require protection

from natural hazards and industrial cor-

rosives and regular maintenance to sus-

tain for a longer duration of time. Chem-

icals used in construction impart these

qualities to structures.

Construction Chemicals can

broadly be categorized into five groups:

Concrete and Mortar Admixtures

Water Proofing Compounds

Floor Hardeners

Protective Coatings and Resins

Adhesives and Sealants

Global construction chemicals mar-

ket is projected to cross US$34 billion

by the year 2015, according to a Global

research report. “Though the market

continues to reel under the impact of

recession, the ongoing and proposed

high construction projects in develop-

Types of Construction Chemicals

Consistent Growth Trend

A variety of construction chemicals are used in most large-scale construc-tion projects as also in projects involv-ing special design and engineering so as to cater to their specific needs. These materials include concrete admixture, surface treatment, waterproofing, grout, floor topping, coating, sealer, and floor hardening.

Thus, the potential demand for con-

struction chemicals takes in its ambit

the creation of infrastructure in core

sectors of economy, high-rise buildings

and industrial complexes. Besides, con-

struction chemicals become an essen-

?????????

CONSTRUCTIONCHEMICALSBuilding Blocks of Quality



2002-03

CC Industry Turnover*

2003-04 2004-05 2005-06 2006-07 CAGR %

Rate of Growth of CC Industry

Construction Industry Turnover*

Rate of Growth of Construction Industry

750

13%

31078

16.55%

855

14%

36015

15.88%

992

16%

42885

19%

1130

18%

48679

22%

1500

20%

51200

23.70%

18.06%

14.20%

ing countries of Asia-Pacific, Latin Amer-

ica and Eastern Europe are expected to

buoy future market growth. Further,

trends such as increasing urbanization

and green building constructions are

expected to spur the market growth

momentum,” said Global Industry Ana-

lysts (GIA) in its report.

The growth rate of the Indian Con-

struction Chemical Industry is consis-

tent. This shows that the application of

construction chemical in construction

works is increasing gradually. The end

users are coming to know about its

usage.

Rossari Biotec

M.J. Construction chemicals

Chembond

JBA Concrete Solutions

Chowgule Koster

BASF

Dow Chemicals

Rheoplast technology

Technokolla

Tech-Dry

Don Construction chemicals

Razon Engineering

Techny Chemie

Nina Concrete Systems

Sunanda Speciality Chemicals

Dow Chemicals

Rheoplast Technology

Some key players in the CC space

*The figures are in Rs. Crore ; CC=Construction Chemical (Source: Chemical Weekly)

Growth Rates: Construction Chemical V/S Construction Industry

Industry Analysis


more than 30% p.a. for the next few years. There is no published data avail-able indicating the exact growth rate of the construction market. The Indian construction chemical market is highly competitive and fragmented, with large numbers of small and specialized suppliers. Besides small distributors who import these chemicals, there are a large number of global construction chemical companies who have manu-facturing operations in India.

This market is likely to grow at the

rate of around 10 15% p.a. in the next

few years.

Most of these companies remain

highly specialized thus serving their spe-

cific market segment supplying a few

product types of different technology /

application methods, quality and price

to meet specific construction needs

such as waterproofing, leakages or fire-

proofing. In general, the distribution of

each particular product involves instal-

lation/application and most impor-

tantly a warranty on product perfor-

mance. As a result, it is necessary that

distributors of construction chemicals

specialize in solutions to specific con-

struction needs.

Construction chemicals are one of the niche segments from the specialty chemical segment of

the chemical industry. These are spe-cialty products that are used in struc-tures to increase their life, and also to impart additional protection from envi-ronmental hazards. Construction chem-icals additionally help in minimizing the quantities of cement and water gener-ally required during the construction.

The new construction projects mar-ket is expected to increase the demand for construction chemicals. The con-struction market is expected to grow at

tial component of the renovation

and repair aspect of large-scale pro-

jects contributing to their sales in India.

The construction industry has had

its fair share in the overall growth of the

Indian Economy. With exciting pros-

pects ahead, there is an increased

emphasis on high quality construction

requiring detailed designing, good

workmanship, and the selection of

appropriate building materials. Build-

ing structures would require protection

from natural hazards and industrial cor-

rosives and regular maintenance to sus-

tain for a longer duration of time. Chem-

icals used in construction impart these

qualities to structures.

Construction Chemicals can

broadly be categorized into five groups:

Concrete and Mortar Admixtures

Water Proofing Compounds

Floor Hardeners

Protective Coatings and Resins

Adhesives and Sealants

Global construction chemicals mar-

ket is projected to cross US$34 billion

by the year 2015, according to a Global

research report. “Though the market

continues to reel under the impact of

recession, the ongoing and proposed

high construction projects in develop-

Types of Construction Chemicals

Consistent Growth Trend

A variety of construction chemicals are used in most large-scale construc-tion projects as also in projects involv-ing special design and engineering so as to cater to their specific needs. These materials include concrete admixture, surface treatment, waterproofing, grout, floor topping, coating, sealer, and floor hardening.

Thus, the potential demand for con-

struction chemicals takes in its ambit

the creation of infrastructure in core

sectors of economy, high-rise buildings

and industrial complexes. Besides, con-

struction chemicals become an essen

?????????




2002-03

CC Industry Turnover*

2003-04 2004-05 2005-06 2006-07 CAGR %

Rate of Growth of CC Industry

Construction Industry Turnover*

Rate of Growth of Construction Industry

750

13%

31078

16.55%

855

14%

36015

15.88%

992

16%

42885

19%

1130

18%

48679

22%

1500

20%

51200

23.70%

18.06%

14.20%

ing countries of Asia-Pacific, Latin

America and Eastern Europe are

expected to buoy future market

growth. Further, trends such as increas-

ing urbanization and green building con-

structions are expected to spur the mar-

ket growth momentum,” said Global

Industry Analysts (GIA) in its report.

The growth rate of the Indian Con-

struction Chemical Industry is consis-

tent. This shows that the application of

construction chemical in construction

works is increasing gradually. The end

users are coming to know about its

usage.

Rossari Biotec

M.J. Construction chemicals

Chembond

JBA Concrete Solutions

Chowgule Koster

BASF

Dow Chemicals

Rheoplast technology

Technokolla

Tech-Dry

Don Construction chemicals

Razon Engineering

Techny Chemie

Nina Concrete Systems

Sunanda Speciality Chemicals

Dow Chemicals

Rheoplast Technology

Some key players in the CC space

*The figures are in Rs. Crore ; CC=Construction Chemical (Source: Chemical Weekly)

Growth Rates: Construction Chemical V/S Construction Industry


The Growth Drivers

Expanding construction businesses

in the largely untapped rural areas are

also expected to provide a huge thrust

to the construction chemicals market.

Moreover, the Government's decision

to allow 100 percent foreign direct

investments (FDIs) in the real estate

business has boosted construction

activities throughout India. Although

the economic downturn had bogged

down the real estate business, it is

already showing signs of recovery. This

revival, along with foreign investors'

popular perception of India as a high-

growth market, has given a shot in the

arm for construction chemicals compa-

nies.

Upen Patel, head-marketing, BASF

Construction Chemicals (India) Pvt Ltd,

based on the development in the infra

segment feels. “As a developing coun-

try, India has shortage of shelter, power

and transport infrastructure. As the

country creates the wealth it would

invest in these key sectors which would

keep driving the demand for construc-

tion chemicals,” he says.

Patel believes the power and trans-

port sector would create additional

demand for construction chemicals

making up for continuing lack-luster

performance of the downturn hit real

estate sector. “Globally a construction

project would consume 2-3% value

worth of construction chemicals, while

in India this ratio is only 0.3-0.7% at the

moment. As the ratio improves we will

see further growth for construction

chemicals.

Not less than CAGR at 15-20% for

next ten years is anticipated. As per

Anasuya Gupta, managing director,

Cico Technologies Ltd, one of the mar-

ket leaders, “One of the major growth

drivers would be the ability of the play-

ers in the sector to deliver logistics and

services at the doorsteps of the users”.

A key growth driver of this sector in

the last decade has been the accept-

ability of ready mix concrete (RMC). In

India around 7% of the domestic

cement consumption is consumed in

RMC. This is expected to grow 25-30%

in the near future driving up the

demand for construction chemicals

Large RMC players promote the value

added concrete concepts thus spurring

up the knowledge driven demand of

specialty admixtures by end users.

Incidentally, BASF has been working

with many construction companies in

making it possible to reduce the usage

of cement and still maintain the perfor-

mance of concrete and also to reduce

the energy used in concrete production

and placement. It is working with other

organizations actively involved in the

concrete industry like the Indian Con-

crete Institute for creating awareness

on the usage and benefits of construc-

tion chemicals.

CFI- Streamlining the CC Industry

The Future Holds Promise

Bodies like Construction Federation

of India (CFI) strive to strengthen the

sector by establishing linkages in the

industry & working with the Planning

Commission to secure the future of the

construction chemicals sector. “In fact,

viewing the growing importance of this

segment, a construction chemicals

division has been set up under the

aegis of CFI “, said SC Mehta, secretary

general, CFI.

Several major construction chemi-

cals manufacturing companies have

joined hands with CFI to be an active

constituent of the Construction Chemi-

cals Division. Key objectives of this divi-

sion include creating awareness about

the use of right type and quality of con-

struction chemicals to have durable

structure and standardization of mate-

rials and prices.

The construction chemical industry

in India is at a nascent stage as com-

pared to the rest of the world. But with

the growth in economy, growth in con-

struction is inevitable and this should

translate in higher growth in construc-

tion chemicals to meet quality & speed

aspects in project deliveries. A respon-

sible SWOT analysis is a must to keep

this sunrise industry on the right track.

The Indian consumer is realizing

that while the cost of construction

chemicals is only 2 percent of the over-

all construction cost, the benefits are

manifold. “Effective marketing and

product innovation are keys to success

in the Indian market,” says the analyst

of Frost & Sullivan research and adds,

“It is imperative to maintain long-term

relations with customers and exert

influence over channel partners to stay

afloat in this market.”

Construction Chemicals: Building Blocks of Quality

Industry Analysis

Jindal Aluminium

Reflective Signage


estimates based on the Approach

Paper to the 11th Five-Year Plan have

put a figure of $48 billion towards roads

and highways infrastructure alone.

However, ironically India has the

highest number of road accidents in

the world as revealed by the World

Health Organization (WHO). In India,

the death toll rose to 14 per hour in

2009 as opposed to 13 the previous

year. The total number of deaths every

year due to road accidents has now

passed the 135,000 mark, according to

the latest report of National Crime

Records Bureau or NCRB. And this is

where the country is losing 3% of its

GDP to road crashes every year. While

drunken driving is one of the major

causes of accidents, it is also seen that

lack of proper road infrastructure espe-

cially on highways and treacherous

mountain roads contributes largely to

this number. The IRF (International

Road Federation) has recently recog-

nized the criticality of the situation and

has proposed to seek active participa-

tion of corporate houses in building

infrastructures having direct bearing

on road safety. It also proposes that the

government should exempt tax on

these expenditures incurred by the cor-

porate houses in a given year.

The public private model has lead to

the use of progressive technology and

upgraded quality and designs, suited to

match the needs of commuters and

drivers.India implemented the PPP

model in road development in a big

way and achieved financial closure of

more than 270 projects until Novem-

Transportation infrastructure is

an essential ingredient for rapid

growth of an economy and a

vital input to economic development,

trade and social integration. The physi-

cal world is still grappling with the inad-

equacy of quality roads and highways,

creeping into the greenscape. Financ-

ing the maintenance of transport infra-

structure, managing urban congestion,

supply chain disruption on account of

poor rural connectivity and loading of

environmental cost as an integral pro-

ject cost, are some of the challenges

that the transport infrastructure indus-

try is grappling with. Economists hold

India's inadequacy in infrastructure as

the main impediment to its growth and

roads in particular have a critical role to

play in the growth story. Sector-wise

TechnologyTechnologyTechnologyA Key to Safer RoadsA Key to Safer RoadsA Key to Safer Roads

Harish Banwari

STP Ltd

Author's Bio

The Author is Mechanical Engineer & MBA currently working with 3M India Limited as

General Manager for Traffic Safety Systems Division. Harish has been associ-ated with road and vehicle safety for the last 8 years and has played a crucial role in upgrading the safety standards in this field.

ing both motorists & pedestrians in

way finding and caution them of

upcoming changes in road conditions.

These examples only prove that pro-

gressive technology is the buzz word

for India. The country has already seen

its benefit in reducingwastage and

costs, while simultaneously improving

the quality of products. The Govern-

ment is also committed to building a

world-class infrastructurefor improv-

ing the quality of life and enhancing

competitiveness of theeconomy. With

all these developments paving the way

for growth in the country, good times

have just begun!

ber 2009. Infrastructure shortages are

proving a key constraint in sustaining

and expanding India's economic

growth. The government is actively pro-

moting PPPs in key infrastructure sec-

tors like transportation. A KPMG report

titled 'Opportunities in Infrastructure

and Resources in India' reveals that

investments of the order of US$ 500 bil-

lion are expected to take place in the

coming years. Through these partner-

ships, corporates are not just investing

in technology that will not just improve

infrastructure but also create a safe

environment for commuters and

motorists.

One such technology is the micro-

replication technology that has been

used extensively to create reflective

signage. Microreplication is a manufac-

turing technology that combines the

art and science of applying precise,

microscopic three-dimensional pat-

terns on various surfaces. Based on this

technology, companies like 3M India

have created retroreflective signage

that reflects the light back to its source

with minimum scattering. This allows

greater visibility for motorists espe-

cially at night. The technology in its vari-

ous forms has been reinvented to suit

the growing needs of overcrowded cit-

ies. The Diamond Grade Prismatic

Sheeting has been used extensively as

conspicuity sign to highlight obstruc-

tions or hazards on the road such as

roundabouts, median openings, pillars,

sometimes even trees. These prismatic

reflective sheeting can be directly

applied on very rough, textured or cor-

rugated surfaces too. This material

finds applications in various areas like

median openings, trees, concrete

structures, roundabouts, flyovers etc.

Raised Pavement Markers (RPMs) are

also helpful on dark roads and bad road

Technology - A Key to Safer Roads

designs. The median markers using fluo-

rescent yellow reflective sheeting, con-

structed on the roads, help to delineate

two-way traffic. They are also useful in

dawn, dusk and foggy conditions.

Improving the visibility of road signs

has been shown to reduce road traffic

accidents by up to 80% - a significant sta-

tistic based on the fact that signs not

only show the correct route and format

of the road layout ahead but also act as

vital hazard warning. In fact, surveys

carried out by independent consul-

tants TMS Consultancy, on behalf of 3M

UK, found that using reflective sheeting

made a significant contribution to acci-

dent reduction. These findings were

based on 'before and after' statistics at

a number of individual test sites in the

UK. The results of the survey showed a

79% reduction in the total number of

accidents that occurred over the

twelve test locations.

Traffic safety solutions like reflec-

tive signage, raised pavement markers,

median markers and conspicuity tapes

have made roads safer and visible, help-


Reflective Signage

STA Concrete Flooring Solutions


Seismic Performance

In the current study, G+3 to G+7 storey RC

building frames are modeled and analyzed by five

different lateral load analysis methods by using

commercially available ETABS software. The analysis

methods like linear static, nonlinear static (push

over), response spectrum as per IS 1893, response

spectrum as per Bhuj India (2001) earthquake and

time history as per Bhuj earthquake are used to

compare the response of the buildings in terms of base

shear, roof displacement and storey drift. Two

variations in column cross section are considered i.e.

rectangular and equivalent square. It is found that the

square shaped columns perform better as compared to

rectangular columns under earthquake forces

regardless of the method adopted for the analysis. It is

also observed that the forces and displacements

induced in the RC structures due to time history

analysis are much higher than the code specified linear

static method of analysis of structures.

Kalkan and Kunnath (2004) have used analytical

methods to compare with actual response of a

structure under time history analysis by using data of

instrumented steel buildings during the Northridge

earthquake. Rofooei et al (2006) have used the time

history analysis to estimate the target displacement

for pushover analysis. As observed by Penelis and

Kappos (2002), inelastic time history analysis albeit

useful and most reliable analysis technique, it proves

to be cumbersome for practicing engineers due to its

lengthy and complicated data input requirements.

Despite lot of work done on time history analysis as a

Comparison of Various MethodsIncluding Time History Analysis inSeismic Performance Evaluationof RC Frames

Comparison of Various MethodsIncluding Time History Analysis inSeismic Performance Evaluationof RC Frames Shah B. A.1

Patodi S. C.2

1Associate Professor, Applied MechanicsDepartment, The M. S. University of Baroda

2Professor, Civil Engineering Department, ParulInstitute of Engg. & Tech., Limda, Baroda

powerful tool for estimating the seismic response of a

structure, there are hardly any papers on comparing

the various methods of analysis with reference to a

specific RC frame problem. This type of comparison

will be very useful to a practicing structural engineer

who needs an idea of the difference in forces induced

in a structure under time history analysis vis-à-vis

linear static analysis specified by codal provisions.

In the present study, therefore, the linear dynamic

response spectrum and time history analysis are

adopted to evaluate the response of RC space frames.

For undertaking a time history analysis the recorded

data of the time history which is available online

from the cosmos website is utilized here. The other

type of dynamic analysis performed is the response

spectrum analysis as per the 5% damped IS 1893

(2002) spectrum considered for the medium soil and

building lying in zone 3. The response spectrum due

to Bhuj time history is also generated for 5%

damping and a scale factor of 0.102 to convert the

time period versus spectral acceleration in units of g.

This spectrum is utilized here to define another

response spectrum case and the building is analyzed.

The non linear static analysis is also carried out by

using the ATC 40 (1996) and FEMA (1997) guidelines

for comparison purpose.

The Mathematical Models Considered

Five space frames of G+3 to G+ 7 storeys are

considered with an overall plan dimension of 6m x

6m having four panels of 3m x 3m. Nine columns are

Shah B. A. Patodi S. C.

The Masterbuilder - March 2011 129

considered at the panel points having a cross sectional

dimension of 230mm x 450mm throughout. The

column height in each storey is considered as 3m and

it extends below the plinth level up to 3m. The size

of the column below plinth level is considered as

280mm x 500mm. Another set of five similar models

having equivalent square column cross section of

322mm x 322mm is considered for comparison. The

beam size is taken as 230mm x 450mm. A rigid

diaphragm is defined for each storey to account for

the slab stiffness when subjected to lateral loads. The

M25 grade of concrete and Fe 415 grade steel

reinforcement is considered. Typical isometric and

plan views of a G+7 storey frame are shown in Fig.

1. All the joints are considered to be fixed at the

foundation level.

Fig. 1 Typical Isometric and Plan Views of the G+7 Frame

Static Load Cases

Following are the four static load cases considered

for the models:

Ø Dead load: This load consists of a uniformly

distributed area load of 2 kN/sqm on terrace and

1.5 kN/sqm on all floors along with a uniformly

distributed line load of 6 kN/m at terrace level

and 13 kN/m on all peripheral beams at typical

floor level to account for 230mm thick brick

walls. Self weight is automatically calculated by

the program for all beams and columns.

Ø Live load: An area load of 3 kN/sqm on all floors

is considered except for the terrace floor where the

load considered is 1.5 kN/sqm.

Ø Earthquake load EQX: This load case is a static

load calculated as per the Indian code IS 1893

(2002) for 5% damping with seismic zone factor z

= 0.16 and medium soil with importance factor of

1 and a response reduction factor of 5. It is

calculated as per the seismic parameters for the

frame. The load direction being considered is

global X. The loads are applied at the diaphragm

centre. The mass considered for generating the

lateral load is total dead load + 25% of the live

load lumped at diaphragm centre.

Ø Earthquake load EQY: This load case is exactly

similar to the load EQX except for the fact that it

is applied in the lateral Y direction.

Dynamic Load Cases

Ø Time History Analysis: In the time history

analysis, a typical time history for the Bhuj

Earthquake of January 26, 2001 at 08:46:42.9

I.S.T. Mag: 7.0 mb, 7.6 Ms recorded at

Ahmedabad station having latitude and longitude

as 23 02 N, 72 38 E component: N 78 E is used.

Accelerogram band pass filtered between 0.07 Hz

and 27.0 Hz having an initial velocity of -

0.1411E-02 m/s, initial displacement = 3.970 mm

and peak acceleration = -1.0382 m/s/s at

46.940 sec is utilized. A total record of 133.53 sec

is used having 26706 acceleration data points (in

m/s/s) at 0.005 sec. The plot of acceleration versus

time used for the time history is shown in Fig. 2.

Fig. 2 Time versus Acceleration Record for Bhuj Earthquake

This file is used as the input for time history

function. As the file is having values of acceleration in

m/sec2, the time history load case is defined as

acceleration in the X direction with a scale factor of

Seismic Performance

Comparison of Various Methods Including Time History Analysis in Seismic Performance Evaluation of RC Frames


1. After the analysis, the response spectrum curve of

the ground level node is extracted for time period

versus pseudo spectral acceleration as ordinate in the

arithmatic scale for 5% damping and X direction is

extracted from the time history traces display in the

form of a text file.

The response spectrum extracted for the central

node at the base for each of the models is presented

in Fig. 3. The values of this response spectrum are

input as a response spectrum function for the response

spectrum dynamic analysis in ETABS software. The

output of the results is obtained at a time step of 0.04

sec giving 25 output steps per sec.

Fig. 3 Response Spectra for Models for Bhuj Earthquake

Ø Response Spectrum Analysis: First a response

spectrum function is defined to carry out the linear

dynamic analysis. For the current mathematical

models, following two response spectrum

functions are defined: i) IS 1893 specified response

spectrum for zone factor z = 0.16 having medium

soil and 5% damping defined by using the built in

function of the ETABS software and ii) Response

spectrum generated from the time history analysis

under Bhuj earthquake for each model which is

read from a text file containing the values as

shown in Fig. 3.

Next, the response spectrum load cases are defined

wherein again two separate cases are specified for IS

1893 specified spectrum and the response spectrum

function defined for Bhuj earthquake. For both the

response spectrum cases, the structural and functional

damping considered is 5% which gets modified in the

analysis as per the structural properties. The

Complete Quadratic Combination (CQC) method is

used for modal combinations and the Square Root of

Sum of Squares (SRSS) method is used for directional

combination. Input response spectrum is defined in

the U1 (corresponding to X) direction with a scale

factor of 9.81 to convert the acceleration in m/sec2

units from units of g. The results of the analysis are

obtained by running the analyze command of the

ETABS software.

The Results of Analysis

For the lateral load analysis, the important values

like base shear, roof displacement and storey drift are

noted from the analysis results. Five different

methods are applied for evaluating these parameters

for the ten RC space frame models under lateral loads.

The methods employed are: i) The linear static

method (EQX), ii) The non linear static method (Push

Over), iii) The linear dynamic response spectrum

method (as per IS 1893 response spectrum), iv) The

response spectrum method for Bhuj earthquake

response spectrum and v) The linear dynamic time

history analysis as per Bhuj earthquake strong motion

Parameter

Base Shear kN

Roof Displ. in m

Max. Drift in m

1893

822

695

0.101

0.123

0.0052

0.0068

Min

-987

-1493

-0.102

-0.155

-

-

Max

1010

1461

0.102

0.157

0.0060

0.0125

Analysis Type

Column

Square

Rect

Square

Rect

Square

Rect

Linear Static

147

147

0.023

0.034

0.0011

0.0016

Non Linear Static (Push Over)

827

708

0.169

0.192

0.0102

0.0198

Bhuj

531

455

0.068

0.079

0.0034

0.0044

Response Spectrum Time History Bhuj

Table 1 Comparison of Seismic Performance of a G+7 Frame

Seismic Performance



data. The results of analysis are reported for G+7

storey frame in Table 1. The results noted down for

the time history analysis are time dependent and the

maximum results may occur at different times.

However, they are presented here for comparison.

The graphical comparison of base shear variation

in the G+7 storey RC space frame is presented in Fig.

4. A similar comparison for roof displacement is

Fig. 4 Base Shear Comparison for a G+7 Storey RC Frame Fig. 5 Roof Displacement Comparison for a G+7 Storey Frame

shown in Fig. 5 whereas Fig. 6 shows the variation in

maximum storey drift.

The base shear and the roof displacement

evaluated under lateral loads by five different methods

for all the ten models are presented in Table 2. Also,

the variation in base shear for all the models is

graphically represented in Fig. 7 and that for roof

displacement is depicted in Fig. 8.

Model

G+7

G+6

G+5

G+4

G+3

1893

822

695

0.101

0.123

826

691

0.087

0.107

834

687

0.077

0.091

842

687

0.061

0.077

868

688

0.052

0.063

Min -ve

987

1493

0.102

0.155

1755

894

0.187

0.089

1595

1277

0.127

0.140

2192

1350

0.164

0.149

1525

1957

0.076

0.149

Max

1010

1461

0.102

0.157

1791

905

0.185

0.087

1596

1265

0.145

0.137

2182

1362

0.160

0.166

1493

1938

0.077

0.149

Parameter

Base Shear in kN

Roof Displ. in m

Base Shear in kN

Roof Displ. in m

Base Shear in kN

Roof Displ. in m

Base Shear in kN

Roof Displ. in m

Base Shear in kN

Roof Displ. in m

Column Shape

Square

Rect

Square

Rect

Square

Rect

Square

Rect

Square

Rect

Square

Rect

Square

Rect

Square

Rect

Square

Rect

Square

Rect

Linear Static

147

147

0.023

0.034

85

69

0.011

0.014

84

68

0.010

0.012

82

67

0.008

0.009

79

64

0.006

0.007

Bhuj

531

455

0.068

0.079

825

381

0.091

0.058

712

606

0.068

0.084

816

590

0.062

0.068

521

655

0.031

0.061

Response Spectrum Time History BhujNon Linear Static

(Push Over)

827

708

0.169

0.192

818

685

0.145

0.161

812

664

0.123

0.145

799

643

0.102

0.124

780

616

0.082

0.103

Table 2 Comparison of Base Shear and Roof Displacement for Various Frame Models

Seismic Performance


Cerachem Pvt.Ltd


Fig. 6 Storey Drift Comparison for a G+7 Storey Frame

Fig. 7 Base Shear Variation Graphs for the Frame Models under

consideration

Fig. 8 Roof Displacement Variation Graphs for the Frame Models under

consideration

The variation in storey drift over the height of the

structure is also important as it gives an insight into

the seismic performance of a structure. The storey

drifts for all the five cases of lateral load in the global

X direction for G+7 storey space frames with square

and rectangular columns are presented in Table 3

Storey

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

Square

0.0005

0.0007

0.0009

0.0010

0.0011

0.0011

0.0011

0.0010

0.0005

Push Over RS Bhuj Spectrum Time History BhujEQX

Rect

0.0006

0.0010

0.0013

0.0015

0.0016

0.0016

0.0016

0.0015

0.0008

Square

0.0027

0.0043

0.0056

0.0066

0.0071

0.0075

0.0078

0.0102

0.0020

Rect

0.0040

0.0066

0.0089

0.0104

0.0115

0.0122

0.0130

0.0198

0.0040

RS 1893 Spectrum

Square

0.0020

0.0030

0.0037

0.0043

0.0046

0.0049

0.0052

0.0052

0.0028

Rect

0.0022

0.0036

0.0046

0.0052

0.0057

0.0061

0.0065

0.0068

0.0035

Square

0.0012

0.0019

0.0023

0.0027

0.0031

0.0033

0.0034

0.0034

0.0018

Rect

0.0015

0.0024

0.0030

0.0034

0.0037

0.0039

0.0042

0.0044

0.0023

Rect

0.0052

0.0080

0.0088

0.0086

0.0089

0.0088

0.0099

0.0125

0.0072

Square

0.0028

0.0039

0.0042

0.0046

0.0055

0.0058

0.0055

0.0060

0.0035

Table 3 Storey Drift Values for G+7 Storey RC Frame by Various Methods

which are also plotted in Fig. 9 for all the methods on

a single plot for comparison. It may be noted here

that the values of storey drift for non linear static

(push over) case are the drift values at performance

point when the space frame is pushed in the X -

direction. For rectangular columns, the X direction is

the weak direction for lateral load resistance.

Fig. 9 Storey Drift Plots for G+7 Storey Frame in X Direction

Seismic Performance


Unisteel Engineering Works


The plot of storey drift for the G+6 to G+3 space

frame models by all the methods are presented in

Figs. 10 to 13.




Observations and Discussions

Ø Table 1 indicates that the linear static method

which is followed to estimate the lateral loads as

per the codal provisions is very much on the lower

side. The base shear as per time history is 10.15

times that as per linear static method and it is

almost 5.6 times in case of response spectrum

method. The response spectrum developed for a

specific time history gives a value of base shear

less than that obtained by the code specified

generalized response spectrum. The base shear

noted by push over analysis at performance point

is almost same as that observed for response

spectrum as per the codal provisions. However,

comparing the forces in frames with square and

rectangular columns reveals that the force is

higher in square column but at a lower roof

displacement.

Ø Table 1 also shows that the roof displacement

under time history load for square columns is 4.43

times that obtained by linear static method and

the same ratio for rectangular columns is 4.61.

This indicates that square columns show a less roof

displacement as compared to rectangular columns.

Even if one compares the roof displacement of

each method, the displacements for frame with

square columns are less in comparison to that with

rectangular columns.

Ø The roof displacement is observed to be maximum

in case of push over analysis which is expected

because of the formation of plastic hinges. The

storey drift is also higher in case of push over

analysis because of the plastic hinges. This fact is

clearly indicated in Fig. 6.

Ø From Fig. 4 it can be seen that the base shear is

highest in case of Time History case followed by

that due to push over analysis which is almost

same as response spectrum as per IS 1893. The

response spectrum developed for specific time

history gives a force which is less than that due to


Seismic Performance



code specified spectrum. In general, the base shear

due to linear static analysis is 3.6 times smaller

than that due to dynamic load due to Bhuj

response spectrum for square columns and it is 3.1

times smaller for rectangular columns.

Ø Table 2 and Fig. 7 indicates that the base shear

obtained by push over analysis and code specified

response spectrum are almost same for a specific

column shape. For a particular model say G+6

storey frame, square columns are subjected to

higher shear force as compared to rectangular

columns. The base shear value decreases as the

number of storey decrease from G+7 to G+3. For

Bhuj time history load case, the base shear

variation between square and rectangular columns

for different storey structures are quite random. A

similar trend is observed for Bhuj earthquake

response spectrum analysis, however, the base

shear because of Bhuj response spectrum analysis is

less as compared to base shear for code specified

response spectrum analysis. In general, the base

shear response of the structures for G+3 to G+7

frames is quite consistent for code specified

response spectrum analysis and push over analysis.

The base shear response of the same set of

structures is quite random for a specific time

history data.

Ø It can also be observed from Table 2 and Fig. 8

that the roof displacement which is another

important response parameter for seismic

evaluation is also quite random for time history

load due to Bhuj earthquake. The roof

displacement for a particular model with square

shaped columns is found less than that with

rectangular shaped columns. It is also seen that the

roof displacement in models analyzed with code

specified response spectrum and that due to push

over analysis show almost a linear trend for G+3

storey to G+7 storey structure for both square

and rectangular shaped columns.

Ø The storey drift variation which is presented in

Table 3 and plotted in Fig. 9 shows the values for

all the analysis methods for both the models in a

single graph for G+7 frame. It shows that the

highest drift occurs at the first storey slab level for

all the methods of lateral load analysis. As per

drift criteria, the methods can be classified in the

increasing degree of severity as linear static, linear

dynamic Bhuj response spectrum, linear dynamic

IS 1893 response spectrum, linear dynamic time

history for Bhuj and non linear static push over

analysis.

Ø Frames with square columns particularly

performed well as compared to those with

rectangular columns when the maximum storey

drift criterion is considered. It is clear from Fig. 9

that the maximum drift under all cases for square

columns is 1.94 times less compared to the

maximum drift in frames with rectangular

columns for G+7 frame. Also, the maximum drift

for frame with square columns under time history

dynamic analysis is less than that due to IS 1893

response spectrum analysis for rectangular

columns.

Ø Figures 10 to 13 show that the storeys drift due to

push over analysis for frames with rectangular

columns is particularly very large at the first

storey level for G+3 to G+7 frames. For all the

models, the storey drift due to time history

analysis under Bhuj earthquake for rectangular

columns is quite random as compared to models

with square columns. The storey drift for

rectangular columns for G+6 frame under time

history analysis is less which is an exception to the

trend. The storey drift of a square column is less

than rectangular column regardless of the method

of analysis or the size of the frame.

Conclusions

It can be seen from the data presented that the

recorded time history being random in nature does

not give any trend based on the size of the frame

(G+3 to G+7) or the cross sectional shape of the

columns (square or rectangular). However, when the

five different methods of analysis are compared for

evaluating the seismic performance of a low rise RC

Seismic Performance



space frame up to G+ 7 storeys, the square shaped

columns perform better as compared to the

rectangular shaped columns. As the base shear values

for non linear static (push over) analysis is near the

value of base shear due to code specified response

spectrum analysis, it can be concluded that the push

over analysis represents the state of the structure in

terms of plastic hinges in a more realistic manner for

G+3 to G+7 storey space frames.

References

Ø ATC-40 (1996), "Seismic Evaluation and Retrofit of Concrete

Buildings", Volume 1 and 2, Report No. SSC 96-01, Seismic Safety

Commission, Redwood City, CA.

Ø FEMA-273/274 (1997), NEHRP Guidelines and Commentary on the

Guidelines for the Seismic Rehabilitation of Buildings, Washington DC,

USA.

Ø http://db.cosmos-eq.org Cosmos Virtual Data Centre, Consortium of

Organizations for Strong Motion Observation Systems.

Ø IS 1893 (2002), Indian Standard Criteria for Earthquake Resistant

Design of Structures, Part 1: General Provisions and Buildings,

Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi.

Ø Kalkan E. and Kunnath S. K. (2004), "Method of Modal Combinations

for Pushover Analysis of Buildings", Paper No. 2713, Proceedings of

the 13th World Conference on Earthquake Engineering, Vancouver,

Canada.

Ø Penelis G. G. and Kappos A. J. (2002), "3D Pushover Analysis: The

Issue of Torsion", Paper No. 15, Proceedings of the 12th European

Conference on Earthquake Engineering, London.

Authors Bio

Bimal A. Shah is currently an Associate

Professor with Applied Mechanics Department,

Faculty of Technology & Engineering of the M. S.

University of Baroda. He received his B.E. (Civil)

and M.E. (Structures) Degrees from the M. S.

University of Baroda in 1985 and 1987 respectively.

He is pursuing Ph.D. in the field of Earthquake

Engineering and has published 13 research papers in

national and international conferences and journals.

He has visited Manila, Philippines, Geneva and

Switzerland to present technical papers in 2004 and

2006.

Subhash C. Patodi received his Ph.D. from IIT

Bombay in 1976. After serving for 30 years as

Professor of Structural Engineering at the M. S.

University of Baroda, he is currently working as

Professor in Civil Engineering Department at the

Parul Institute of Engineering and Technology,

Baroda. He has published 276 research papers in

National and International Journals and

Conferences. His current research interest includes

Cementitious Composites, Numerical Methods and

Soft Computing Tools.

Ø Rofooei F. R., Attari N. K., Rasekh A. and Shodja A. H. (2006),

"Comparison of Static and Dynamic Pushover Analysis in

Assessment of the Target Displacement", International Journal of Civil

Engineering, Vol. 4, No. 3.

Seismic Performance


Sohan Lal Gupta

?????????

FRACTIONATION OF RECLAIMEDFRACTIONATION OF RECLAIMEDASPHALT PAVEMENTASPHALT PAVEMENT


scalping screen over the cold feed bin is used to remove large particles over 25mm. A picture of typical millings is shown below. The milling process will generate various size particles in addi-tion to a large amount of fines. When the RAP is used in small percentages this can easily be handled in the mix by adjustments to the virgin aggregate to produce mixes that will meet all design requirements such as gradation, binder content and mix volumetric properties. As higher percentages of RAP are used in the mix a higher degree of control is need over the RAP material to maintain the quality of the final mix. This is done by the process of fractionation.

There are several different

approaches to the fractionation of the

RAP material. The approach taken will

be governed by the percentage of RAP

to be used in the new asphalt mixture.

For mixes using up to 30% RAP it is com-

mon to crush the roadway milling to a

single 0- 12mm stockpile. The crushing

of the milled RAP from the roadway

down to a 12mm maximum size will

help improve gradation control by elim-

inating any large aggregate that may

have been in the existing pavement. It

driver in the interest of using higher per-

centages of RAP in the asphalt mixture.

The average usage of RAP in the US

is about 15%. However, asphalt mixes

with 50% have been produced and

placed with success. The RAP can't just

be dumped in the mix at high percent-

ages though. The use of higher per-

centages of RAP requires some

improvements in material handling.

Without care and attention to detail

high percentage RAP mixes can be a

disaster. If done right they can be a

high quality cost saving way to produce

asphalt mixtures.

The production process starts with taking up of the existing roadway. This is typically done with large milling machines that grind up the pavement and deliver it into haul trucks to be taken back to the asphalt mix plant. A standard milling operation is shown in the picture below.

The milling machine uses carbide

teeth mounted on a drum to chip out

the existing asphalt pavement. Depths

from as small as 10 mm up to 150 mm

can be removed at one pass. The mill-

ing process typically produces material

40mm and smaller. The milling


Fractionation of Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement the way to Achieve Higher Percentages of Use

Asphalt Recycling

Reclaimed asphalt pavement

(RAP) has been used in the US

since the mid 1970's. It has

been put to many different uses. RAP

has been used as aggregate base mate-

rial. It has been used as shoulder mate-

rial on lower volume roads. However,

the most cost effect use of RAP is as a

component in a new asphalt mixture.

The asphalt binder and quality aggre-

gate in the RAP will reduce the cost of

producing new asphalt mixture.

The costs of asphalt binders have

steadily increased over the past several

years with the typical price now over

$450 a ton. This increase in cost of the

binder makes it the most costly portion

of the asphalt mix. The use of RAP in

the new mix will reduce the asphalt

binder needed and reduce the cost of

the mix. The asphalt binder typically

accounts for 50% of the cost of materi-

als for the asphalt mix and by replacing

a portion of the asphalt binder with

RAP binder significant savings can be

realized. High quality aggregates are

also becoming in short supply and

increasing in cost. The aggregate in the

RAP also contributes to the reduction

in cost that can be achieved with its

use.

RAP usage has fluctuated over the

years. When first introduced typical

RAP percentages used in new mixes

were in the 20 to 25% range. However,

drop off in the cost of asphalt binder in

the 80's and 90's saw a reduction in the

use of RAP. Introduction of the

Superpave system also caused a reduc-

tion in the use of RAP as agencies

wanted to implement the new system

with minimal additional issues such as

using RAP. As Superpave has become

the standard in the US and contractors

and agencies are now familiar with the

system the use of RAP has increased.

As noted earlier the increased cost of

asphalt binder has been the major

machine will mill and pick up the mate-

rial in one operation and then conveys

it to haul trucks. The existing pave-

ment has been picked up by using rip-

pers to pull up the pavement and load-

ers to pick it up. However, this process

typically creates large pieces of which

are more difficult to handle in the recy-

cling process.

In mixes with lower percentages of RAP, 10 to 15%, the milled material is often fed into the asphalt mix plant with little additional processing. A

John D'Angelo Ph.D. P.E.,

The Way to Achieve Higher Percentages of UseThe Way to Achieve Higher Percentages of Use

Picture of typical RAP milled from the roadway

Picture of a typical milling machine removing asphalt pavementand transferring the millings to a haul truck.

?????????

FRACTIONATION OF RECLAIMEDFRACTIONATION OF RECLAIMEDASPHALT PAVEMENTASPHALT PAVEMENT


scalping screen over the cold feed bin is used to remove large particles over 25mm. A picture of typical mill-ings is shown below. The milling pro-cess will generate various size particles in addition to a large amount of fines. When the RAP is used in small percent-ages this can easily be handled in the mix by adjustments to the virgin aggre-gate to produce mixes that will meet all design requirements such as gradation, binder content and mix volumetric properties. As higher percentages of RAP are used in the mix a higher degree of control is need over the RAP material to maintain the quality of the final mix. This is done by the process of fraction-ation.

There are several different

approaches to the fractionation of the

RAP material. The approach taken will

be governed by the percentage of RAP

to be used in the new asphalt mixture.

For mixes using up to 30% RAP it is com-

mon to crush the roadway milling to a

single 0- 12mm stockpile. The crushing

of the milled RAP from the roadway

down to a 12mm maximum size will

help improve gradation control by elim-

inating any large aggregate that may

driver in the interest of using higher

percentages of RAP in the asphalt mix-

ture.

The average usage of RAP in the US

is about 15%. However, asphalt mixes

with 50% have been produced and

placed with success. The RAP can't just

be dumped in the mix at high percent-

ages though. The use of higher per-

centages of RAP requires some

improvements in material handling.

Without care and attention to detail

high percentage RAP mixes can be a

disaster. If done right they can be a

high quality cost saving way to produce

asphalt mixtures.

The production process starts with taking up of the existing roadway. This is typically done with large milling machines that grind up the pavement and deliver it into haul trucks to be taken back to the asphalt mix plant. A standard milling operation is shown in the picture below.

The milling machine uses carbide

teeth mounted on a drum to chip out

the existing asphalt pavement. Depths

from as small as 10 mm up to 150 mm

can be removed at one pass. The mill-

ing process typically produces material



Asphalt Recycling

Reclaimed asphalt pavement

(RAP) has been used in the US

since the mid 1970's. It has

been put to many different uses. RAP

has been used as aggregate base mate-

rial. It has been used as shoulder mate-

rial on lower volume roads. However,

the most cost effect use of RAP is as a

component in a new asphalt mixture.

The asphalt binder and quality aggre-

gate in the RAP will reduce the cost of

producing new asphalt mixture.

The costs of asphalt binders have

steadily increased over the past several

years with the typical price now over

$450 a ton. This increase in cost of the

binder makes it the most costly portion

of the asphalt mix. The use of RAP in

the new mix will reduce the asphalt

binder needed and reduce the cost of

the mix. The asphalt binder typically

accounts for 50% of the cost of materi-

als for the asphalt mix and by replacing

a portion of the asphalt binder with

RAP binder significant savings can

be realized. High quality aggregates

are also becoming in short supply and

increasing in cost. The aggregate in the

RAP also contributes to the reduction

in cost that can be achieved with its

use.

RAP usage has fluctuated over the

years. When first introduced typical

RAP percentages used in new mixes

were in the 20 to 25% range. However,

drop off in the cost of asphalt binder in

the 80's and 90's saw a reduction in the

use of RAP. Introduction of the

Superpave system also caused a reduc-

tion in the use of RAP as agencies

wanted to implement the new system

with minimal additional issues such as

using RAP. As Superpave has become

the standard in the US and contractors

and agencies are now familiar with the

system the use of RAP has increased.

As noted earlier the increased cost of

asphalt binder has been the major

machine will mill and pick up the

material in one operation and then con-

veys it to haul trucks. The existing pave-

ment has been picked up by using rip-

pers to pull up the pavement and load-

ers to pick it up. However, this process

typically creates large pieces of which

are more difficult to handle in the recy-

cling process.

In mixes with lower percentages of RAP, 10 to 15%, the milled material is often fed into the asphalt mix plant with little additional processing. A is

John D'Angelo Ph.D. P.E.,

The Way to Achieve Higher Percentages of UseThe Way to Achieve Higher Percentages of Use

Picture of typical RAP milled from the roadway

Picture of a typical milling machine removing asphalt pavementand transferring the millings to a haul truck.


will also produce a more consistent

material with less variation from loca-

tion to location in the crushed stock

pile. The crushing process will also

reduce the variability in the binder con-

tent of the RAP material. A picture of

the crushed RAP is shown below. The

smaller size RAP material also is heated

more rapidly and therefor mixes more

easily with the new aggregate and

binder. The one disadvantage to this

crushing of the RAP is the generation of

additional fines that have to be

accounted for in the production of the

new asphalt mix.

When higher percentages of RAP

are to be used in the asphalt mixture

even greater fractionation of the RAP

material will make it easier to produce

a mix that will meet design require-

ments and can consistently be pro-

duced at the mix plant. Asphalt mix-

tures with RAP percentages greater

than 30% made from one RAP stockpile

will be difficult to produce at the mix

plant, on a consistent bases. As with

any mixture controlling the gradation

from one or two stockpiles is very diffi-

cult and the overall quality improves

wit increased stockpiles. This is true for

RAP also.

The process of fractionating the

RAP into multiple sizes is very similar to

the crushing and screening of aggre-

gate to meet specific size require-

ments. The one major difference is

that the RAP binder will bond some of

the finer material to the larger aggre-

gate so that there will be a larger varia-

tion in sizes for any individually sized

RAP stockpile. The picture of a typical

RAP fractionation process is shown

below. Here the RAP is crushed and

screened into 3 sizes; 9 to 12mm, 5 to

9mm and 0 to 5 mm.

The fractionation process starts

with crushing of the roadway millings

or other RAP material. A

horizontal shaft impact

crusher is typically used for

the crushing operation.

This type of crusher can eas-

ily be set for a small max

size and the impact on the

crusher walls breaks-up the

RAP with less dust genera-

tion. The goal is to break-

up the RAP material with as

little crushing of the exist-

ing stone as possible.

From the crusher the

material is sent to the high efficiency

screen deck. These screen decks are

set at steep angles with slotted screens

to provide more surface area and help

prevent clogging of the screens. The

material is then separated into sepa-

rate stockpiles for feeding back into the

asphalt mix plant using separate cold

feed bins for the different sizes.

One important think to note when

fractionating RAP is that the different

size material has to be treated as com-

pletely different material sources.

When the RAP has been fractionated

the binder content on the existing

aggregate will be different for the dif-

ferent size material. The fine portion

will have the highest binder content

and the coarsest portion with have the

lowest binder content. It will be com-

mon for the RAP that may have an over-

all binder content of 5% to have 7%

binder in the fine portion and 3% in the

coarse portion. During the asphalt mix

design process this has to be taken into

account when putting the overall job

mix formula together and in the deter-

mination of the final binder content. In

some cases with higher percentage

RAP mixes a softer binder will be used

to offset the increased stiffness from

the RAP binder. This is governed by the

stiffness of the RAP binder and per-

Picture of RAP crushed to minus 12 mm size

Picture of a RAP crushing and screening operationshowing the crusher, screen deck and stockpiling operation


Asphalt Recycling

Viki Industries (P) Ltd

centage used. There are several

approaches that are use to evaluate

when and how much adjustment is

needed to the binder grades. This

information can be found from many

agencies such as the National Asphalt

Pavement Association and in the Amer-

ican Association of State highway and

Transportation Officials documents.

RAP stockpiles have a tendency to

hold moisture. Therefore it is impor-

tant to use good stockpile manage-

ment when using RAP. To help remove

water, the stockpiles should be placed

on sloped ground that is preferably

paved to drain the water away. Some

contractors use large sheds to cover

the RAP stockpiles so they will not be

exposed to rain and can be kept dry.

Separate cold feed bins should be

used when introducing RAP to the

asphalt mix plant. When the RAP is frac-

tionated a separate cold feed bin

should be used for each size RAP. A pic-

ture of a multiple RAP cold feeds is

shown below. Using separate cold

feeds improves the quality manage-

ment at the plant and helps control the

mix properties.

Once the RAP has gone through the

mix plant and been added to the new

aggregate and binder the mix is treated

the same as standard asphalt mixes.

The material is loaded into haul trucks

and taken out to the roadway. Paving

operations will be very much the same

as for standard asphalt mixture. The

RAP mixture is typically produced at

higher temperatures than a mix pro-

duced from completely new virgin

materials. The RAP mixes can be some-

what stiffer than virgin mixes so higher

temperatures will help adjust for this.

The amount of temperature increase

will depend on the percentage of RAP

used in the mix and the stiffness of the

aged binder. The paving crew should

see very little difference from virgin

mixes.

Reclaimed asphalt mix has been


Author's Bio

Dr. D'Angelo is the chief operating offi-cer of a consulting firm specializing in asphalt materials testing, pavement design and construction quality assurance. Previously he worked for Federal Highway Administration for over 32 years. He has worked in the areas of construction manage-ment, pavement design, materials testing, and quality control. He has been involved with the implementation of the Strategic Highway Research Program, Superpave Asphalt Design System, to the highway industry and further development of the sys-tem. He has also worked extensively in the asphalt binder area, mixture design, warm mix asphalt and recycling. He has published numerous papers on asphalt material test-ing and quality control.

used for many years in the production

of new asphalt mixes. These mixes

have overall performed well and pro-

vide a high quality riding surface. The

use of fractionation of the RAP makes it

possible to produce mixes with higher

percentages of RAP and still meet all

quality control requirements and meet

the standard acceptance criteria. The

use of RAP helps reduce cost and saves

valuable resources. The use of frac-

tionation helps to increase that use.

RAP Cold Feeds

Paving operation in progress using RAP mixture


Asphalt Recycling

Cosmos Sales Corporation

Construction Awards


Associates Ltd, Dr.J.L.Narayan, Mem-

ber of the Jury, Retd. Joint Advisor, Min-

istry of Statistics and Programme

Implementation, Govt of India, and

Mr.K.K.Sharma, Principal Secretary

PWD, Delhi, among others.

In yet another highlight of the

award ceremony, the late Shri

B.G.Shirke, Founder Chairman,

B.G.Shirke Construction Technology

Pvt Ltd was posthumously awarded the

Special Jury Award for Life Time

Achievement.


3rd CIDC Vishwakarma Award 2011: A Recognition of Notable achievements and Standards of Excellence

Construction Awards

residential and commercial) and social

infrastructure was introduced from this

year onwards.

Several prestigious projects were

awarded for their design and applica-

tion. One such project which received

the award including the “ Construction

of Elevated Road along Barapulla

Nallah, Saraj Kale Khan to Jawaharlal

Nehru Stadium “ by the Public Works

Department, Govt. of NCT , Delhi. The

project's design received praise from

all quarters and the dedicated signal-

free access from Games Village to the

main venue of the recently concluded

Commonwealth Games 2010, the

Jawaharlal Nehru Stadium, was recog-

nized for its outstanding design.

Yet another project connected to

the Commonwealth Games Delhi 2010,

which was awarded was the “Thyagaraj

Sports Complex.” PWD, Govt of Delhi

received the award for this truly world-

class stadium.

The awards ceremony this year saw

a total of 168 awardees being chosen

from eight prime categories. The

awardees included 4 women. The

award winners were honoured with tro-

phies, medals, and certificates.

The Hon'ble Minister of State for

Urban Development Prof.Saugata Ray

was the Chief Guest during the cere-

mony. Other distinguished dignitaries

who graced the occasion included

Dr.Kavuri Samba Siva Rao, Member of

P a r l i a m e n t , P a d m a b h u s h a n

Dr.G.V.Ramakrishna , former Chairman

Disinvestment Commission & Member

Planning Commission, Dr.Uddesh Kohli,

Chairman Emiretus , CIDC, Dr. Pronab

Sen, Principal Advisor, Planning Com-

mission, Dr.D.G.Kadkade, Member of

the Jury, Principal Advisor, Jaiprakash

The CIDC Vishwakarma Awards

are considered among the most

prestigious recognition for

those in the construction industry. The

awards have been inspired by Lord

Vishwakarma, the presiding deity of

construction practices in India are pre-

sented to those who have contributed

their might towards the betterment of

the construction industry in various

capacities.

What makes the CIDC Vishwakarma

Awards different from similar events is

the fact that it is one award where arti-

sans, the unsung heroes of the con-

struction industry are recognized for

their thankless work. The 2011 award

glittering award ceremony saw 45 such

artisans being awarded and honoured

with a commemorative trophy, medal,

and certificate.

The event is celebrated on the 7th

of March each year, a date which is also

the foundation day of Construction

Industry Development Council (CIDC) ,

which is the apex body established by

the Planning Commission of India and

the Construction industry. CIDC has

been working towards promoting best

practices in the construction industry

and help it achieve global stature.

A new category of awards for “ Best

Projects” covering construction sub-

sectors such as roads & highways,

dams, power, railways, bridges, oil &

gas, transmission, urban infrastructure

, health infrastructure buildings ( both

3rd CIDCVishwakarma Award 2011

A Recognition of Notable achievements and Standards of Excellence

tion and how large-scale urbanization

was creating the problem of housing in

urban cities in countries like India.

The CIDC Vishwakarma Awards are

being given to a wide number of repre-

sentative categories that covers the

entire spectrum of the construction

industry, right from the artisans to the

industry experts and construction firms.

I t was a pr iv i lege for the

Masterbuilder to be awarded under

the 'Best Magazine' category. Editor-

in-Chief, Mr.K.P.Pradeep was awarded

under the 'Best Journalist' category.

The awards were yet another testimo-

nial to the team of the Masterbuilder,

which has been setting the benchmark

in all round reportage of the construc-

tion industry in India.

The Minister also released the offi-

cial brochure for the forthcoming CIDC

event 17th Asia Construct Event, Inter-

national Exhibition & Conference in

New Delhi. As part of the event an

International Conference & Exhibition

will be held from 13th-15th December

2011 under the theme,” Asian Eco-

nomic Overview 2011 & Outlook 2012.

The event would be showcasing some

of the latest technologies, best prac-

tices, equipment, materials, products,

and services.

Chief Guest Prof.Saugata Ray

lauded the efforts that CIDC was taking

in order to promote the betterment of

the construction industry. The Minister

had a word of praise especially for the

Green Rating system and the efforts

that CIDC was putting for the adaption

of several good practices. He went on

to add that excellence in every field

should be recognized and rewarded.

The Minister during his address

pointed out to the two problems of ris-

ing population and rapid industrializa-

Nigel Narayan, Deputy Editor, The Masterbuilderreceiving the Visvakarma award 2011 for Best News Magazine

Inaugural Ceremory

Construction Awards


Associates Ltd, Dr.J.L.Narayan,

Member of the Jury, Retd. Joint Advi-

sor, Ministry of Statistics and

Programme Implementation, Govt of

India, and Mr.K.K.Sharma, Principal Sec-

retary PWD, Delhi, among others.

In yet another highlight of the

award ceremony, the late Shri

B.G.Shirke, Founder Chairman,

B.G.Shirke Construction Technology

Pvt Ltd was posthumously awarded the

Special Jury Award for Life Time

Achievement.


3rd CIDC Vishwakarma Award 2011: A Recognition of Notable achievements and Standards of Excellence

Construction Awards

residential and commercial) and

social infrastructure was introduced

from this year onwards.

Several prestigious projects were

awarded for their design and applica-

tion. One such project which received

the award including the “ Construction

of Elevated Road along Barapulla

Nallah, Saraj Kale Khan to Jawaharlal

Nehru Stadium “ by the Public Works

Department, Govt. of NCT , Delhi. The

project's design received praise from

all quarters and the dedicated signal-

free access from Games Village to the

main venue of the recently concluded

Commonwealth Games 2010, the

Jawaharlal Nehru Stadium, was recog-

nized for its outstanding design.

Yet another project connected to

the Commonwealth Games Delhi 2010,

which was awarded was the “Thyagaraj

Sports Complex.” PWD, Govt of Delhi

received the award for this truly

world-class stadium.

The awards ceremony this year saw

a total of 168 awardees being chosen

from eight prime categories. The

awardees included 4 women. The

award winners were honoured with tro-

phies, medals, and certificates.

The Hon'ble Minister of State for

Urban Development Prof.Saugata Ray

was the Chief Guest during the cere-

mony. Other distinguished dignitaries

who graced the occasion included

Dr.Kavuri Samba Siva Rao, Member of

P a r l i a m e n t , P a d m a b h u s h a n

Dr.G.V.Ramakrishna , former Chairman

Disinvestment Commission & Member

Planning Commission, Dr.Uddesh Kohli,

Chairman Emiretus , CIDC, Dr. Pronab

Sen, Principal Advisor, Planning Com-

mission, Dr.D.G.Kadkade, Member of

the Jury, Principal Advisor, Jaiprakash

The CIDC Vishwakarma Awards

are considered among the most

prestigious recognition for

those in the construction industry. The

awards have been inspired by Lord

Vishwakarma, the presiding deity of

construction practices in India are pre-

sented to those who have contributed

their might towards the betterment of

the construction industry in various

capacities.

What makes the CIDC Vishwakarma

Awards different from similar events is

the fact that it is one award where arti-

sans, the unsung heroes of the con-

struction industry are recognized for

their thankless work. The 2011 award

glittering award ceremony saw 45 such

artisans being awarded and honoured

with a commemorative trophy, medal,

and certificate.

The event is celebrated on the 7th

of March each year, a date which is also

the foundation day of Construction

Industry Development Council (CIDC) ,

which is the apex body established by

the Planning Commission of India and

the Construction industry. CIDC has

been working towards promoting best

practices in the construction industry

and help it achieve global stature.

A new category of awards for “ Best

Projects” covering construction sub-

sectors such as roads & highways,

dams, power, railways, bridges, oil &

gas, transmission, urban infrastructure

, health infrastructure buildings ( both

3rd CIDCVishwakarma Award 2011

A Recognition of Notable achievements and Standards of Excellence

tion and how large-scale urbaniza-

tion was creating the problem of hous-

ing in urban cities in countries like India.

The CIDC Vishwakarma Awards are

being given to a wide number of repre-

sentative categories that covers the

entire spectrum of the construction

industry, right from the artisans to the

industry experts and construction firms.

I t was a pr iv i lege for the

Masterbuilder to be awarded under

the 'Best Magazine' category. Editor-

in-Chief, Mr.K.P.Pradeep was awarded

under the 'Best Journalist' category.

The awards were yet another testimo-

nial to the team of the Masterbuilder,

which has been setting the benchmark

in all round reportage of the construc-

tion industry in India.

The Minister also released the offi-

cial brochure for the forthcoming CIDC

event 17th Asia Construct Event, Inter-

national Exhibition & Conference in

New Delhi. As part of the event an

International Conference & Exhibition

will be held from 13th-15th December

2011 under the theme,” Asian Eco-

nomic Overview 2011 & Outlook 2012.

The event would be showcasing some

of the latest technologies, best prac-

tices, equipment, materials, products,

and services.

Chief Guest Prof.Saugata Ray

lauded the efforts that CIDC was taking

in order to promote the betterment of

the construction industry. The Minister

had a word of praise especially for the

Green Rating system and the efforts

that CIDC was putting for the adaption

of several good practices. He went on

to add that excellence in every field

should be recognized and rewarded.

The Minister during his address

pointed out to the two problems of ris-

ing population and rapid industrializa

Nigel Narayan, Deputy Editor, The Masterbuilderreceiving the Visvakarma award 2011 for Best News Magazine

Inaugural Ceremory

Thermal Insulation


mal insulation product designed to inte-

grate seamlessly with the concrete roof

system. The product is environmentally

sound, commercially successful, and

suitable for a wide range of projects in

hot climatic conditions on multiple sub-

strates. The tile conforms to ECBC/

LEED/IGBC cool roof standard require-

ments.

A listed product available in dry mix

form, the Thermatek Cool Mortar is a

carefully proportioned blend of white

cement, select assortment of fine metal

and mineral stabilizers that provides a

heat barrier to a building. When used as

a complement to Thermatek Heat

Resistant Terrace Tiles, the product

provides enough insulation and heat

reflectance that eliminates the need for

additional insulation like PUF, XPS,

Thermacole, etc.

Thermatek Heat Reflective Paint is a

Thermatek Cool Mortar

Thermatek Heat Reflective Paint

white roof reflective paint (SRI 90.6)

that insulates buildings from heat, lasts

much longer than 3 years, costs no more

than standard roof paint and is also envi-

ronment friendly. The company would

be shortly introduced coloured reflec-

tive paints in collaboration with the

Institute of Chemical Technology (for-

merly University Department of Chemi-

cal Technology), Bombay University.

Apart from the benefits derived

from each of the individual products of

the company, customers stand to gain

immense benefits from the combined

application of Thermatek Heat Resistant

Terrace Tile and Thermatek Cool Mortar.

This synergetic approach combines a

number of high-performance elements

as well as individual performance

characteristics ensuring, economy,

energy efficiency and environment

friendliness.

Web: www.thermatek.co.in

Mixed Product Application

For further details visit

Research has clearly proven that

over 15 percent of heat inside a

building comes through the

roof. This being the case, it is important

for incorporating energy efficient ther-

mal barriers that act as a barrier for heat

and improve the energy efficiency of a

building. Ishaan Industries is a leading

name in the industry when it comes to

offering a wide range of cool-roof spe-

c i f ic products . The company's

Thermatek Thermal Barriers help in

improving the sustainability of quotient

of a building manifold. The company's

products including, Thermatek Cool

Mortar and Thermatek Heat Reflective

Paint help in addressing all the green

concerns energy, environment, and

human health.

This is the signature product of the

company whose popularity has been

growing by the day. A unique, patented,

stand-alone over deck, multilayered,

non-porous, dense, dry-look, and ther-

Thermatek Heat Resistant Terrace Tile

Thermatek Thermal BarriersOffering the Complete Range of Cool- Roof Products

Premium Products

JK Works Bharuch (Guj)

RAnand

Text Box


Rock Foundation: Case Study

This paper deals with rock foundation treatment

and quality control assurance of the grouting

operations (slush/consolidation/curtain) and

permeability tests carried out in CoT area of earth

and rockfill dam. Efficacy of grouting was determined

by conducting permeability tests before and after

grouting. Curtain grouting is done to prevent/reduce

leakage, seepage and downstream flow into the

foundation to increase the percolation path to prevent

possible piping and washing the fines from the core

into cracks, fractures, fissures and joints in the rock

foundation. Slush grouting is also done to fill the

joints/fissures between rock mass on account of

shrinkage of core clay and uneven over breaks in the

CoT and shrinkage of concrete. Proper grouting of

surrounding rock mass around the opening helps in

monolithic behaviour of the rock mass. Curtain

grouting was done in three rows by ascending and

descending both the stages as per condition of rock

strata.

The foundation strata in depth of 70 m in the rock

mass revealed from the cores taken from five initial

primary holes in the first row comprises of numerous

joints, opening, cavities and water intrusion confined

zone. Rock mass in certain reach was jointed and

Innovative Construction Techniquesfor Rock Foundation Treatmentand Quality Assurance of SalmaDam Project, Afghanistan- A Case Study

Innovative Construction Techniquesfor Rock Foundation Treatmentand Quality Assurance of SalmaDam Project, Afghanistan- A Case Study

some reach it was continuous solid rock mass as

indicated by high core recovery and low RQD. Both

permeability values and grout intake were low in

these reaches. At depth 37-40 m the water confined

zone was encountered and heavy water ejection was

observed from these drill holes. The core recovery

was poor and shear zone were noticed in this reach.

This is due to geological underground structure i.e.

steeply plunging downstream anticline and it was

intercepted confined ground water condition and such

situation/condition continued till water pressure

reduced itself through joints and fractures formed at

the crest of anticline. Water was passing through this

zone of intercepted confined ground water condition,

grout intake with simple grout mix was not success.

The Chemical grout mix with sodium silicate, sand,

Rice Husk Powder/straw fibers and spongy (foam)

materials with different combination were used to

seal/plug as well make the grouting success with

quality control check with fine cement in the

laboratory for first row of Primary holes. The

permeability of rock mass after the first row of grout

was more than 5 lugeons. Hence second and third

row of grout holes were taken up at 1.5 m either side

of the first grout row. About eight holes have been

drilled and grouted in the second and third row to

R.B.Shivali1, Senior Research OfficerK.S.Jamwal2, Ex. DDG, GSIA.N.N.Prasad3, Project DirectorAmar Kumar4, General Manager (P)R.K.Gupta5, C.M.D.

1 - CSMRS, New Delhi and deputation to WAPCOS Ltd.at Salma Dam Project in Afghanistan

2 - Geological Survey of India and,3-5 - WAPCOS Ltd. at Salma Dam Project, Afghanistan


reduce the permeability of rock mass. The secondary

and tertiary holes were also done with use cement of

43 grade OPC as per grout intake requirements.

Project

Salma Dam project located near Chist-e- Sharif in

Herat Province had planed as multipurpose project

and was under active constructions till late 1970`s.

The construction activities of Project came to halt

after out break of hostility in the area in early 1980's.

After restoration of normalcy in Afghanistan

Government of India with under the Reconstruction

& Development programme to Afghanistan decided

to undertake the development of this Project as a

monument of friendship between two countries and

appointed WAPCOS, who had earlier been involved

with the Design and Construction supervision as

Consultants & Executors to carry out the works of

this landmark infrastructural project undertaken by

the Government of India,

The Salma dam Project is envisaged on river

Harirud. The Harirud is one of the major rivers of

western Hindu kush in Central Afghanistan. This

river is formed near at an altitude of 4000 m and

flows mostly west ward for a distance of about 560

Km, then turn north words forming boundary

between Afghanistan and Iran and there after the

boundary between Turkmenistan and Iran. The

objectives of Salma Dam Project is of three fold

� Generation of Hydro Power with an installed

capacity of 3x14 MW

� Stabilizing the existing irrigation facility to the

extent of 35,000 hectares and

� Development of additional irrigation facility to

the extent of 45,000 hectares

Present scope of work covers the Generation of

Hydro Power to the extent of 42 MW only. The

WAPCOS Limited (A Government of India

Undertaking) is executing the project on behalf of

GOI (Ministry of External Affairs, New Delhi).

The Project envisages construction of 107.5

meters high, 550 meter long rock fill dam across the

river. Other components of the project consist of a

Surface Powerhouse, Chute Spillway, Irrigation Sluice

and Diversion tunnel.

The diversion tunnel is located in the right flank

of the river and the rock fill dam built across the river

to create a reservoir. The spillway is located in the

right flank of the river. The over flow spillway is 36

m wide and has a clear over flow width of 24 m. It

consists of 3 bays of 8 m (width) X 10 m (height) and

is controlled by the radial gates. The spill way

comprises of an approach channel, a control structure

with standard ogee profile, a chute for leading water

to a flip bucket and a plunge pool at the end.

Two sluice out lets are provided in the two piers of

chute spillway, one for feeding the water to

powerhouse and other for meeting the irrigation

demands. The sluices are controlled by the gates

A surface powerhouse having an installed capacity

of 42 MW with three units of 14 MW each will be

constructed at the toe of the dam A single circuit

110 Kv transmission line of about 157 Km is being

constructed for evacuation of power to Heart city.The

project is under execution since March, 2006.

Geology

Gneissic group of rocks with thin shears, marble

bands, granite veins and small volcanic intrusions

have been exposed along the COT of Salma dam. The

gneissic stratigraphy has revealed Augen gneiss,

Biotite gneiss, micaceous quartz gneiss, Biotite

amphibole quartzitic gneiss, Quartzo-feldspathic

biotite gneiss, amphibolite bands, mylonitized gneiss

with impure marble bands and scanty sulphide

mineralization.

Problematic Situations

Foundation Materials

Unacceptable or inadequate materials rich in

organic substances such as top soil, swamp muck or

peat, loose deposits of sand or silt, talus

accumulations and plastic, active, sensitive, or


Innovative Construction Techniques for Rock Foundation Treatment and Quality Assurance of Salma Dam Project, Afghanistan - A Case Study


swelling clays or gaugy materials in foundations bed

of natural deposits all may reveal inadequate localised

or widespread. The loose poor foundation conditions

in rocks which are associated with close fracturing,

weathering or hydrothermal alteration or poorly

indurated sedimentary rocks which require treatment

or total removal.

Confined Ground Water

Ground water was intercepted at a depth between

21m and 28 during the first hole in the sequence of

the No.5 vertical primary holes, drilled upto 70m

depth. These holes released the confined ground water

with great pressure in the beginning but gradually as

further drilling progressed, the water pressure and

discharge was reduced considerably.

Fig. 1 Confined ground water coming with great pressure during drilling

The water table was again noticed between depth

of 37m and 40m depth i.e. about 12-15 m below the

earlier level of water table in primary holes. Confined

ground water coming with great pressure during

drilling was shown in Fig-1

At this depth the encountered water confined zone

was heavy pressure ejection water from two drill holes.

The core recovery was poor and shear zone were

noticed in this reach. Water was passing through this

zone of intercepted confined ground water condition,

grouting with simple grout mix was not success.

Drilling And Grouting Equipments:

The type and size of equipment required to drill

grout holes, proportion/mixing of the materials,

deliver and inject grout into the hole in an

underground depends on site conditions and size of

the excavation. The most common power sources for

underground grouting equipment are air compressor,

electric and electric-hydraulic. Diesel powered

equipments are also common but can be used with

additional ventilation requirements in underground

opening.

Drilling Equipment

Two common drilling methods used in surface

structures are percussion and rotary. Percussion

drilling for surface grouting application can be used

effectively to drill hole depths up to approximately

15m and rotary drills are better suited for holes in

excess of 15m. This criterion is based on the fact that

proper holes alignment becomes difficult beyond 15m

while using percussion drilling. The rock chips

produced by the impact or chipping action of

percussion drilling could preseal fractures in the rock,

thus preventing the injection of grout slurry. This

problem can be alleviated by thorough flushing of the

hole with water to remove all the cutting caused by

the percussion drilling. On the other hand due to

grinding action, presealing of the grout hole is not

seen as a problem when rotary drilling is used. The

rotary drilling equipments (Indian and Iranian) are

shown in Fig.2

Fig.-2 Drilling equipments (Indian and Iranian)

Mixer

Two types of mixers are predominantly used in

surface/underground grouting applications, viz. paddle

mixers and colloidal mixers. A paddle mixer consists

of either vertically or horizontally mounted paddles



Asons Enterprise


that rotate slowly within a cylindrical tank. During

the mixing process, the grout materials are stirred

and thrown against baffles attached to the side of

tank. The baffles prevent the formation of a vortex

within the swirling mixture, which can cause

centrifugal separation. The heavy materials are thus

better broken apart and more evenly distributed

throughout the mixture. Once completely mixed, the

grout is discharged from the mixer into an agitator

tank when a single mixer arrangement is used or

directly into the grout pump while using a twin

mixer arrangement. In either arrangement grout

should be discharged by direct suction into the grout

pump, not by gravity. Colloidal mixer works by

recirculating the grout through a centrifugal pump.

The pump which operates at high speeds of 1500-

2000 rpm, impacts a shearing force to the grout as it

paddles through the narrow steel pump casing. The

pump discharges the grout tangentially into a vertical

cylindrical tank causing a vortex to form. The speed

of mixing and the high output capacity are important

attributes to the colloidal mixers. Details of the

grouting mixer and pump equipment is shown in Fig.3

Fig. 3 Details of the grouting mixer and pump equipment

Agitator

An agitator is a storage tank where the thoroughly

mixed grout from the mixer is stirred by a slowly

revolving paddle to keep the particles of unstable

grout in suspension while awaiting injection.

Water Meters

Water meters for measuring the amount of water

added to the grout mix should always be required by

the specifications. Other methods, such as calibrated

buckets and predetermined water level marking on

the sides of the mixing tank should not be allowed.

But due to site conditions and not availability of

arrangement could be done. A water meter with a

"reset-to-zero" feature is strongly recommended. This

eliminates the risk of miscalculating the correct

cumulative meter reading by the mixer operator.

Pump

Two common pumps used for grouting in surface/

underground structures are progressing helical cavity

pump and piston pump. Progressing helical cavity

pumps produce a continuous, uniform flow of grout

into a hole at relatively constant pressure. These

pumps are used primarily to pump grout mixtures of

water, cement and bentonite if availabe. However,

these are also capable of pumping sand grout mixes.

The abrasiveness of the sand, however, increases the

wear of the pump. A piston pump is better suited to

pump sand mixes. Piston pumps are used

predominantly to fill large voids, caverns, for backfill

grouting for confined water zone, intrusive water

zone, water spring and behind precast concrete/steel

liners and for contact/slash grouting. One

disadvantage of piston pump is that these deliver a

pulsating pressure that makes pressure control

difficult when constant or low pressures are required.

Pressure gauge

Pressure gauges are used to monitor the injection

pressure of the grout being delivered to the grout

hole. The pressure gauge helps to ensure that the

maximum allowable pressure is being applied to

achieve the desired results of the grout programme as



Venus Equipments And Tools Pvt. Ltd.


designed. It also helps to prevent the application of an

injection pressure that is too high and could

overstress the structures being grouted. The range of

pressure reading of the gauge should be appropriate

for the grout pressure being used. As gauges get easily

damaged during constructional operation and

frequently usage, they should be checked for

calibrations very regularly.

Gauge Savers

The grout mix should never be allowed to come

into direct contact with the pressure gauge.

Therefore, a protective medium must be used to

separate the grout from the gauge. A gauge saver,

also called a "diaphragm seal" can be used for this

purpose. Within the body of a gauge saver, the upper

portion is isolated from the grout by a diaphragm.

The area between the top of the diaphragm and the

pressure gauge is completely filled with a suitable

fluid, usually oil.

Packers

Packers are used to seal off or isolate a portion of

grout hole that allows grout to be injected under

pressure into a specified section of the hole. Packers

are installed either at the top of the hole, also called

the hole collar or at other locations along the length

of the hole. The packers are set at the top of the hole

for slush grouting. It is also most often installed at

the collar of the hole for consolidation grouting

operations, when the hole is grouted in single stage.

Holes are grouted using a single-packer or double-

packer arrangements. In a single-packer arrangement

the grout is discharged into the hole just below the

location of the packers. In the double-packer

arrangement, the grout is discharged into an isolated

section of the grout hole located between an upper

and lower packer. The single-packer arrangement is

used in contact/slush grouting and most of the

consolidation and curtain grouting operations. Two

common types of packers are the mechanically

activated packer and the pneumatic/hydraulic

inflatable packer.

Grout Materials

The following are the Grout materials used for

curtain grouting:

� Cement

� Sand

� Rice Husk Powder /Straw Fibre

� Spongy (foam)

� Water and

� Accelerators- Sodium Silicate

Test Reults

Laboratory Testing Of Grout Mix

Laboratory testing is used to evaluate the proposed

grouting materials for chemical and physical

properties of the grout mix. Density tests were used

to check proper mix proportioning. Viscosity was

measured in time (seconds).

The properties of grout mix such as compressive

strength, viscosity and density were evaluated in the

site laboratory before use at site, so as to have a check

on grouting operations. Behaviour and performance of

grouting materials with proposed accelerator of

Table 1: Laboratory tests results of on grout mixes at different water cement ratio.

S.No.

1

4

5

6

7

8

Grout Mix (Water :

Cement)

1.0:2.0 (0.5)

1.5:2.0 (0.75)

1.0:1.0 (1.0)

2.0:1.0 (2.0)

3.0:1.0 (3.0)

4.0:1.0 (4.0)

Density g/cc

1.761

1.630

1.505

1.204

1.073

1.024

Equivalent Cube Compressive

Strength at 28 days age Mpa

32.42

29.06

9.53

5.13

3.41

2.04

Average Viscosity in

Seconds

65

48

33

30

26

22

Equivalent Cube Compressive

Strength at 7 days age Mpa

23.99

21.32

7.06

3.75

2.39

1.48




Sodium Silicate was also evaluated in laboratory and

field tests were performed during the grouting

operation.

Compressive strength testing was performed in

the laboratory on specimen of grout. A set of three

grout cubes of 50mm x 50mm x 50mm is the most

common type of specimen used. The cubes are cast,

cured and tested as per IS: 4031- (Part-6) - 1988. The

requirement of compressive strength tests of grout is

not common for geotechnical grouting application.

However, it is more common for structural grouting

such as contact/slush grouting. The laboratory test

results of grout mix at different water cement ratio

are given in Table 1.

It is seen from Table-1 that 28 days cube

compressive strength and density decrease with

increase in water cement ratio. The compressive

strength of 32.42 MPa was obtained with water

cement ratio of 1:2 and it reduced to 2.04 MPa at a

water cement ratio of 4:1.

Field Testing Of Grout Mix

The laboratory test results are directly applied to

the field grouting operation during the problematic

situations to seal/plug the joints, cavities, fractured

and fissure inside the rock mass to make monolithic

rock mass. The field results are also tabulated in

Table-2

It is seen from Table-2 that 28 days cube

compressive strength decrease with increase in water

W/C ratio

by weight

0.45:1.0

0.5:1.0

0.5:1.0

0.5:1.0

0.5:1.0

0.5:1.0

0.5:1.0

0.5:1.0

Sodium Silicate %

by wt. of cement

nil

nil

nil

1.5

nil

1.5

1.5

1.5

Sand % by wt. of

cement

nil

nil

3.5

3.5

7.0

3.5

nil

4.0

Compressive Strength (MPa)Rice Husk Powder/

Straw Fibre, % by wt.

of cement

nil

nil

nil

nil

3.0

1.0

3.5

3.0

Spongy (foam)

nil

nil

nil

nil

nil

nil

nil

0.1

7 days

23.41

16.38

16.83

14.04

15.38

5.35

11.03

4.62

7 days

35.44

24.91

23.96

19.39

23.74

16.72

15.05

11.77

Table 2: Field tests on grout mix for Rock foundation treatment

cement ratio with neat cement. The compressive

strength with combination of sand and Rice Husk

powder increasing with their percentage of doses

increases. The compressive strength of 24.91 MPa was

obtained having neat cement with water cement ratio

of 1:2 and the same ratio with sand and Rice Husk

powder it is 23.74 was successful with 1.5% of

sodium silicate to plug the water intrusion zone areas

with rich grout mix1:2.

Rock Foundation Tratment

To improve the strength properties such as bearing

capacity, shear resistance and bond between the dam

and abutment to make the rock mass monolithic,

rock foundation treatment by grouting technique is

essential to sustain the structure.

Need for Rock Grouting

In surface/underground caverns and tunnels, therock grouting is required for various purposes such as:

� Strengthening the rock mass by filling up thejoints, fissures, cavities and cracks

� Filling of voids, joints and cavities between therock mass to the rock mass,

� Strengthening the shattered and fractured rockmass around the excavation,

� Closing up the water bearing passages to preventthe flow of water into deep rock mass & tunneland or to concentrate the area of seepage intochannel from where it can be easily drained out.

Slush, consolidation and curtain grouting were




performed in CoT area at Salma Dam Project as

suggested by the designers. The rock treatment by

grouting can be mainly categorized as Surface and

Sub-surface treatments

Surface Tratment:

For suitable rock available at Shallow Depths

� Surfaces against which material is to be placed are

excavated to a slope not greater than 0.5

horizontal to 1 vertical which is generally follows.

� The weathered and exposed rock is treated by

shotcrete to protect the rock.

� All seams, relief joints and faults are excavated

and filled with concrete.

� Where rock is friable, and subject to cracking by

exposure and drying, slush grout was desirable.

� The treatment involves improvement of contact

between foundation rock and embankment by

stripping the foundation area and development of

uniform and smooth surface without abrupt

changes in slopes and ledges / overhangs.

The surface on which the core material is placedshould be wet but free from standing water, and thecore material should be wet of optimum desired OMC.

Sub-Surface Treatment

It involves slush, consolidation and curtaingrouting

Contact/slush Grouting

Slush grouting involves the filling of voids

between the parent rock mass. Slush grouting was

carried out in CoT area and abutments at a low

pressure of 1.0 to 3.0 kg/cm2 for filling up of the

joints, fractures, voids and cavities in between rock

mass. Ordinary Portland cement (OPC) was generally

used for slush grouting. Minimum diameter of drill

hole was kept as 38mm and depth of holes were kept

4-6 m into the rock mass depending upon the

situation. Grouting was continued without

interruption until refusal. Grout mix of 3:1, 2:1 and

1:1 (water: cement) were used for slush grouting. In

case of high grout intake, grout mix was thickened up

to 1:2. After refusal of grout materials, the grouting

was stopped. The grouting was considered complete

when intake of grout was less than 1 litre/minute

averaged over a period of 10 minutes. The maximum

pressure of 3-5 kg/cm2 was maintained by way of

closing the valve for sufficient time (20-30 minutes.)

to prevent backflow.

Consolidation grouting

� If the core foundation consists of closely fractured

rock and jointed rock a blanket grout pattern is

used with holes spaced at 3m to 5m with depths

up to 6m to 10m.

� If the foundation rock is massive no blanket

grouting is done.

� It is done to prevent possible piping of the fine

core material through the foundation. It also

increases the strength and deformation properties

of the mass rock foundation and abutment.

Consolidation grouting in CoT area were essential

to reduce the coefficient of permeability and

improving the deformability characteristics of

surrounding rock mass. Consolidation grouting in the

surrounding rock mass area was carried out up to a

desired depth of 8 m as per designer and rock mass

strata. Consolidation grouting minimises the flow of

water outward through into the rock mass. Primary

holes were drilled at 6m spacing and grouted and then

secondary holes were drilled in between primary holes.

Maximum pre-grouting permeability valueobserved was 27.58 lugeons. After grouting inprimary and secondary holes, permeability observedat certain location was more than 3 Lugeons.Additional tertiary holes were drilled and grouted inbetween adjacent grouted primary and secondaryholes. The permeability, in general, has thus been

brought down to less than 3 Lugeons.

Average consolidation grouting cement intake in

primary, secondary and tertiary holes in bed rock of

CoT was 24.45 kg/m, 15.04 kg/m and 19.77 kg/m,

respectively.

Consolidation grouting in CoT area were carried



Esquire -CMAC Pvt.Ltd


Fig. 4 Pattern and depth of drill holes for consolidation grouting in CoT

out in 38mm diameter and 8 m deep drill holes in the

rock up to a maximum pressure of 5 kg/cm2. Pattern

and depth of drill holes for consolidation grouting as

shown in Fig. 4 were governed by the geological

and the design requirements.

Consolidation grouting was considered completewhen the grout intake reduces to less than 1 litre/minute averaged over a period of 10 minutes. Groutpressure was maintained for a sufficient time toprevent backflow. The ratio of water: cement wasvaried from 6:1 to 1:2 depending upon the amount ofgrout intake. Grouting was continued till refusal.After the final setting time of grout, the holes wereredrilled up to 2/3rd filled with dry pack mortar of

same consistency as that for filling of grouting holes.

Sometimes inter-connection of holes during

grouting was observed. In this case, the grout was

allowed to escape from the connected holes till the

escaping grout was of the same consistency as that of

being injected. These coupled holes were then capped

and combined holes were grouted up to the specified

pressure of 5 kg/cm2 and grouting continued till

refusal. Such inter connected holes were not regrouted

again.

Curtain Grouting

� Generally, curtain grouting is carried out when

permeability exceeds 1-3 lugeons depending on

the height of the dam.

� It is done to reduce the seepage flow through the

dam foundation and also to reduce the hydrostatic

pressure (uplift) in the downstream foundation of

the dam.

� Curtain grouting should be carried out in split

spacing method starting from wide spacing in the

Primary stage then gradually reducing the spacing

in Secondary and Tertiary stages.

� It is done to safeguard the foundation against

erodibility hazard.

In bed rock foundation of CoT holes were drilled

at 70 m in depth. Initially primary holes at 6 m



Speedcrafts Ltd


spacing were drilled and grouted, and then secondary

holes were drilled in between primary holes bringing

the spacing of holes to 6 m c/c. Permeability tests

conducted in test holes drilled between adjacent

primary and secondary holes revealed zones where

lugeon value was still higher than 6 lugeons. The

tertiary holes were drilled in between primary and

secondary holes bringing the spacing of holes to 3 m

c/c. Pattern and depth of drill holes for consolidation

grouting as shown in Fig. 5 were governed by the

geological and the design requirements.

Fig. 5: Location of drill holes in CoT area for curtain grouting

The problematic situation of CoT bed rock

foundation strata in depth of 70 m in the rock mass

where water was passing through this zone of

intercepted confined ground water condition, grout

intake with simple grout mix was not success. The

Chemical grout mix with sodium silicate, sand, Rice

(foam) with different combination were used to seal/

plug as well make the grouting. The permeability of

rock mass after the first row of grout was more than

5 lugeons. Hence about eight holes were drilled and

grouted in the second and third row at 1.5 m either

side of centre line of COT from first grout row. For

primary and secondary holes maximum pressure

adopted was 22 kg/cm² and grout mix used varied

from 4:1 to 1:2. For tertiary holes maximum

pressure adopted was also 22 kg/cm² and grout mix

used was either 4:1to 1:1. Average curtain grouting

intake in primary, secondary and tertiary holes in bed

rock of CoT was 746.88 kg/m, 520.67 kg/m and

227.10 kg/m, respectively.

Quantity Of Grout Intake:

The amount of grout intake in COT depends upon

many factors, viz. nature and extent of overbreaks,

nature and pattern of discontinuities, method of

excavation, seepage in the rock mass, grout pressure

and finally the consistency of the grout. The

Chemical grout mix with sodium silicate, sand, Rice

Husk powder/straw fibers and spongy materials

(foam) with different combination were used to seal/

plug as well make the grouting success with quality

control check with fine cement in the laboratory for

first row of Primary holes.

The quality of these materials needs to be checked

from time to time. The tests on the cement such as

consistency, setting time and the compressive

strength were performed regularly. Sand passing

Table 3: Grout intake during curtain grouting in COT area for rock foundation treatment

S.No.

1

2

3

4

5

Grout materials

Cement

Sand

Rice Husk Powder/

Straw fibre

Spongy (foam)

Sodium Silicate

Primary Grouting

8822 bags

6347 kg

557 kg

7.7 kg

1239 lit

449250.7 kg

Secondary Grouting

4454 bags

5246 kg

250 kg

2.2 kg

378 Lit.

228576.2 kg

Tertiary Grouting

3015 bags

600 kg

-

-

120 lit

151470.0 kg

Primary Grouting

733

10.55

0.93

0.013

2.06 lit/m

746.88

Secondary

Grouting

507.28

11.95

0.57

0.005

0.86 lit/m

520.67

Tertiary

Grouting

226

0.90

-

-

0.18 lit/m

227.10

Grout Intake, kg/m LengthTotal Grout Intake

Total intake material (Av.)




through 2.36 mm sieve and 10-25%was used in the

curtain grouting along with sodium silicate by 1.5%

of the weight of cement and Rice Husk powder/Straw

fibres with 8% and foam of 0.1% by wt. of cement to

seal and plug the problematic confined zone of

pressure water.

The amount of grout intakes in COT during

curtain and consolidation grouting have been

tabulated in Table-3 and Table-4. It is clear from

Tables that there is no fix rule for quantity of grout

intake. In general, grout intake in consolidation

grouting is lesser than in curtain grouting.

Total Nos. of holes for grouting: P=5, S=4, T=9

in First row, 4 Nos. in Second row and 4 Nos. in

Third row Total hole depth of grouting: P-601.5 m,

S-439.0 m, T-667.0 m Total Nos. of holes for

grouting: P=58, S=39, T=20 Total hole depth of

grouting: P-463.8 m, S-312 m, T-159 m

Permeability Tests

Field permeability test is the most important tool

for checking the effectiveness of grouting operation at

all stages of execution. For in-situ water pressure

testing, a section of hole is isolated with a double

packer or single packer. Water is injected at specified

pressure into the test hole section. The amount of

water loss to the geological formation at a particular

pressure over a time interval is recorded. This is used

to evaluate permeability coefficient (k) as expressed in

terms of cm/sec. The unit of measuring the co-

efficient of permeability is called lugeon, which is

defined as percolation of 1 litre of water per minute

per meter length of drill hole at a pressure of 10 kg/

cm2 (1 bar).

Criteria for Locations of Permeability Tests

Locations for conducting the permeability tests

S.No.

1.

Grout materials

Cement

Primary Grouting

11339.42 kg

Secondary Grouting

4692.73 kg

Tertiary Grouting

3143.60 kg

Primary Grouting

24.45

Secondary

Grouting

15.04

Tertiary

Grouting

19.77

Grout Intake, kg/m LengthTotal Grout Intake

Table 4: Grout intake during consolidation grouting in COT rock foundation treatment

before consolidation grouting were decided on the

basis of grout intake in the contact grouting and the

available geological data of the reach. On the basis of

results of the permeability tests conducted in the pre

consolidation stage as well as amount of grout intake

during the consolidation grouting, the locations for

conducting the permeability test in the post

consolidation grouting stage, were finalised. In the

regions of low permeability values during the pre

consolidation grouting stage, certain holes can be

skipped during the consolidation grouting.

Permeability Tests in COT

Permeability tests were conducted beforeconsolidation grouting to decide the pattern of drillholes, grouting planes, consistency of grout mix andfinally to check the efficiency of grouting operation.Permeability tests were conducted up to a maximumpressure of 5 kg/cm2 in the drill holes drilled in

different depth into the rock.

Permeability test results and the degree of

efficiency of grouting at some of the typical locations

in COT are given in Table 5 and Table 6 for

consolidation and curtain grouting respectively. The

lugeon values obtained after consolidation grouting

were compared with those determined in the pre-

consolidation grouting stage and the same

accordingly for the curtain grouting. This was used as

a measure for checking the effectiveness of grouting

operation. The locations where high coefficient of

permeability values were obtained after consolidation

and curtain grouting, the drill holes were regrouted

and the permeability tests were conducted again to

confirm the efficiency of grouting.

It can be seen from Table-5 and Table-6 that

proper grouting of surrounding rock mass helps in

sealing of cracks/joints/fissure/cavities and other




discontinuities present in the geological strata. Thewater table after completing the grouting has been

shifted below the original water table which has been

shown in Fig.6

Quality Assurance

Sl. No.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Location/ RD in m

121, 3m towards d/s from c/l



127, 3m towards u/s from c/l





Before

24.74

27.58

11.84

18.80

17.44

19.28

21.60

10.08

After

1.28

5.28

1.56

0.20

3.36

2.60

1.29

1.92

Efficacy of Consolidation Grouting in %

95.0

81.0

87.0

99.0

81.0

86.5

94.0

81.0

Coefficient of Permeability Lugeon

Table-5: Permeability test results and degree of efficacy of consolidation grouting

Table-6: Permeability test results and degree of efficacy of curtain grouting

Fig.6: Details of water table after completing the grouting

The desirable quality for a structure includes its

serviceability, safety, durability, economy, timely

completion, environment friendliness, least or

minimum maintenance, easy maintenance, allowance

for modification and aesthetic acceptability. As per

ISO: 8402, the term Quality is defined as the totality

of features and characteristics of a product or service

that bear on its ability to satisfy stated or implied needs.

The development of a Quality Assurance involves

the identification of quality objectives, and their

implementation. A Quality Assurance System is

defined as 'an administrative control system which

sets for the commitments, policies, designated

responsibilities and requirements of the owner/ client.

The overall quality as defined above can only be

achieved through an effective Quality Assurance

System as per ACI Committee 121. The two basic

elements of a Quality Assurance system are:

� Quality Assurance Plan

Sl. No.

1

2

3

4

5

Location/ RD m

106 at different location in 20m depth hole after

that water intrusion felt

109m at different location in 30m depth hole




Before

5.5

2.72-7.43

At some location 40-45 and some

depth heavy water intrusion

At some location 36-42 and some

depth heavy water intrusion

2.10-6.22

After

1.01

0.89

4.10

4.86

0.76

Efficacy of Curtain

Grouting in %

82

88

90

88

88

Coefficient of Permeability Lugeon



Esquire -CMAC Pvt.Ltd

RAnand

Text Box


� Quality Assurance Programme

Quality Assurance (QA) Plan

QA plan is a written guideline for a project,

developed by the owner/ client which contains the

client/owner's policy statement and describes the

scope of work, organizational relationships and the

quality objectives for the project. A Quality

Assurance plan should include the following elements:

� Client/Owner's policy statement including

authorization of engineers or consultants for

developing a QA system and verifying its

implementation.

� Quality objectives.

� Scope of work.

� Organizational relationships.

� Authority and responsibilities of various

organizations.

Quality Assurance (QA) Programme

A QA programme is a document that describes

the policies, practices and procedures to comply with

quality requirements and contract documents. Each

organization assigned responsibilities in QA plan has

its own QA programme detailing the methods to be

used to meet the client/owner's quality objectives

applicable to that organization's scope of work. The

elements of QA programme are:

� Organizational responsibilities-Defining

organizational structure and delineating the

responsibilities of various personnel.

� Control of design-Detailed design, verification of

design basis such as codes, standards, assumptions,

documentation, checking and applied of

calculations.

� Material control- Supplier evaluation and

selection, storage and handling of material, testing

of material prior to use for compliance with

contract documents.

� Inspection - Inspection personnel with approved

qualification, inspection programme (check lists &

criteria for acceptance), inspection records.

� Testing & evaluation - Sampling and testing of

materials, documentation of testing details.

� Identification of non- complying conditions

including corrective actions to be taken such as

repair, rework etc.

� Records- Documents that furnished evidence of

quality of materials, equipment or activity to be

kept accurately.

Quality Control in Grouting Operations

� Checking for location of grout holes

� Checking of pipe connections for leakage etc.

� Checking of pressure

� Checking of water cement ratio, proportions and

consistency

� Checking for permeability rate

� Checking for the efficacy of grouting

Conclusions

� Impact and successful proper grouting of the

surrounding rock mass is essential in sealing of

cracks/joints/fissures/cavities and other

discontinuities present in the geological strata.

This will not only help in controlling and

minimising the seepage of water from structures

to the geological mass but will also help in

behaving the rock mass monolithically around the

core of embankment dam body.

� Rock Permeability and groutability tests

conducted before and after consolidation and

curtain grouting proved to be an important tool

for checking the efficiency of problematic

grouting. It also helped in taking decisions for

regrouting in the reach of certain sections of COT

where coefficients of permeability after grouting

were found to be high.

� The field grout mix properties with different

proportion of the materials with sand, Rice Husk

powder/Straw fibres and spongy (foam) during the

problematic situation in the curtain grouting

having setting time and viscosity determined in

the laboratory before the grouting operation



Cosmos Construction Machineries & Equip.Pvt.Ltd


proved to its usefulness. These properties of the

grout mix improved considerably the success in

problematic zone for the grouting.

� In general, the design criteria given in different

manuals were followed for grouting. However,

based on the water permeability tests conducted

during pre consolidation and curtain stage, some

holes may be skipped during consolidation as well

as curtain grouting after few trials at site. This

may not only help in savings in terms of time but

will also lead to financial savings as well as per the

technical requirements of grouting.

References

The suggestions and advices given by Sh. Murari Ratnam, Director,

CSMRS, Dr. Anbalagam, Prof. IIT Roorkee, Dr. T.N.Singh, Prof.

Geology Deptt. IIT Mumbai, Sh. Y.R. Putty, GM & Expert Grouting, ITD

Cementation and Sh. Jaggi sahib, Vice President, Afcon Co. Pvt. are

highly appreciable during the problematic situation of high pressure water

intrusion for making successful grouting with different mix

proportion of grout materials.

� IS 12169:1987 Criteria for design of small embankment dams

� IS 9429:1999 Code of practice for drainage system for earth and

rockfill dams

� IS 8414:1977 Guidelines for design of under seepage control

measures for earth and rock fill dams

� IS 6066:1994 Pressure grouting of rock foundations in river valley

projects - Recommendations (Second revision)

� IS 4031 (Part-6):1988 "Methods of Physical tests for Hydraulic

Cement" (Part-6, "Determination of Compressive strength of

Hydraulic cement other than masonry cement"), Bureau of Indian

Standard, New Delhi.

� IS 5529 (Part-2):1985 "Code of practice for In-situ Permeability

tests" (Part 2 Tests in bedrock), Bureau of Indian Standard, New

Delhi.

� IS 5878 (Part VII):1972 "Code of practice for construction of tunnels"

(Part VII - Grouting), Bureau of Indian Standard, New Delhi.

� IS 1498:1970 Classification and identification of soils for general

engineering purpose

� IS 7894:1975 Code of practice for stability analysis of earth dams

� IS 516: 1999 "Methods of tests for strength of concrete", Bureau of

Indian Standard, New Delhi.

� Barton N., Lien R and Lunde J. (1974), "Engineering Classification

of Rock Masses for Design of Tunnel Support", Rock Mechanics

Vol. 6, No. 4, pp 189-236.

� Grimstad E and Barton N. (1993), "Updating of the Q-System for

NMT", Proc. Of Int. Symp. on Sprayed Concrete for Underground

Support, Fagernes, Norwegian Concrete Association, Oslo.

� Lecture notes on Rock Permeability and Groutability Related to

Dams and Reservoirs, by Ewart, Friedrich-Karl, University of

Paderborn, Germany, September, 1994.

� Manual No. 1110-1-2908 for Engineering and Design, Rock

Foundation by U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, Washington, DC

20314-1000, November 1994.

� Water Resources Commission N.S.W., Grouting Manual, 3rd

edition, Australia, 1980.

� Field Manual, Foundation Treatment for Rockfill Dams, Journal of the

Soil Mechanics and Foundations Division, Proceedings of the

American Society of Civil Engineers, Vol. 98, No. SM10, pp. 995-

1016, October 1972.

� Preparation of Rock Foundations for Embankment Dams,

Embankment Dams Engineering, New York, John Wiley and Sons,

Inc., pp. 355-363, 1973.

� Treatment of High Embankment Dam Foundations, Journal of the

Soil Mechanics and Foundations Division, Proceedings of the

American Society of Civil Engineers, Vol. 98, No. SM10, pp. 1099-

1113, October 1972.

� Engineer Manual No. EM 1110-2-2300, General Design and

Construction Considerations for Earth and ̀ Rock-Fill Dams by U.S.

Army Corps of Engineers, Washington, DC 20314-1000, July, 2004

Authors Bio

Ram Bachan Shivali is graduate B.Tech. (CivilEngg.) from NIT Warangal, A.P (Formerly REC)

and M.Tech. (WRD) from IITRoorkee (Formerly

University of Roorkee). He is the member andReview Committee member of American Concrete

Institute (ACI), Indian Society for Construction

Materials and Structures, Indian Society for RockMechanics and Tunneling Technology and Indian

Geotechnical Society. His interest of works are in

the fields of Concrete Technology, Rock Engineering& Rock Mechanics and Geotechnical Engineering

for field constructions of dam (Concrete dam,

Earthen dam and Earth & Rockfill dam), QualityControl and Quality Assurance programme and

design & planning for different components of their

related structures and construction. Investigationworks related to construction materials, fields and

laboratory testing of all above fields and results

analysis & data as per design parameters requiredfor designing the structures.



high-ductility rebars because 60%

of India (Mumbai, Thane, Kutch,

Delhi and many other parts of

North and North-East India) lies in

the high-hazard seismic zones 3, 4

and 5.

3. Myths surrounding rebars such as

Earthquake Resistant Steel bars, X-

pattern ribs etc.

4. Potential savings of Rs. 8,000 crore

per year if India switches from the

rebars it has been using since 1972

to today's high-strength and high-

ductility rebars such as Thermex

Grade500 that are easily available

across the country.

Lending credibility to TRMA's crusade

were independent professors, engi-

neers and auditors who drew atten-

tion to:

1. Production of spurious 'TMT' steel

reinforcement bars. These impar-

tial speakers regretted that the new

Indian Standard (IS):1786-2008

gave a license for use of improper

TMT quenching technology by stat-

ing that non-uniform peripheral

quenching was not a ground for

rejection.

2. 70-year old buildings on Mumbai's

Marine Drive continue to stand tall,

while newer stories built atop the

same buildings using CTD steel

rebars need repair within 5-6 years,

testifying to CTD's poor perfor-

mance. Even so, many Indian build-

Thermex Rebar Manufacturers'

Association (TRMA) officially

flagged off its all-India drive for

'Proper Steel Reinforcement' in

Mumbai city in the presence of a ster-

ling group of government and non-

government bodies. TRMA, a no-profit

company comprising Thermex steel

rebar manufacturers, has set out to

uplift the quality of steel rebars used in

India's civil construction by spreading

awareness of desirable properties in

rebars.

At its inaugural Mumbai seminar,

TRMA laid bare the myths and realities

of rebars to eminent representatives

from MMRDA, CIDCO, MCGM, Indian

Society of Structural Engineers, India

Chapter of American Concrete Insti-

tute, Association of Consulting Civil

E n g i n e e rs , L a rs e n & To u b ro ,

Hiranandani Group, Nuclear Power Cor-

poration of India, and several structural

engineers.

1. India's continued used of improper

Cold Twisted Deformed (CTD)

rebars in construction activity since

1972. While such rebars were dis-

continued in Europe almost 40

years ago, many Indian builders con-

tinue to use these improper rebars

in their current projects.

2. India's need for high-strength and

Attention was drawn to 4 key points:

TRMA Launches Crusade for'Proper Steel Reinforcement'


Steel: Roving Seminar

ers continue to use CTD rebars.

3. The need for IS to specify the same

level of high ductility for rebars irre-

spective of the Yield Strength, as is

specified in the codes of European

countries.

4. The need for IS to specify higher val-

ues of elongation and stress ratio

for rebars to be used in earthquake

prone areas.

5. IS code gives importance to elonga-

tion at fracture instead of uniform

elongation of rebar. This poses a

grave risk to residents of buildings

in high seismic hazard places. Other

countries have already shifted to

uniform elongation since the past 5

years - the correct option.

6. Many expressed surprise that dif-

ferent chemical compositions were

specified for 7 differing rebar

grades in the code.

All speakers felt the IS code must be urgently revised to keep pace with global standards. This conference will travel to many other Indian cities and towns to address the civil engineering fraternity. The conference's next instal-ment will be in Chennai.

The inventor, Mr. Franz Tamm, of

the world-famous and much-in-

demand 'Thermex Quenching & Self

Tempering' technology of HSE technol-

ogy graced the occasion. He was felici-

tated at the event for his contribution

to steel reinforcement, as was Mr.

Surendra Hiranandani, Managing

D i rector and Founder o f the

Hiranandani Group. In keeping with its

outstanding reputation for quality and

innovation, the construction conglom-

erate was the first to adopt Thermex

Grade500 rebars in its projects. Mr.

Hiranandani received the 'Pioneer in

Building Construction' award.

TRMA Launches Crusade for 'Proper Steel Reinforcement'

In the Indian sub-continent, Thermex

systems have already been commis-

sioned in 128 steel mills, while 22 are

currently under execution. Today, more

than 60% of the steel reinforcement

bars produced in India is Thermex rebars.

Although Thermex rebars are pro-duced by 128 different steel plants or companies, great effort is made to ensure consistency in quality. Thermex rebars from each Thermex Licensee are subject to quarterly, third-party, qual-ity audit to ensure that besides meet-ing the IS Code they also a) exhibit uni-form peripheral tempered martensite and b) meet the strict Thermex stan-dards of tensile properties and ductility as per global norms. Steel mills found to be producing rebars of lower quality risk the danger of losing their Thermex licence. Thus Indian builders can source Thermex rebars from any of the several Thermex licensees in their region, while at all times being assured the quality of the rebar will be consis-tent no matter from which steel plant it is sourced. In the Indian sub-continent, Thermex systems are supplied, installed and commissioned by H&K India, the exclusive and perpetual col-laborator of HSE Germany.

At the event, the new Thermex sym-

bol was officially unveiled. From now

onwards structural engineers can use

the new symbol in all their project draw-

ings/designs to specify use of Thermex

rebars.

The patented Thermex technology

enjoys front-runner status in the world

for 'quenching and self-tempering'

technology. The technology enables

production of desired high-strength

steel reinforcement bars that meet all

requirements of civil construction -

yield strength ranging from 500MPa or

more, toughness, ductility, weldability

and excellent bend properties. Ductil-

ity is key as it prevents the rebar from

snapping outright and causing the

immediate collapse of a building during

an earthquake. High-strength, high-

ductility rebars drastically reduce the

risks of total building collapse - as wit-

nessed in the Bhuj quake of 26 January

2001 - thereby increasing the opportu-

nity for residents to escape instead of

being crushed to death.

Thermex systems are installed

worldwide, ranging from Asia,

Australasia, Europe, Russia, Africa,

Americas, and the Indian sub-continent.

Steel: Roving Seminar


Reliance Industries Ltd

Student Interaction

172 The Masterbuilder - March 2011 The Masterbuilder - March 2011

Stimulus 2011 A Truly Invigorating Experience for Civil Engineering Students

Student Interaction

The regional rounds of the event

were held in Chennai, Vellore, Kochi,

Koz h i ko d e , S a l e m , Tr i c hy a n d

Coimbatore repectively. This one-of-its-

kind event received enthusiastic

response from engineering colleges

with students showing keen interest in

participation. What set the event apart

was the fact that it was being conducted

by a major industrial house and was

exclusively focused on civil engineering.

Students thronged all the venues

where the regional rounds of Stimulus

2010-11 were held in large numbers. A

good example was the Coimbatore

round, where six institutions partici-

pated with PSNA College of Technology

walking away with the first prize, fol-

lowed by the PSG College of Technology.

The Salem round of the quiz pro-

gram saw six institutions participate

with the Institute of Road and Transport

Technology, Erode, walking away the

deserved winners. The event was held

at Sona College of Technology, Salem.

The Kozhikode round of the quiz saw

the participation of six engineering col-

leges in the region. The round saw

enthusiastic participation with the

respective college students cheering

and encouraging their teams.

Nowhere perhaps the lively atmo-

sphere more evident than in the Trichy

round of Stimulus 2010-11, with the

quiz master Mr.Giri Balasubramaniam

With the objective of incul-

cating competitive spirit

and motivating students to

become better professionals, UltraTech

Cement Ltd, part of the Aditya Birla

group, conducted a Civil Engineering Quiz

for final year civil engineering students.

STIMULUS 2011A Truly Invigorating Experience for Civil Engineering Students

'Pick Brain' Giri Balasubramanian firing his salvo

Enthralled audience keenly watching the fierce competition

Stimulus 2011 winners and runners with other participating teams in theirteam attires aptly provided by the organisers

Dr. M R Kalgal, Dr. V Ramachandra, Mr. N Balachandran Nair officials from UltraTech Cement Limited giving away the trophy and the cash prize to the Stimulus 2011 Champions

Ravali Tata and K. Srinath, IIT Madras - Champions of Stimulus 2011

T. Anu Vetriselvi and Yogesh Dahal of PSNA College of Technology

Dindigul - Runnder of Stimulus 2011

likening it to a 20-20 cricket match. The

competition was intense between the

NIT-T and Periyar Maniyam University

teams and had a nail biting finish to

boot.

The grand finale of Stimulus 2010-11

was held at Hotel GRT Convention Cen-

tre, Chennai on 01st of March 2011 with

IIT Madras represented by Ravali Tata

and K. Srinath walking away as winners.

The quiz programme was designed

to bridge the gap between textbook

knowledge and industry expectations. It

gave prospective engineers an insight

into what exactly industry experience is

all about.

173

Student Interaction

172 The Masterbuilder - March 2011 The Masterbuilder - March 2011

Stimulus 2011 A Truly Invigorating Experience for Civil Engineering Students

Student Interaction

The regional rounds of the event

were held in Chennai, Vellore, Kochi,

Koz h i ko d e , S a l e m , Tr i c hy a n d

Coimbatore repectively. This one-of-its-

kind event received enthusiastic

response from engineering colleges

with students showing keen interest in

participation. What set the event apart

was the fact that it was being conducted

by a major industrial house and was

exclusively focused on civil engineering.

Students thronged all the venues

where the regional rounds of Stimulus

2010-11 were held in large numbers. A

good example was the Coimbatore

round, where six institutions partici-

pated with PSNA College of Technology

walking away with the first prize, fol

lowed by the PSG College of Tech-

nology.

The Salem round of the quiz pro-

gram saw six institutions participate

with the Institute of Road and Transport

Technology, Erode, walking away the

deserved winners. The event was held

at Sona College of Technology, Salem.

The Kozhikode round of the quiz saw

the participation of six engineering col-

leges in the region. The round saw

enthusiastic participation with the

respective college students cheering

and encouraging their teams.

Nowhere perhaps the lively atmo-

sphere more evident than in the Trichy

round of Stimulus 2010-11, with the

With the objective of incul-

cating competitive spirit

and motivating students to

become better professionals, UltraTech

Cement Ltd, part of the Aditya Birla

group, conducted a Civil Engineering Quiz

for final year civil engineering students.

STIMULUS 2011A Truly Invigorating Experience for Civil Engineering Students

'Pick Brain' Giri Balasubramanian firing his salvo

Enthralled audience keenly watching the fierce competition

Stimulus 2011 winners and runners with other participating teams in theirteam attires aptly provided by the organisers

Dr. M R Kalgal, Dr. V Ramachandra, Mr. N Balachandran Nair officials from UltraTech Cement Limited giving away the trophy and the cash prize to the Stimulus 2011 Champions

Ravali Tata and K. Srinath, IIT Madras - Champions of Stimulus 2011

T. Anu Vetriselvi and Yogesh Dahal of PSNA College of Technology

Dindigul - Runnder of Stimulus 2011

likening it to a 20-20 cricket match.

The competition was intense between

the NIT-T and Periyar Maniyam Univer-

sity teams and had a nail biting finish to

boot.

The grand finale of Stimulus 2010-11

was held at Hotel GRT Convention Cen-

tre, Chennai on 01st of March 2011 with

IIT Madras represented by Ravali Tata

and K. Srinath walking away as winners.

The quiz programme was designed

to bridge the gap between textbook

knowledge and industry expectations. It

gave prospective engineers an insight

into what exactly industry experience is

all about.

173

476 AD. Innovative materials including 'Pozzolana'cement from a village Pozzouli near Italy with the use of horse hairs as fibres in concrete and primitive forms of admixtures including, animal blood, milk and fat were used by the Romans, which in fact led to the famous adage “ all roads lead to Rome”.

The success of white-topped roads in the USA is a fascinating case study in itself, something that is worthy of emulation, by a country like India, which is in the midst of its largest ever road-building spree. The intricacies involved in the process, along with the various related aspects that are involved were bought out in detail in a recent roundtable on “Concrete Roads & Toppings- Experience and Success in USA', c o n d u c t e d b y l e a d i n g c e m e n t manufacturer, Ultra Tech Cement. The round table saw experts from the USA share their experience on white topped roads with a select audience.

Welcoming the audience and the speakers, Mr.Vijay Shankar, General Manager (Technical Services) Ultra Tech and Chairman, Indian Concrete Institute, Tamil Nadu Centre, gave an insight into the various divisions of the Aditya Birla Group. He highlighted how Ultra Tech has today grown into becoming among the top 2 cement manufacturers in the country. Speaking about the company's state-of-the-art R & D Centre at Taloj near Mumbai he explained how the company was “focused on sustainability”.

Stressing on the growing importance of white topped roads, Mr.A.K.Jain, Senior Consultant of Ultratech Cement spoke about the increasing number of concrete roads in India. “It was a bold

The US Success Story

Expert Speak

proven technology. “1000s of kilometers of overlay stand testimony to the technology,” quipped Mr.Vanikar on the subject. Mr.Vanikar pointed out to the steps that are needed for the success of such projects including, evaluating the pavement in place, choosing the right type of overlay, repair any damage-if needed, preparing the interface, cutting joints, and curing, as part of the successful procedure for concrete white topped roads.

The technology has wide ranging implications for a country like India, where conditions of roads are appalling in some areas. Apart from its use in laying new roads, white topping can also help in restoring or increasing the load carrying capacity or both of existing roads. The

Huge Potential

decision to create the NHDP program in 1999 by the then government,” he said before going into the details of the various other similar initiatives including the NHAI, Expressways, and PMGSY. Speaking about the challenges faced today he said “ The trucks in our country cover on an average 300-400 kms per day against 700-800 kms in countries where good roads are available,” before he went on to explain how concrete roads with white topping can help in ending this anomaly.

The rising price of bitumen was another facet that was highlighted by Mr.Jain. He pointed out how estimates projected the rate of bitumen would be around 1, 80,000 per ton by 2021, prices which would not be economically viable for the country. “Cement is available locally throughout the country. Good quality aggregates is another thing that is available in India. We can create world-class concrete or rigid pavements in India,” remarked Mr.Jain highlighting the cost benefits of the technology during his address.

Dr.Gajanan Sabnis, Professor Civil Engineering , Howard Univers ity, Washington DC, considered an authority on concrete, began by saying “Concrete roads are here to stay. The long pavement life makes it a sustainable option.” He was of the opinion that sustainability of concrete pavements is something that is to be looked at from a long term perspective. He added further that concrete pavement systems will require very low maintenance and as such their impact on environment is very small. Dr.Thomas Van Dam, of Michigan Technological University, one of the American experts who had come for addressing the seminar pointed out that “You have to design a structure so that it


Concrete Roads & White Toppings: Hold Immense Possibilities for India

Back-breaking drives on pot-holed filled blacktopped roads may soon be a thing of past on Indian cities.

The encouraging results of pilot projects on white-topping that has been undertaken in a few cities including Bengaluru and Mumbai has meant that white-topping of roads would become fairly commonplace in India.

To put it in simple terms, white-topping road involves laying a concrete surface and then giving it a white coating. White-topping is a common procedure in Europe and America where there are thousands of kilometers of roads that have benefited from the concept. Not only are white-topped roads pot-hole free, they are also skid resistant and help in reducing fuel and maintenance expenses.

Contrary to popular perception, concrete roads are not a recent phenomenon. Historical references point out to concrete roads being built by Romans way back in time during 300 Bc-


lasts under the traffic that you anticipate.” He went on to add that “You can have the best design, the best materials, but if you built it (roads) poorly, it will fail,” stressing on the importance of the right engineering methodology.

Going into detail as to how concrete roads have already made an appearance in India, Mr.Suneel Vanikar, FHWA, Office of Pavement Technology, Washington DC, said “I have come across several news reports on concrete roads in India. The case for them has been made in several quarters.” He went on to tell the select gathering about how the US had been inspired by Europe when it came to adopting concrete pavements in a major way, particularly German and Austria. Mr.Vanikar dwelling on the two-lift projects spoke about the fact that concrete roads and white topping was a

176174

Concrete Roads & White Toppings

A.K.Jain, Senior Consultant, Ultratech Cement

Jayasankar, GM (Technical Services)UltraTech & Chairman ICI TNCC Dr.Thomas Van Dam, Michigan Technological University Suneel Vanikar, FHWA, Office of pavement technology, Washington, DC

Hold Immense Possibilities for India

Dr.Gajanan Sabnis, Professor, Civil Engineering,Howard University, Washington DC

experts during the round table pointed out how concrete overlays restore the rideabaility of existing pavements, which have suffered long due to rutting and deformation in addition to addressing other issues such as improving thetexture of roads. With the concept fast catching up with policy makers, the con-cept of concrete roads with white top-pings is all set to increase in the country. The recent times have seen rapid devel-opments in the field of production and lay-ing of concrete, which in turn favour con-crete overlays as a cost-effective and sus-tainable road construction option for a country like India. Plus the fact that the country produces about 250 million tonnes of cement, which is among the highest in the world, has set the ball roll-ing for concrete roads with white topping in the country.

Roundtable Roundtable


�In today's Modern World the “Construction Industries”

are in need for good supply for quality products to the

market in order to stand strong. Basic blend products

like OPC / blended special cement etc in the case of

specialty construction aim for quality assurance.

The advanced technology is compelled to include the micro

ingredients in building products formulation to enhance

Fast processing at site Building performance

The surface finish & Durability of the structure

Toshniwal offers the new generation powder mixing

equipment which works on “fluidized zone” principle

mixing technique. Their main characteristics are :

Batch mixing of high capacity for solid components

Use of more no. of mixing tools

Assurance for the homogeneity of supplementary substances in PPM range by mass

Gentle action hence assurance for no temperature increase and suitable for sensitive ingredients inclusion.

The Mixer has proven record for the building materials and

construction care products like

Dry Mortar Integral Water Proofing CompoundRenders Grouts Flour HardenerWall Plasters Repairing MortarWall Putty (Dry) Tile Joining CompoundFloor Screeds Thermal insulation productsSkim Coats Fire Proof CementBlended Cement Wall Paper Compounds

The company also supports new entrepreneurs those who

are willing to launch their product by offering them Medium

sized batch mixing plant on job work basis to blend as per

their requirement.

M/S. Toshniwal Systems & Instruments Pvt Ltd267, Kilpauk Garden Road, Chennai - 600 010, India.Phone: 91-44-26445626 / 26448983Email: [email protected] / Web: www.toshniwal.net

Right Mixing Technique

Further details from:

Building Material Construction Care

Communication Feature

To Make Good Things

Even Better

Toshniwal

RAnand

Text Box

476 AD. Innovative materials including 'Pozzolana'cement from a village Pozzouli near Italy with the use of horse hairs as fibres in concrete and primitive forms of admixtures including, animal blood, milk and fat were used by the Romans, which in fact led to the famous adage “ all roads lead to Rome”.

The success of white-topped roads in the USA is a fascinating case study in itself, something that is worthy of emulation, by a country like India, which is in the midst of its largest ever road-building spree. The intricacies involved in the process, along with the various related aspects that are involved were bought out in detail in a recent roundtable on “Concrete Roads & Toppings- Experience and Success in USA', c o n d u c t e d b y l e a d i n g c e m e n t manufacturer, Ultra Tech Cement. The round table saw experts from the USA share their experience on white topped roads with a select audience.

Welcoming the audience and the speakers, Mr.Vijay Shankar, General Manager (Technical Services) Ultra Tech and Chairman, Indian Concrete Institute, Tamil Nadu Centre, gave an insight into the various divisions of the Aditya Birla Group. He highlighted how Ultra Tech has today grown into becoming among the top 2 cement manufacturers in the country. Speaking about the company's state-of-the-art R & D Centre at Taloj near Mumbai he explained how the company was “focused on sustainability”.

Stressing on the growing importance of white topped roads, Mr.A.K.Jain, Senior Consultant of Ultratech Cement spoke about the increasing number of concrete roads in India. “It was a bold

The US Success Story

Expert Speak

proven technology. “1000s of kilometers of overlay stand testimony to the technology,” quipped Mr.Vanikar on the subject. Mr.Vanikar pointed out to the steps that are needed for the success of such projects including, evaluating the pavement in place, choosing the right type of overlay, repair any damage-if needed, preparing the interface, cutting joints, and curing, as part of the successful procedure for concrete white topped roads.

The technology has wide ranging implications for a country like India, where conditions of roads are appalling in some areas. Apart from its use in laying new roads, white topping can also help in restoring or increasing the load carrying capacity or both of existing roads. The

Huge Potential

decision to create the NHDP program in 1999 by the then government,” he said before going into the details of the various other similar initiatives including the NHAI, Expressways, and PMGSY. Speaking about the challenges faced today he said “ The trucks in our country cover on an average 300-400 kms per day against 700-800 kms in countries where good roads are available,” before he went on to explain how concrete roads with white topping can help in ending this anomaly.

The rising price of bitumen was another facet that was highlighted by Mr.Jain. He pointed out how estimates projected the rate of bitumen would be around 1, 80,000 per ton by 2021, prices which would not be economically viable for the country. “Cement is available locally throughout the country. Good quality aggregates is another thing that is available in India. We can create world-class concrete or rigid pavements in India,” remarked Mr.Jain highlighting the cost benefits of the technology during his address.

Dr.Gajanan Sabnis, Professor Civil Engineering , Howard Univers ity, Washington DC, considered an authority on concrete, began by saying “Concrete roads are here to stay. The long pavement life makes it a sustainable option.” He was of the opinion that sustainability of concrete pavements is something that is to be looked at from a long term perspective. He added further that concrete pavement systems will require very low maintenance and as such their impact on environment is very small. Dr.Thomas Van Dam, of Michigan Technological University, one of the American experts who had come for addressing the seminar pointed out that “You have to design a structure so that it


Concrete Roads & White Toppings: Hold Immense Possibilities for India

Back-breaking drives on pot-holed filled blacktopped roads may soon be a thing of past on Indian cities.

The encouraging results of pilot projects on white-topping that has been undertaken in a few cities including Bengaluru and Mumbai has meant that white-topping of roads would become fairly commonplace in India.

To put it in simple terms, white-topping road involves laying a concrete surface and then giving it a white coating. White-topping is a common procedure in Europe and America where there are thousands of kilometers of roads that have benefited from the concept. Not only are white-topped roads pot-hole free, they are also skid resistant and help in reducing fuel and maintenance expenses.

Contrary to popular perception, concrete roads are not a recent phenomenon. Historical references point out to concrete roads being built by Romans way back in time during 300 Bc-


lasts under the traffic that you anticipate.” He went on to add that “You can have the best design, the best materials, but if you built it (roads) poorly, it will fail,” stressing on the importance of the right engineering methodology.

Going into detail as to how concrete roads have already made an appearance in India, Mr.Suneel Vanikar, FHWA, Office of Pavement Technology, Washington DC, said “I have come across several news reports on concrete roads in India. The case for them has been made in several quarters.” He went on to tell the select gathering about how the US had been inspired by Europe when it came to adopting concrete pavements in a major way, particularly German and Austria. Mr.Vanikar dwelling on the two-lift projects spoke about the fact that concrete roads and white topping was a

176174

Concrete Roads & White Toppings

A.K.Jain, Senior Consultant, Ultratech Cement

Jayasankar, GM (Technical Services)UltraTech & Chairman ICI TNCC Dr.Thomas Van Dam, Michigan Technological University Suneel Vanikar, FHWA, Office of pavement technology, Washington, DC

Hold Immense Possibilities for India

Dr.Gajanan Sabnis, Professor, Civil Engineering,Howard University, Washington DC

experts during the round table pointed out how concrete overlays restore the rideabaility of existing pave-ments, which have suffered long due to rutting and deformation in addition to addressing other issues such as improving the texture of roads. With the concept fast catching up with policy makers, the concept of concrete roads with white top-pings is all set to increase in the country. The recent times have seen rapid devel-opments in the field of production and lay-ing of concrete, which in turn favour con-crete overlays as a cost-effective and sus-tainable road construction option for a country like India. Plus the fact that the country produces about 250 million tonnes of cement, which is among the highest in the world, has set the ball roll-ing for concrete roads with white topping in the country.

Roundtable Roundtable

High-tenacity Polyester Yarn

Double Layer PVC

Backside With Double

Protective Lacquering

Double Layer PVC

Frontside Double InkAbsorption Lacquering

LUCKY INTERNATIONALLUCKY INTERNATIONALTensile Fabric Roofing Specialist

Raises the Bar Higher

Tensile fabric architecture and textile construction is an area that is rapidly finding an increasing

number of takers globally. Lucky International has been a trendsetter and industry leader in this highly specialized field. The company offers a range of laminated textiles including, PVDC, PVC, PU, and acrylic coated fabrics, which find wide application in architectural structures, gazebos, market tents, structure for tents, etc. The company is also leading name in the production and supply of PVC Coated Paper and Paper Board, which find wide application in book binding and dairies. Speaking exclusively to the Masterbuilder, Mr.Puneet Jhaveri, who heads Lucky International, gave an insight into the company's products and future plans. Here are excerpts from the interview.

India is predominantly a sunny country during most part of the year. Then there are rains for some 3-5 months. Hence, you can understand- that some kind of shade is required to protect against this heat and rains. This is where

What are your views on the growth of fabric roofing industry in India?

pools, warehouses, etc.

Lucky International, part of Jhaveri Group, is a diversified business entity dealing in Technical Textiles, PVC Coated Paper & related product. We are merchant exporter and importer for these products. For more than five decades, our group has been at the forefronts of the Coating & Laminating Industry. Our grandfather, Mr. Rajmal Jhaveri la id the foundation for Dharampur Leather Cloth Co Ltd, which was Original Equipment (O.E.) supplier of PVC Coated Fabrics to Indian Railways, Defense, automobile industry, etc.

Give us a brief insight about Lucky International.

these Tensile Shade Structures come into play. Apart from offering protection against heat, dust, and rain, they are also aesthetically pleasing.

With the growth of the IT industry in the recent years, there has been an increased demand for these products. The Indian market is demanding a wide range of high quality products that are able to withstand extreme weather conditions while being durable and maintenance friendly.

You see these architectural fabrics used in various tensile structures, tent, and temporary roofing projects like sun awnings, gazebos, structures for restaurants, market tents, swimming


Interaction

Lucky International Tensile Fabric Roofing Specialist Raises the Bar Higher

Mr.K.V.SrikanthSr.Sales Manager, Doka

life of the product. It has a self cleaning property, hence no need to use the services of an expert or expensive cleaning detergents.

SIOEN has the entire production process under one roof, from the raw fabric and pigment pastes to coating and processing the technical textile. Firstly, with respect to the coating layer or protective layer, consisting of polymers in liquid or solid form - with SIOEN Chemicals- they produce all pastes, varnishes and granules themselves. Second, with respect to the carrier or substrate, in the form of a woven or knitted fabric or non-woven item - SIOEN has one spinning mill and 3 weaving mills. Finally, with respect to the coating technology: this includes the entire process of applying the coating layer to the substrate- SIOEN specializes in 5 coating techniques

In the recently concluded Olympics in Beijing, China, SIOEN's fabrics were extensively used for the tent structures.

SIOEN has been following a pro-active environmental policy. The company's slogan for many years now h a s b e e n ' P r o t e c t i o n t h r o u g h Innovation'. They produce products that p r o t e c t h u m a n b e i n g s , t h e i r environment, and their possessions and do so in an environmentally friendly way.

The group is making increasing use of re c yc l i n g a n d e n e rg y re co ve r y technologies. Coating sites are fitted with distillation and combustion towers, which minimize exhausts and recover hot air which can be used to pre-heat ovens. At Ardooie, contaminated solvents from cleaning paste tubs are distilled for re-use and we use heat exchangers. The new extension at Ardooie (Veranneman production hall plus storage warehouse) is fitted with electricity generating solar panels.

Please give us examples of major International projects done with SIOEN Fabrics.

Tell us about the green initiatives of the company.

of technical textiles. It is the largest manufacturer of Coated Fabrics (> than 80 mn SQM p.a.). With a Euro 349 million turnover, the company has 38 subsidiaries in 14 countries, with more than 4,600 employees and sales in over 90 countries. SIOEN Industries also owns a color pigments manufacturing plant.

Our PVC Coated Fabric is a Nine Layer fabric. The high tenacity Polyester Fabric is coated with 2 layers of PVC on both sides and then lacquered with 2 layers of Protective film on each side.

Its applications include, architectural structures, sun awnings, gazebos, structures for restaurants, market tents, tarpaulins for truck containers, partition walls, inflatables games and promotions, car boxes, balloons, swimming pools, etc.

SIOEN's product line is backed by solid research by an experienced R & D team. The Tensile Fabric is coated with 2 layers of PVDF on both sides of High Tenacity Polyester Fabric which is also treated to low wick.

It has excellent UV- which adds to the

What is the specialty of your product?

What makes your products and services superior to the others?

Another group company by the name Coated Sales Co Pvt Ltd, specializes in the manufacturing of PVC Coated Fabrics and P VC C o ate d Pa p e r fo r va r i o u s applications like tents, awnings, canopies, inflatables, balloon, umbrella, auto& jeep hoods, book binding, etc.

We have tied up with the world's largest manufacturer of Coated Fabrics- SIOEN Industries, Belgium. It's a win- win situation for both of us- with SIOEN's technically advanced products and our market presence of so many years and e x p e r t i s e . W e a r e e x c l u s i v e representative of SIOEN for Tent, tensile membrane and truck tarpaulins fabrics.

Headquartered in Ardooie, Belgium- SIOEN Industries is a diversified stock quoted group with an extensive portfolio of products and activities: spinning, weaving and coating, manufacturing of clothing, production of fine chemicals and processing of technical textiles.

SIOEN Industries is a world leader in coated technical textiles. The company has strong specialization in high end technical apparel. It is a specialist in fine chemicals and global player in processing

Tell us about your principal SIOEN Industries.

SIOEN headquarter located in Ardooie, Belgium

World leader in PVC knife coating we are committed tosupply best materials to our international customership.


Interaction

Columbia Pakona Engineering Pvt.Ltd

Cemseal System & Sales (Webac)

RAnand

Text Box

Site Report


SCM, during a meeting with the Fayat team stated “We wanted to graduate and keep our leadership position in the market. India's road construction industry is quite dynamic and the standards are ever-raising. Strategic investment into the right crucial tool like the asphalt plant is therefore a must. We have realized that it is impossible to be profitable without being efficient and green. MARINI MAC featured several energy efficient features and carbon saving technology that we were convinced about the plant being the right tool to keep up with the vision of our company.”

Stating his views Mr. Haribabu - VP Transportation, a key member of the decision making team observed, “ The decision for MARINI asphalt plants were taken because they have excellent track record in India, as well as world-wide. To ensure our bottom lines, we needed our project durations to be shortened, as much as possible. This calls for a highly efficient, productive, and reliable asphalt plant. Once the plant is on project site, project handling, commissioning, and testing procedures need to be done very efficiently to save time. The plant must be bang on the job and produce quality mix, as each day costs the contractor a lot… and that is exactly what MARINI MAC did.”

Ramky's MARINI MAC has been supplied with state-of-the-art features. The plant is capable of producing futuristic and low carbon emitting mixes; recycled asphalt mixes with up to 35 percent RAP content with traditional specification mixes. The plant features dual storage facilities to stock reclaimed filler. This feature was particularly important for Ramky, as they didn't want to have a plant with a top-notch bag filter but then have dust fly all over and around the asphalt plant. A 36 Cbm foreign filler silo with


Site Report - MARINI MAC 200 - State of-the-art Efficiency Delivered

Site Report

landmark record that was achievedby Ramky in the project is that the MARINI MAC 200 plant was installed in a record number of hours. The plant, installed by India's leading sustainable development focused company, has been delivered with a host of special features that are aimed at improving productivity and at the same time reduce fuel consumption.

The record time in which the plant was erected and commissioned has come as a pleasant surprise for everyone involved with the project. Said Mr.L.Narayanel, Senior Manager Resources from Ramky, who till now was used to seeing asphalt plants take

around 45-60 days to be erected and commissioned in the country, “ We erected and commissioned the plant in a record 20 days time. MAC's modular design facilitates quick set-up and thanks to the pre-wired and pre-tested units, it was all plug and play, “before adding, “All the components fit so well w i t h o u t t h e n e e d f o r f i e l d modifications. In addition, the plant's control system help diagnose plant problems with ease.”

S p e a k i n g a b o u t t h e p l a n tMr.Y.Nagaraja - Managing Director, Ramky Infrastructure had recently said, “O u r co m p a ny i s fo c u s ed o n sustainable development and we found in Fayat Group the right partner”. The recent addition of Green asphalt plants from MARINI have further fortified Ramky's image in terms of a green company. The management team at Ramky did a thorough analysis of the various aspects before opting for the MAC asphalt plant.

Describing the process of selection of the plant Mr.Mahendra Kumar - VP-

The MARINI MAC Series of hot mix asphalt plants, known for their superior energy efficiency

and design have been making waves in recent times. Ramky Infrastructure Ltd, one of the leading infrastructure development companies in the country, has been the latest to experience the immense benefits of the series. Ramky has recently installed, the largest plant of theirfleet- there are no prizes for guessing, - the MARINI MAC 200 for their Moradabad project.

Incidentally, the plant is now known as the greenest asphalt plant installed in North India. Another impressive

Site Report - MARINI MAC 200 -State of-the-art Efficiency Delivered

"If something goes wrong, the

control system will indicate exactly

when a motor came on, the amps it was

drawing, and when it was turned off.

When you have a problem, this control

system saves you a lot of time and

trouble. Instead of running around all

over the plant trying to see what

has gone wrong, you just go to the

screen, and the control system will

tell you. That way, you know exactly

where to start to make the repair."

Mr. Soundarraj reiterated the fact that

the plant is state-of-the-art, before

rounding off saying “It is a great piece

of work and is exactly what Ramky

wanted”.

feeding arrangement for both filler bags and bulk conveying along with modified bitumen handling tanks come as standard on MARINI plants supplied in India.

This New Generation MARINI plant has being designed to perform at very high efficiency. The plant is configured to work on the highly acclaimed heavy/waste oil firing system of MARINI, which helps customers realize huge savings on production costs. The waste heat recovery system, advanced blue flame assisted burner system, highly efficient bitumen heating system, ensure that Ramky's production costs are always unbeatable.

Thomas LöfflerCEO bC Expo India

“This result shows clearly that our decision to launch bC India just came at the right time at the right place. Furthermore, the number of exhibitors as well as the feedback from all participants evidence impressively that bC India truly is a new dimension for the construction industry.”

?????????

bC India 2011 gets a thumbs -up from CE Industry

BC 2011: Post Event Report


petence in the organization of interna-

tional trade fairs for construction

machinery. In Munich, it hosts bauma,

the world's leading trade fair for the sec-

tor. In Shanghai, it organizes bauma

China, the leading event of its kind for

the Asian market. For the Indian mar-

ket bC India represents the compe-

tence of MMI. AEM has an ownership

stake in and/or manages several world-

class exhibitions, including CONEXPO-

CON/AGG, one of the world's largest

gathering places for the construction

and construction materials industries. bC

India 2011 marked the coming together

of these two globally reputable orga-

If there was any proof required of

India's growing prowess as the coun-

try to watch out for in the near

future when it comes to construction

equipment, it was clearly evident by

the resounding success of the bC India

show held 8 to 11 February 2011 at the

Bandra Kurla Complex in Mumbai. The

show exceeded all expectations and

went onto reiterate, once again, the

coming of age of the Indian construc-

tion equipment industry.

More than 22,000 visitors from 69

countries attended the first edition of

the International Trade Fair for con-

struction machinery, building materials

machines, mining machines, and con-

struction vehicles. The event was a

jo int venture between Messe

Munchen International (MMI) and the

Association of Equipment Manufactur-

ers (AEM). MMI has built up global com-

nizers for a truly epoch making event in

the annals of Indian CE industry.

The importance of India as a market

for world-class construction equip-

ment was aptly bought out by Mr.

Eugen Egetenmeir, Member, Manage-

ment Board, Messe Munchen GmbH,

when he had during an interaction with

the Masterbuilder said, “Messe

Munchen has made strategic decisions

to organize successful trade fairs in

countries where there is an appropri-

ate demand. This has inevitably led the

most successful construction machin-

ery fair in the world to the booming eco-

nomic market of India, “a sentiment,

which was shared by almost every over-

seas exhibitor at the event.

The event only went on to reiterate

the burgeoning growth of the construc-

tion equipment market in India, which

had hit new highs in 2010. The industry

had reportedly hit an all time high

when 58, 715 machines were sold in

Growing Might of Indian CE Market

2010, which was a remarkable 42 per-

cent jump over the preceding year. Mar-

ket buoyancy and increased expecta-

tions made the event one of the most

eagerly awaited in recent times. The

tone for the show was set during the

inaugural address by Eugen Egetenmeir,

who during his inaugural address

remarked, “With this level of participa-

tion, we can say it is a real success.”

Thomas Löffler, Chief Executive

Officer of the show organizer bC Expo

India and Deputy CEO of MMI India

highlighted the success of the event

when he observed during his address

“This result shows clearly that our

decision to launch bC India just came

at the right time at the right place. Fur-

thermore, the number of exhibitors as

well as the feedback from all partici-

pants evidence impressively that bC

India truly is a new dimension for the

construction industry.”

The Union Minister for Urban

Development, Mr.Kamal Nath unfortu-

nately could not make it to the inaugu-

ral function due to foggy conditions

affecting the take off of his aircraft in

New Delhi. His absence was made up

by the presence of Dr.Leopold-Theodor

Heldman, Consulate General of Ger-

many in Mumbai, who during his inau-

gural address drew the attention to the

pace of progress of India, which accord-

ing to him “ we have only in China,”

before adding “ India will become one

of the largest economies in the world.”

Expressing his views on the occa-

sion Mr.Bhagwan Deokar, President ,

the Builder's Association of India said , “

We need technology in construction

and technology in machinery to come

bC India 2011 gets abC India 2011 gets aThumbs-up from IndustryThumbs-up from IndustryThumbs-up from Industry

Bhagwan DeokarPresident,

The Builder's Association of India

We need technology in construction and technology in machinery to come here”

The inaugural bC India show exceeded all expectations, mirroring the growth of the CE sector in the country. The Masterbuilder team was present in full strength during the show, covering the premiere event in detail from its booths at the venue. As part of our post event reportage we bring to you a host of valuable information on the products, technologies, services, and people that made the bC India show a grand success.


Thomas LöfflerCEO bC Expo India

“This result shows clearly that our decision to launch bC India just came at the right time at the right place. Furthermore, the number of exhibitors as well as the feedback from all participants evidence impressively that bC India truly is a new dimension for the construction industry.”

?????????




petence in the organization of inter-

national trade fairs for construction

machinery. In Munich, it hosts bauma,

the world's leading trade fair for the sec-

tor. In Shanghai, it organizes bauma

China, the leading event of its kind for

the Asian market. For the Indian mar-

ket bC India represents the compeof

tence of MMI. AEM has an owner-

ship stake in and/or manages several

world-class exhibitions, including

CONEXPO-CON/AGG, one of the

world's largest gathering places for the

construction and construction materials

industries. bC India 2011 marked the

coming together of these two globally

If there was any proof required of

India's growing prowess as the coun-

try to watch out for in the near

future when it comes to construction

equipment, it was clearly evident by

the resounding success of the bC India

show held 8 to 11 February 2011 at the

Bandra Kurla Complex in Mumbai. The

show exceeded all expectations and

went onto reiterate, once again, the

coming of age of the Indian construc-

tion equipment industry.

More than 22,000 visitors from 69

countries attended the first edition of

the International Trade Fair for con-

struction machinery, building materials

machines, mining machines, and con-

struction vehicles. The event was a

jo int venture between Messe

Munchen International (MMI) and the

Association of Equipment Manufactur-

ers (AEM). MMI has built up global com

nizers for a truly epoch making

event in the annals of Indian CE indus-

try.

The importance of India as a market

for world-class construction equip-

ment was aptly bought out by Mr.

Eugen Egetenmeir, Member, Manage-

ment Board, Messe Munchen GmbH,

when he had during an interaction with

the Masterbuilder said, “Messe

Munchen has made strategic decisions

to organize successful trade fairs in

countries where there is an appropri-

ate demand. This has inevitably led the

most successful construction machin-

ery fair in the world to the booming eco-

nomic market of India, “a sentiment,

which was shared by almost every over-

seas exhibitor at the event.

The event only went on to reiterate

the burgeoning growth of the construc-

tion equipment market in India, which

had hit new highs in 2010. The industry

had reportedly hit an all time high

Growing Might of Indian CE Market

2010, which was a remarkable 42

percent jump over the preceding year.

Market buoyancy and increased expec-

tations made the event one of the most

eagerly awaited in recent times. The

tone for the show was set during the

inaugural address by Eugen Egetenmeir,

who during his inaugural address

remarked, “With this level of participa-

tion, we can say it is a real success.”

Thomas Löffler, Chief Executive

Officer of the show organizer bC Expo

India and Deputy CEO of MMI India

highlighted the success of the event

when he observed during his address

“This result shows clearly that our

decision to launch bC India just came

at the right time at the right place. Fur-

thermore, the number of exhibitors as

well as the feedback from all partici-

pants evidence impressively that bC

India truly is a new dimension for the

construction industry.”

The Union Minister for Urban

Development, Mr.Kamal Nath unfortu-

nately could not make it to the inaugu-

ral function due to foggy conditions

affecting the take off of his aircraft in

New Delhi. His absence was made up

by the presence of Dr.Leopold-

Theodor Heldman, Consulate General

of Germany in Mumbai, who during his

inaugural address drew the attention

to the pace of progress of India, which

according to him “ we have only in

China,” before adding “ India will

become one of the largest economies

in the world.”

Expressing his views on the occa-

sion Mr.Bhagwan Deokar, President ,

the Builder's Association of India said , “

We need technology in construction

bC India 2011 gets abC India 2011 gets aThumbs-up from IndustryThumbs-up from IndustryThumbs-up from Industry

Bhagwan DeokarPresident,

The Builder's Association of India

We need technology in construction and technology in machinery to come here”

The inaugural bC India show exceeded all expectations, mirroring the growth of the CE sector in the country. The Masterbuilder team was present in full strength during the show, covering the premiere event in detail from its booths at the venue. As part of our post event reportage we bring to you a host of valuable information on the products, technologies, services, and people that made the bC India show a grand success.


nologies. The show was marked by the

demonstration of a wide variety of con-

struction equipment including, lifting,

concrete making, pneumatics, hydrau-

lic power tools, material handling and

earthmoving equipment. These cate-

gories apart, the bC India 2011 show

also saw the enthusiastic participation

of several firms dealing with construc-

tion vehicles. The positive sentiments

shared by a majority of the exhibitors

were aptly put forward by Mr. Michael

Schmid-Lindenmayer, Managing Direc-

tor, Putzmeister India when he quipped

“We had crowds of visitors at our stand,

and lots of contacts, including many

new customers. The quality of the visi-

tors was very good. India definitely

needed bC India. We shall certainly be

taking part again next time, with a

stand of at least the same size."

The event saw several companies

hold press meetings, either at the con-

ference halls that were available in the

venue or in their respective stalls. With

interest levels on the higher side,

thanks to the presence of the strong

'bauma' brand name, the event

received widespread media coverage,

here” and went on to explain how latest

technology will help the Indian economy

to grow at a rate of 8.5 to 9.5 percent.

Responding to very strong demand from exhibitors in the run-up to the show, the exhibition space for bC India had been extended to a total of around 88,000 square meters. In all, 508 exhib-itors from over 30 countries showcased their latest products and innovations in machinery and equipment for con-struction, mining and building materi-

International Participation

als. In addition to that the show is the most international event within the construction exhibition sector in India, as 70 percent of the registered exhibi-tors were headquartered outside of India.

The international character of this

trade fair was further underlined by the

fact that it saw the participation of

nine national pavilions from Australia,

China, Finland, France, Germany, Italy,

Korea, Spain and the United Kingdom,

all showcasing state-of-the-art tech-

nology produced in these countries.

The joint venture partners were

also highly satisfied with the outcome

of the show. “bC India proves to be a

premium platform for the construction

machinery industry in India by setting

new organizational standards,” said

Eugen Egetenmeir, Managing Director

of MMI. Dennis Slater, President of

AEM, added: “The overall numbers are

outstanding. I am convinced that bC

India will indeed play a very important

role in the Indian market in the near

future.”

The show offered just about the per-

fect platform for global giants, as well

as several first time exhibitors to show-

case their products, services, and tech-


Dennis SlaterPresident of AEM

“ T h e o v e r a l l n u m b e r s a r e outstanding. I am convinced that bC India will indeed play a very important role in the Indian market in the near future.”

Michael Schmid-LindenmayerManaging Director, Putzmeister Inida

“We had crowds of visitors at our stand, and lots of contacts, including many new customers. The quality of the visitors was very good. India definitely needed bC India




Maco Coporation India Pvt.Ltd

Realm Intermediates (P) Ltd


both from the print and electronic

media.

The event also gave an insight into

the organizational skills of the key orga-

nizers. Almost every exhibitor was sat-

isfied with the indoor and outdoor exhi-

bition area. "The organization has been

perfect and we are enjoying a first-class

exhibition. I recommend this event to

all equipment manufacturers. We will

come back", said José Luis del Prim,

CEO of Enarco, and President of the

Committee for European Construction

Equipment CECE.Mr. Liang Weisen,

Managing Director, Liugong, China

lauded the organizers when he said

"Congratulations on a successful

launch of bC India. We are impressed

by the quality of Indian and interna-

tional visitors as well as the strong par-

ticipation of local and international

companies." High praise for the event

also came from Dr Christof Kemmann,

Chairman of the VDMA Construction

Equipment and Building Material

Machinery Industry Association and

CEO BHS Sonthofen, Germany, who

observed "I am deeply impressed and

very excited about what the organizers

have achieved here. We had lots of cus-

Organization Draws Praise

tomer contacts and many new leads.

Our expectation is that bC India, just

like bauma China, will grow and estab-

lish itself in the Indian market."

The choice of Mumbai as the venue also came in for praise from several quarters. “So far, Mumbai hasn't had a good fair and bC India has filled that gap,” observed Mr.V.G.Sakthi Kumar, Chief Operating Officer, Schwing Stetter, Germany's Indian subsidiary. The central location could mean that exhibitors and visitors from virtually every nook and corner of the country had a presence in the event. The event has also reportedly drawn visitors from as far away as the Gulf countries.

That a lot of thought had gone into

ensuring quality business visitors was

evident from how the visitors had been

divided into different categories. By

offering free of cost pre-registration

and charging an entrance fee to non

pre-registered visitors, a high profes-

sional level of business visitors was

achieved. "The quality of visitors has

been extremely good thanks to the

restricted entry policy", said Mr. V.

Venkataramana, Vice-President of

Puzzolana, a thought that was shared

by Mr. Ramesh Palagiri, Managing

Director and CEO of Wirtgen India,

added: “All visitors at our booth were

100 per cent quality visitors." E. Moses,

Business Development Head, Kobelco,

Japan, seconded these views when he

chipped in saying "Most of the footfall

has been meaningful and related.

Being a part of this exhibition is very

important for our company in particu-

lar."

Another interesting coincidence

about the entire event was the time

that it was held. It could not have been

Perfect Timing

V.G.Sakthi KumarChief Operating Officer, Schwing Stetter India

“So far, Mumbai hasn't had a good fair and bC India has filled that gap,”

V. VenkataramanaVP, Puzzolana

"The quality of visitors has been extremely good thanks to the restricted entry policy"

bC India 2011 gets a thumbs -up from CE IndustrybC India 2011 gets a thumbs -up from CE Industry


more perfectly timed, since the econ-

omy has now almost completely recov-

ered from the lull that was experienced

during the global economic downturn

and the government being bullish

about infrastructure projects. Thomas

Furtado, Group General Manager,

Greaves Cotton Limited, India put

things into perspective when he

observed "bC India is very unique as

bauma and CONEXPO came together it

surely is a good thing. As the Indian mar-

ket is very strong right now, bC India

came just at the right time. All the big

names are here." With plans to pump in

funds to the tune of US 1 trillion in the

12th Plan Period (2012-17), things

could not have been better planned,

when it came to the staging of an event

of this magnitude.

With the global economy well and

truly on the recovery path and with

infrastructure development activities

in India on an overdrive, the event has

come as a shot in the arm for the rap-

idly growing construction equipment

industry in the country. For exhibitors

the event offered the perfect launch

pad for the hectic future that is on offer

in the form of the Indian construction

and mining equipment market. Going

into the trend that was observed Mr.

Raj Lakhani, Managing Director, Peri

Germany, Indian subsidiary explained

"We had customers from different

parts of the country at our booth. More

than 90 per cent of who were quality

visitors. bC India has the potential to

become the major platform here in

India." Similar sentiments were shared

by Mr. Prashant Nair, Marketing Man-

ager, Mahindra & Mahindra, India,

when he said "The quality of the visi-

tors was good. Such exhibitions are

important as they add value to our busi-

ness."

The Indian construction and mining

equipment industry has been growing

by leaps and bounds in recent years

and it has received the necessary stim-

ulus through the successful conduct of

bC India 2011. The epoch making event

promises to return in a bigger and

improved form a couple of years down

the line. The event has already set the

benchmark higher for similar other

events that take place in the country.

The Masterbuilder, as ever has cov-

ered the event extensively for its read-

ers. The Masterbuilder had an exclu-

sive stand in the event, manned by a

large contingent that had been assem-

bled from our various branches for

extensive coverage of the show. Read-

ers can find reports on the various par-

ticipants, new product launches and

one-on-one interaction with industry

big-wigs in this issue.

The Masterbuilder- Coverage

Raj LakhaniManaging Director, Peri India

"We had customers from different parts of the country at our booth. More than 90 per cent of who were quality visitors. bC India has the potential to become the major platform here in India."

Ramesh PalagiriManaging Director

and CEO of Wirtgen India

“All visitors at our booth were 100 per cent quality visitors."


bC India 2011 gets a thumbs -up from CE IndustrybC India 2011 gets a thumbs -up from CE Industry


Dragline Batching Plant. With a typical concrete output of 30 cubic metres per hour, the plant features a Planetary Mixer, comprising of hydraulic operated discharge doors, interchangeable wear resisting linings, reversible mixing blades, round mixing arms in NiCr spe-cial steel and inspection covers for easy maintenance, among others.

Speaking exclusively to the Masterbuilder on the sidelines of the bC India 2011 show, Mr.K.Vijay, Managing Director of the company gave insights into the new launch and its future plans. Here are excerpts from the interview.

I am very happy with the show. This time around, quite a spectrum of com-panies is participating in the show. I see

On the bC India 2011 Show

without a doubt a very large European presence. It is perhaps because of the 'bauma' and the fact that the European market has shrunk recently, that they are focusing towards overseas markets.

It is a good sign to note that only seri-ous visitors are coming to our stall. In fact, every footfall has been very pro-ductive.

The new Dragline Plant is what we have added to our product range during this show. A dragline plant as a concept is not something new. What we have done in it is to add a Planetary Mixer. A Planetary Mixer vis-à-vis a Turbo Mixer is a much better product both in terms of energy efficiency and the quality of mixing. We have a tie up with a reputed European company called Euro Star for the product. Planetary mixers from the company are well-known globally and we are making them in India.

The dragline plant comes with a spe-cial customized control system, which is more operator-friendly. Moreover, cus-tomers are assured that it is backed by a well known company with high brand equity.

With the addition of the dragline plant, we have the complete range of batching plants. We already had several

On the visitor profile at bC India 2011 Show

On the New Product Launch

On the Company's Product Range


Ajax Fiori Engineering (I) Pvt Ltd is one of the leading construction equipment manufacturers in

India. The company manufactures a wide range of equipment for the con-struction industry including, self-loading mobile concrete mixers, batching plants and site dumpers. Ajax Fiori machinery has been used for RMC operations, at building construction , canal lining, dam, road and other infra-structure construction projects, to name only a few. The company has a long standing Joint Venture with Fiori S.p.A of Italy, who have been prominent in the global market for well over six decades now.

The company displayed its entire range of products during the recently held bC India 2011 show. The centre piece of its booth was its new launch

Ajax Fiori:One on-one with Mr.K.VijayManaging Director, Ajax Fiori at the bC India 2011 Show

Nicomac Doors Pvt. Ltd

Thermoshield India (P) Ltd

other concepts. This product comple-ments our existing range. We have a solution for every kind of batching plant activity now with the introduction of this new product.

We would not like to be tempted by the rise in demand for asphalt plants. We would like to have a clear identity as a concrete specialist. We want to stay focused on concrete.

Having said that, you must remem-ber that we already have a big presence in the road construction industry, par-ticularly in the Pradhan Mantri Gram Sadak Yojana - Rural Road Development Program. A lot of our machines can also be found in various urban projects too.

Being a new product concept, it has been a case of the application and the product developing together. Each has driven the growth of the other. Every time a company wanted a new applica-tion, it has driven us to do some kind of development on the product.

It is a of course a competitive market out there. But we are confident about our product range. We are looking to sustain a growth rate of30 percent annually. Our machines are working all over the country and we hope that with increased capacity, we will be able to match the market expectations and our production volumes in the near future.

We have a range of products that

are ideally suited for the African mar-

ket. These products are also suited for

the immediate markets around India.

Exports to these countries could be one

of the probable areas of focus for us in

the near future.

On Ajax Fiori's Focus Areas

On the Self-Loading Concrete Mixer

On Competition

On Future Plans


Ajax Fiori: One on-one with Mr.K.Vijay, Managing Director, Ajax Fiori at the bC India 2011 Show


ing rapid inroads in the Indian market

with its array of road construction

equipment, ranging from high quality

asphalt plants to compactors. Apart

from the Indian market, the brand is

now a familiar name elsewhere in the

Asia-Pacific region too. Explained

Mr.Rolf J.Jenny, “For the past two years,

we have grown rapidly in countries

such as China, Malaysia, Vietnam and

Thailand. We also have a major pres-

ence in Australia and even as far away

as New Zealand now.”

According to Mr.Rolf J.Jenny, the

spurt in road projects has meant that

an increasing number of people

involved in the road construction

sphere are now aware of the Ammann

brand. He also felt that the market has

now evolved, with a distinct change visi-

Ammann is a globally renowned

construction equipment brand

that has made a mark with its

range of high quality machines, sys-

tems, and services catering to the var-

ied needs of the construction industry.

The group, which has a rich legacy of

being in the forefront of introducing

technologically superior products since

1869, offers high quality asphalt mix

plants, concrete mixing plants, mineral

processing equipment, compact exca-

vators, and compaction equipment.

The group is now making aggressive

forays into the rapidly growing Indian

infrastructure scene. Ammann Group's

booth at the recently held bC India

2011 show was one of the busiest in the

event, with visitors envisaging keen

interest in their products. In an exclu-

s i v e i n t e r a c t i o n w i t h t h e

Masterbuilder, Mr.Rolf J.Jenny, Senior

Vice-President, Corporate Develop-

ment, Ammann, observed,” We have

had very good response. More and

more people are interested in our prod-

uct now, which gives us increased con-

fidence in offering a wide range of prod-

ucts for the Indian market.”

The Ammann Group has been mak-

AMM NN GROUPAThe Road Construction EquipmentSpecialist has Big Plans for India





ble in buyer behavior. He pointed out

that “the typical Indian customer is no

longer making buying decisions only

based on the price. Customers are now

looking for reliability, quality, prompt

after-sales technical support and lesser

downtime. All these factors have

meant that we have a competitive

advantage in this burgeoning market.”

The company has already installed

over 3,000 asphalt mixing plants glob-

ally, being a pioneer in the field, with its

strong R & D focus. Speaking about the

group's R & D initiatives Mr.Rolf Jenny

said “We have invested heavily on our

R & D Center in Switzerland. We have

been successful in introducing technol-

ogy with which asphalt can be pro-

duced at 115 degrees Celsius, instead

of the usually 170 degrees Celsius. This

means lesser energy consumption. We

already have completed 20 plants in

Europe and 6 plants in Australia, where

the technology has been put to use.”

He went on to add that the company

had plans to bring the technology to

India too in the near future.

Ammann offers a range of asphalt

mixing plants, ranging from mobile to

semi-mobile and stationary high per-

formance units, with capacities ranging

from 80 TPH to 400 TPH worldwide.

The company has also added paving

machinery to its product portfolio in

recent times. Mr.Rolf Jenny said that

the paving equipment could soon be

introduced for the Indian market too.

Ammann also offers state-of-the-art

compactors including single drum roll-

ers and pneumatic tyre rollers. High

compaction quality with a low number

of compaction runs is the distinguish-

ing features of these rollers which are

known to work efficiently even under

conditions of extreme duress. The high

efficiency pneumatic tyre rollers of

Ammann Group: The Road Construction Equipment Specialist has Big Plans for India

launched in Bauma Munich, has a role

to play, “observed Mr.Rolf Jenny. With 6

plants already working in various parts

of Europe and with asphalt recycling

picking up in a big way in other parts of

the world, the company intends to

launch the product in the Indian mar-

ket in the near future.

Ammann are capable of achieving com-

paction on both natural, as well as bitu-

minous asphalt layers.

Ammann has also recently come

out with its latest plant- the 100 %

recycler. “Once the roads are built, they

need to be maintained and this is

where the 100 % recycler, which we

The Masterbuilder Corporate Ad


impact with its wide range of products,

featuring latest technological innova-

tions from Russia. To fulfill the growing

demand of Indian customers for techni-

cally advanced M&IG industrial

products a 100% subs id iary -

Chetra Machinery India Pvt. Ltd was

established.

CHETRA had a nicely built stall, with the display of following popular model of machines in the stand.

Crawler Dozer with 90 hp power,

Model: VT90


Model: T20


Inauguration of the Stall

Model: T25

Pipe Layer with 65ton lifting capac-ity, Model: TG301

Undercarriage parts for Dozers & Pipe Layer.

All the Indian Dealers & Business associates were present in the CHETRA's exhibition stall and they could interact with potential customers. CHETRA's stall was inaugurated by Mr. Mikahil Rapota, Trade commission of Russia in India, in General counselor for Russia in India Mumbai, Mr. Alexey Novikov, Vice Presidents Association Of Equipment Manufacturers, Ms. Megan Tanel, in presence of Company's Vice Presidents Mr. Vladimir Lepin &

The bC India 2011 show focusing

on construction machinery for

the Indian subcontinent was a

resounding success which saw 508

exhibitors from over 30 countries show-

casing their latest product and technol-

ogy offerings. The show held from 8-11

February 2011 at the MMRDA Grounds,

Bandra Kurla Complex, Mumbai

attracted over 22,000 business visitors.

There were several companies for

whom this was the first time that they

participated in an Indian expo. Machin-

ery & Industrial Group N.V. (M&IG is a

producer of Russian industrial machines

CHETRA) was one amongst them, with

the company making an immediate

Announces Plans for ProductionUnit at the bC India 2011 Show

M&IG (A producer of Russian industrial machines CHETRA)

Ermotec International Pvt.Ltd

Pioneer India

Ramtec

RAnand

Text Box

Mr. Vadim Kalabashkin.

CEO of CHETRA Machinery India, Mr. Ben Callow did the presentation of products CHETRA's has exhibited during the show.“ Today the company offers dozers with the power range 90-590 hp, pipe layers with the lifting capacity 25-104 t for the pipelines with the tube diam. 200-1420 mm; wheel loaders with the bucket capacity 3. 5 to 6. 7 cm. and operating power range 140-600 hp; various types of special equipments for Pipeline cleaning, priming, heating & Insulation works; excavators with 23 ton operating capacity,” company CEO Mr.Ben Callow said during the stand inauguration. The main competitive advantages of the Russian machines are price, robust construction and the use of the best Russian technology, he added.

One of the highlights for the com-pany during the show was the visit by Dr. Mikahil Bolotin, President of M&IG, the holding company, who had visited the country for the expo.

During the show CHETRA launched its 90 hp dozer, VT90 for the Indian market.

CHETRA also launched its Indian edi-tion of Quarterly Corporate news Maga-zine during the expo.

CEHTRA Machinery & Industrial Group organized a Presentation and press meet on the first day evening to announce its long term plans for India and announced that Company will com-plete its assembly units set up in India by 2011 end. The session saw the com-pany's top management team give detailed presentations on the various products that it had on offer for the Indian market and its future plans.

CHETRA as a whole group has got a

Launches from CHETRA

Press meeting & Presentations

CHETRA M&IG's long terms plans for

India




types of special equipments for pipeline

cleaning, priming, heating & Insulation

works as well as excavators.

Innovative machines by M&IG are used in biggest state and private compa-nies of India, like KCC, Jaihind, Punj Lloyd, Coal India, etc. Company's share at the Indian pipe layer market has already reached 30 percent. As esti-mated by the market players, taking into account the demand of mining and con-struction industries, it may reach 40-50 per cent soon.

Speaking during the press meeting

M&IG Vice-president for global markets

Mr. Vladimir Lepin said that the estab-

lishment of the production unit will

strengthen Russian producer's position

not only in India, but in the whole South

East Asia region as well. Australia,

Malaysia, Indonesia, Thailand, and

South Korea have already shown special

interest in Russian CHETRA machines.

“By the end of 2015 the number of

yearly produced machines will have

reached 200”, said Mr. Lepin at the pre-

sentation of the project. “Besides, Rus-

sian specialists will carry out educa-

tional and qualification-raising pro-

grams for the Indian engineers partici-

pating in CHETRA production and ser-

vices,” he added.

Russian Trade Representative in India Mr. Rapota emphasized the impor-tance of such international projects that promote scientific and technical co-operation of the two countries. “I am absolutely sure that the future Russian machinery production unit in India will cover the demand for these highly com-petitive industrial machines and become the contribution of the Russian machine-builders into the economy of the partner state.” The company is expected to come out with the formal announcement of the exact location of the production unit in the near future.

wide range of machines in 40 various

product lines. Today the group holding

company “Machinery & Industrial Group

N.V” has become the 3rd largest indus-

trial machinery manufacturer in World.

After having a series of success sto-

ries in Russia, Europe and other devel-

oped & developing countries across the

world, CHETRA M&IG is now focusing on

the growing Indian market in a big way

now. The establishment of a subsidiary

company for India “CHETRA Machinery

India Pvt. Ltd” was the initial step towards

this and the company is now looking at

the option of setting up a manufacturing

unit in India. The company is also in the

process of establishing an even wider

dealership network across the country.

The company is considering estab-

lishment of a CHETRA Production unit in

India, something that could be a reality

very soon. M&IG products were being

imported in India since 1999. To fulfill

the growing demand of Indian custom-

ers in technically advanced industrial

machines there was established a 100%

subsidiary - CHETRA Machinery India

Pvt. Ltd. Today the company offers doz-

ers, pipe layers; wheel loaders; various

Production Unit in India






DMI Engineering and Manufac-

turing (DMI E&M) Co Ltd, is one

of the reputed manufacturer of

Asphalt batch mix plants and Concrete

batching plants. The company has made

good presence into the fast growing

Indian market in recent times. The

recently held bC India 2011 show saw

DMI Engineering & Manufacturing Co

Ltd, promote its range of high quality

products in a big way.

Speak ing exc lus ive ly to the

Masterbuilder at their stall during the

show, Mr.Rin-Kwon, Managing Director

of the company said, “The response has

been very positive, “a sentiment that is

shared by Mr.Parag Shah, CEO of

Vimtech Corporation, which represents

DMI in India. Going into the company's

strength, Mr.Parag Shah highlighted that

“Durability, service and prompt after-

sales service support, have been behind

our growth story.” Another area of

strength for the company is the fact that

since almost every component in the

asphalt plant is manufacture red by them

and not outsourced, service and avail-

ability of spares is always prompt.

Asphalt mixing plant and concrete batching plants from the company are known for their high quality standards. The superior technology incorporated in the machines is evident from the lower cost of operations, a result of lower fuel consumption and superior engineering. The entire erection and installation pro-cess has been simplified. The entire asphalt plant can be erected within a week. The company's mobile asphalt mix plants have also been very successful in India. Observed Mr.Shah, “Our mobile asphalt plants have been highly success-

DMI Engineering & Manufacturing Co LtdSuperior Technology and Service Enable DMI to Stay Ahead

ful. That is because of the unique, user-friendly design features that we have incorporated in our plants.” The com-pany now offers asphalt mix plants rang-ing in capacity from 40 TPH to 400 TPH.

Speaking about the trend that is

being seen Mr.Shah explained, “An

increasing number of projects today are

being built on BOT basis. Bigger projects

have meant that the demand for higher

capacity plants is rising. We want to con-

centrate on plants with capacity of 200

Bridge Seminar


TPH and upwards.” Added Mr.Rin-Kwon,

“The typical Indian client has evolved

from a price conscious customer to one

who wants more value in the form of ser-

vice and technical support. These are our

areas of strength and reasons which

make us competitive.”

Dwelling on the technology that goes

behind the plants, Mr.Shah observed

that,” We have a team of trained techni-

cal professionals with us. In fact, in a vast

majority of cases, we don't need the

assistance of our Korean principles, as

we are ourselves capable of resolving

issues.” The asphalt mix plants of the

company feature user-friendly mouse-

operated controls. The control panel is

connected to the Internet in the plants

and this enables engineers from the com-

pany's Korean head quarters to under-

take repairs on any plant situated in a

remote location.

The company chose the bC India 2011 platform to promote the latest addi-tion to its product line DMI Recycle Asphalt Plant. “Recycling is going to be the future and we offer an excellent solu-tion,” quipped Mr.Shah, who was sec-onded by Mr.Rin-Kwon who added,” DMI is the market leader in the field of recy-cling plants in the highly competitive mar-ket of Korea.” One of the advantages of the recycling plants is that it can be attached to plants of other companies too, a fact that gives it an edge over com-peting products. Apart from its wide range of asphalt mix plants, the company also manufactures concrete batching plants in the 30 cubic meters to 360 cubic meters per hour capacity range.

Excellent service backup and a strong R & D focus, with a strict commitment to the highest standards of quality have been the reasons fueling the growth of DMI Engineering. With India in the midst of its biggest infrastructure development spree, the company is well and truly on its way to attaining market leadership in the highly competitive market.

DMI Engineering & Manufacturing Co Ltd: Superior Technology and Service Enable DMI to Stay Ahead


?????????

Greaves Cotton now brings to India

the most advanced, state-of-art

BOMAG Milling Machines. With fea-

tures like Front Loading, Track Mount &

Steering and Auto Control & Auto

Engine power regulation; these

machines are the latest technology in

the road construction industry. These

features enhance steering ability, load

distribution, safety & operator conve-

nience and efficiency resulting in preci-

sion finish of roads. The range comes in

1 to 2 metres and is backed by Greaves

service and support assurance.

Also on offer is the Paver, this state-

of-the-art equipment offers 9.2 metres

of paving width and comes with

enhanced screed features offering

superior compaction, resulting in high

quality finish and undulation effect on

roads. The features in the Paver offers

faster operation, better productivity,

low and easy maintenance and opera-

tor comfort which is a hallmark of Bomag

technology-World leaders in road con-

struction equipment technology.

Greaves Cotton LaunchesPremium Range of Construction Equipment

at bC India 2011 Show

Greaves Cotton LaunchesPremium Range of Construction Equipment

at bC India 2011 Show


Greaves Cotton, a leading name

in the construction equipment

domain, launched a premium

range of construction equipment for

the infrastructure industry at bC India

2011 show. With this launch, Greaves

Cotton augments its already formida-

ble presence with its wide range of

products in the 3 segments of Concret-

ing, Soil and Asphalt in the infrastruc-

ture equipment industry.

The range of products launched

includes:

1. Milling Machines

2. Paver

3. Loader

4. Twin Shaft Batching Plant

Continuing from its earlier range of loaders; Greaves now launched its 5T (ton) loader, extending its range from the already available 3T loader. This loader comes with components from world renowned manufacturers and is manufactured by Greaves technology. With ergonomically designed and fully air-conditioned operators' cabin as a standard feature coupled with brilliant enhanced features like single lever bucket operation and tilt steering col-umn, this loader sets a new benchmark in this segment with operators comfort resulting in improved productivity and efficiency.

Complementing its existing range of batching plants, Greaves now brings the 60cbm Twin Shaft batching plant; an advanced global technology with twin shaft mixer technology offering a range of features for safety and enhanced productivity. This plant comes with a fully automatic software controlled operation and a rigid struc-ture. With the promise of service and support round the clock, this world class technology product is low on main-tenance. This product further estab-lishes the leading position of Greaves Cotton along with its varied and wide range of batching plants, stationery & mobile concrete pumps and concrete mixers in the concreting segment of the construction equipment business.

“Greaves Cotton and BOMAG have had a long standing relation and with these set of new product launches it enhances its presence in the construc-tion equipment segment. With world class BOMAG technology, enhanced value additions, a formidable National Network with 24X7 anytime anywhere service and support; thus offering a tri-ple benefit of Technology, Value and Reach to its customers”, said a com-pany spokesperson commenting on the occasion.


Greaves Cotton Launches Premium Range of Construction Equipment at bC India 2011 Show


?????????

Dwelling on the company's growth

Mr.Raman Joshi, Managing Director,

Manitowoc Cranes India, said that the

company is well positioned in the country.

“We have long seen the potential of India

and have invested heavily here,” he said.

“We're now seeing our vision becoming a

reality as the country starts to achieve its

true potential. At bC India, we will be

increasing awareness of Manitowoc

Crane Care and showing our latest cranes,

each of which has features and benefits of

interest to Indian customers.”

Manitowoc showcased a Potain MC

125 model from the top-slewing tower

crane range and an Igo 32 self-erecting

crane, during the show. The MC 125 com-

bines a cost-effective lifting tool with

industry leading performance. The new

crane will be manufactured at the

Manitowoc factory in Pune, India and is

considered perfect for a variety of city

centric and general building projects.

Giving his views about the latest mar-

ket trends Mr. Joshi observed, “2010 was

Wide Range on Display

good rebound for the tower crane indus-

try. Another good thing that we are seeing

is that a good percent of our buyers now

are first time buyers.” Pointing out to the

rapidly evolving marketing, Mr.Joshi said,

“India is and always has been a price sen-

sitive market. But today people are willing

to spend money, if they are provided

value.”

The 4 t capacity Igo 32 is part of Potain's range of self-erecting cranes that offers significant timesaving on small and medium sized job sites that was on display during the event. They are often more cost-effective than other material han-dling options.

Also on display was the GT 25-5A from the Dongyue mobile truck crane product line. bC India marked the first time that these cranes were being shown in India. Manitowoc's national office will sell the cranes directly and the full Manitowoc Crane Care support is in place for them. Besides the equipment, a simulator allowed visitors to the booth to sit in a rep-lica crane cab and experience what it is like to operate a Manitowoc crane.

Manitowoc Emphasizes Commitment Manitowoc Emphasizes Commitment to Indian Market at bC India 2011 Showto Indian Market at bC India 2011 Show


Manitowoc is a name that has

become synonymous with lift-

ing equipment globally. The

company offers a wide range of cranes

including, lattice-boom cranes, mobile

telescopic cranes, and tower cranes. It is

the first global company to manufacture

tower cranes in the country in its Pune

manufacturing facility. The company had

displayed its range of lifting equipment

and accessories during the bC India 2011

show, which highlighted its market lead-

ership in India.

Raman JoshiManaging Director, Manitowoc

?????????


up to 85 kmph. There are four variants

of the 6540 available in the market 16

cum box and rock body, 18 cum box

body and 20 cum box body.

Currently, the Russian-Indian JV

domiciled in Hosur, Tamil Nadu will

assemble 1000 locally produced

KAMAZ trucks as per its business plan

which has been approved in February

2005. At the moment this JV is

producing a single truck model

KAMAZ-6540 but in future the plant

which has been designed for annual

output of 5,000 trucks, will start to

produce road tractors , KAMAZ-5460

(4x2) and KAMAZ-6460 (6x4) , specially

designed for the local conditions, as

well as the KAMAZ-6520 dump trucks

along with rigid KAMAZ-6540 of




w a s t h e d u m p t r u c k m o d e l

KAMAZ-6540 (8x4) which belongs to

the family of heavy duty trucks with 19t

legal payload, GVW upto 31t and

comes with a host of attractive

features, besides being well known for

its productivity and efficiency.

The KAMAZ-6540 is equipped with

KAMAZ V8, 260 hp Euro 2 engine and

the Cummins 285 hp Euro 3 engine. In

addition, two fuel tanks of 210 litres

displacement each allow for lengthy

truck operation without the need for

refueling. Another feature is the

comfortable cab for the driver. The

truck platform is worth of special

description. It can accommodate 18

cubic metres of cargo and its tipping

angle during the unloading can reach

55 degrees. Fully loaded KAMAZ-6540

can easily accelerate and reach speeds

KAMAZ Vectra Motors Ltd, which

is a joint venture between

KAMAZ OJSC and Vectra group,

showcased a wide range of products at

the recently held bC India 2011 show.

The show gave the company a good

platform to show its technologically

superior products to prospective

customers.

On display at the company's booth

like Daimler AG CUMMINS, ZF,

Knorr-Bremse SfN GmbH Bosch, etc,

along with the introduction of specially

developed set of lean production

methods (KAMAZ Manufacturing

System), which has radically improved

the technical capabilities and quality of

our products.

T h e c o m p a n y h a s a l r e a d y

estab l i shed a wel l deve loped

dealership network in India. In October

2010, the company signed 11

cooperat ion agreements w i th

dealership companies. The company

has already covered about 87 percent

area through KVML dealers. It has also

appointed one overseas dealer to

reach its customers in Lhachhen

Mineral Industry, Timphu, Bhutan.

original design. Such trucks as the

KAMAZ-6540 can be operated on

concrete roads, which have been lately

constructed in India and do not allow

vehicles with excessive axle loads.

T h e n e w l y e s t a b l i s h e d

manufacturing facility is focused on the

specific market to approach domestic

customers with its unique vehicle

o p e rat i n g co n d i t i o n s . K V M L ' s

engineering team has done specific

modifications to make the vehicle, the

best in its class. Localization process is

on fast track and more than 70 percent

localization has been achieved.

KAMAZ is having JV and close

cooperation with world's leading

truck and component manufactures

KAMAZ VECTRAKAMAZ VECTRAShowcases Russian TrucksShowcases Russian Trucksof European Quality for Indiaof European Quality for India

?????????


up to 85 kmph. There are four

variants of the 6540 available in the

market 16 cum box and rock body, 18

cum box body and 20 cum box body.

Currently, the Russian-Indian JV

domiciled in Hosur, Tamil Nadu will

assemble 1000 locally produced

KAMAZ trucks as per its business plan

which has been approved in February

2005. At the moment this JV is

producing a single truck model

KAMAZ-6540 but in future the plant

which has been designed for annual

output of 5,000 trucks, will start to

produce road tractors , KAMAZ-5460

(4x2) and KAMAZ-6460 (6x4) , specially

designed for the local conditions, as

well as the KAMAZ-6520 dump trucks

along with rigid KAMAZ-6540 of




was the dump truck model

KAMAZ-6540 (8x4) which belongs to

the family of heavy duty trucks with 19t

legal payload, GVW upto 31t and

comes with a host of attractive

features, besides being well known for

its productivity and efficiency.

The KAMAZ-6540 is equipped with

KAMAZ V8, 260 hp Euro 2 engine and

the Cummins 285 hp Euro 3 engine. In

addition, two fuel tanks of 210 litres

displacement each allow for lengthy

truck operation without the need for

refueling. Another feature is the

comfortable cab for the driver. The

truck platform is worth of special

description. It can accommodate 18

cubic metres of cargo and its tipping

angle during the unloading can reach

55 degrees. Fully loaded KAMAZ-6540

can easily accelerate and reach speeds

KAMAZ Vectra Motors Ltd, which

is a joint venture between

KAMAZ OJSC and Vectra group,


the recently held bC India 2011 show.

The show gave the company a good

platform to show its technologically

superior products to prospective

customers.

On display at the company's booth

like Daimler AG CUMMINS, ZF,

Knorr-Bremse SfN GmbH Bosch, etc,

along with the introduction of specially

developed set of lean production

methods (KAMAZ Manufacturing

System), which has radically improved

the technical capabilities and quality of

our products.

T h e c o m p a n y h a s a l r e a d y

estab l i shed a wel l deve loped

dealership network in India. In October

2010, the company signed 11

cooperat ion agreements w i th

dealership companies. The company

has already covered about 87 percent

area through KVML dealers. It has also

appointed one overseas dealer to

reach its customers in Lhachhen

Mineral Industry, Timphu, Bhutan.

original design. Such trucks as the

KAMAZ-6540 can be operated on

concrete roads, which have been lately

constructed in India and do not allow

vehicles with excessive axle loads.

T h e n e w l y e s t a b l i s h e d

manufacturing facility is focused on the

specific market to approach domestic

customers with its unique vehicle

o p e rat i n g co n d i t i o n s . K V M L ' s

engineering team has done specific

modifications to make the vehicle, the

best in its class. Localization process is

on fast track and more than 70 percent

localization has been achieved.

KAMAZ is having JV and close

cooperation with world's leading

truck and component manufactures

KAMAZ VECTRAKAMAZ VECTRAShowcases Russian TrucksShowcases Russian Trucksof European Quality for Indiaof European Quality for India

?????????


company” said Mr.Subhamoy Ghosh,

Managing Director, PALFINGER India.

PALFINGER is presented both prod-

uct innovations and time-tested sys-

tem solutions at bC India where the

focus on its booth was squarely on the

company's efficiency in the construc-

tion and waste management industry.

The presentation of the PS 8000 4.0

model was the highlight. PALFINGER is

launching this 3-tonne telescopic

truck-mounted crane, specifically tai-

lored to the Asian market, for mounting

on small and medium-sized trucks.

PALFINGER also exhibited a

PK 38502 and a PK 1000 Performance

from its extensive range of knuckle

boom cranes. PALFINGER knuckle

boom cranes are the perfect work-

horses on any construction site due to

their lightweight design, power, and

maneuverability.

The combination of the PK 10000

truck-mounted crane with a T 13

PALIFT TELESCOPIC hookloader,

mounted on a 16-tonne truck including

waste container, demonstrated the

interesting and powerful range of

applications that PALFINGER system

solutions can handle in the construc-




PALFINGER India has huge range of

truck mounted cranes, hook loaders,

specialized log handling and recycling

heavy duty cranes in its platter to offer

to the Indian customers.

The bC India 2011 show saw

PALFINGER participate in a major way ,

true to its motto ,” Efficiency and Reli-

ability” and how it is all about innova-

tive and attractively-priced lifting,

loading and handling solutions that

make day today work easier for the

user.

As a leader in technology and after-

sales service, the PALFINGER brand is

considered to be the epitome of quality

and reliability all over the world. A clear

strategy based on the three pillars of

innovation, internationalization and

diversification, with committed

employees and an affirmed philosophy

of “making customers more success-

ful” in their jobs are the ingredients of

this recipe for success. “A competitive

edge gained through technological

innovation and a high level of product

quality has always been central to the

Established in 1932, PALFINGER

has for many years been among

the leading international manu-

facturers of hydraulic lifting, loading

and handling systems. As a multina-

tional company group with its head-

quarters in Salzburg , Austr ia ,

PALFINGER has manufacturing and

assembly sites in Europe, in North and

South America, as well as in Asia. Inno-

vation, further internationalization and

diversification of products and services

form the strategic pillars of the corpo-

rate strategy.

PALFINGER enjoys over 30 % of mar-

ket share globally in the manufacture

and marketing of truck mounted

cranes. The company established facil-

ity at Chennai in 2008 to develop, manu-

facture and distribute products “for

India and other Asian market from

India”, by using local resources.

PALFINGER Launches

Stiff Boom Craneat bC India 2011

PALFINGER Launches



An EPSILON M110L97 recycling

crane mounted on an MAN truck with a

gross vehicle weight of 25 tonnes dem-

onstrated just how much power and

efficiency is packed into these cranes

that have been specially designed to

deal with huge dynamic loads. Addi-

tional truck-mounted crane attach-

ments and equipment for every even-

tuality completed the exhibition dis-

play of the company.

Subhamoy GhoshManaging Director, PALFINGER India

?????????


company” said Mr.Subhamoy

Ghosh, Managing Director, PALFINGER

India.

PALFINGER is presented both prod-

uct innovations and time-tested sys-

tem solutions at bC India where the

focus on its booth was squarely on the

company's efficiency in the construc-


The presentation of the PS 8000 4.0

model was the highlight. PALFINGER is

launching this 3-tonne telescopic

truck-mounted crane, specifically tai-

lored to the Asian market, for mounting

on small and medium-sized trucks.

PALFINGER also exhibited a

PK 38502 and a PK 1000 Performance

from its extensive range of knuckle

boom cranes. PALFINGER knuckle

boom cranes are the perfect work-

horses on any construction site due to

their lightweight design, power, and

maneuverability.

The combination of the PK 10000

truck-mounted crane with a T 13

PALIFT TELESCOPIC hookloader,

mounted on a 16-tonne truck including

waste container, demonstrated the

interesting and powerful range of

applications that PALFINGER system




PALFINGER India has huge range of

truck mounted cranes, hook loaders,

specialized log handling and recycling

heavy duty cranes in its platter to offer

to the Indian customers.

The bC India 2011 show saw

PALFINGER participate in a major way ,

true to its motto ,” Efficiency and Reli-

ability” and how it is all about innova-

tive and attractively-priced lifting,

loading and handling solutions that

make day today work easier for the

user.

As a leader in technology and after-

sales service, the PALFINGER brand is

considered to be the epitome of quality

and reliability all over the world. A clear

strategy based on the three pillars of

innovation, internationalization and

diversification, with committed

employees and an affirmed philosophy

of “making customers more success-

ful” in their jobs are the ingredients of

this recipe for success. “A competitive

edge gained through technological

innovation and a high level of product

quality has always been central to the

Established in 1932, PALFINGER

has for many years been among

the leading international manu-

facturers of hydraulic lifting, loading

and handling systems. As a multina-

tional company group with its head-

quarters in Salzburg , Austr ia ,

PALFINGER has manufacturing and

assembly sites in Europe, in North and

South America, as well as in Asia. Inno-

vation, further internationalization and

diversification of products and services

form the strategic pillars of the corpo-

rate strategy.

PALFINGER enjoys over 30 % of mar-

ket share globally in the manufacture

and marketing of truck mounted

cranes. The company established facil-

ity at Chennai in 2008 to develop, manu-

facture and distribute products “for

India and other Asian market from

India”, by using local resources.

PALFINGER Launches


PALFINGER Launches


tion and waste management indus-

try.

An EPSILON M110L97 recycling

crane mounted on an MAN truck with a

gross vehicle weight of 25 tonnes dem-

onstrated just how much power and

efficiency is packed into these cranes

that have been specially designed to

tional truck-mounted crane attach-

ments and equipment for every even-

tuality completed the exhibition dis-

play of the company.

Subhamoy GhoshManaging Director, PALFINGER India

Structural Engineers World Congress (SEWC)




in introducing new technology and

products into the strong growing

Indian market. It has implemented new

models for customers, which starts

with concrete placing machinery,

which are very simple to operate and

very cost competitive at the same time.

The company introduced the station-

ary concrete pump model BSA702D,

which is designed for 20 cubic m/h out-

put, which can be delivered by a revers-

ible drum mixer.

The global leader in concrete equip-

ment also introduced a very price com-

petitive boom placer, the BSF20.07,

which is the ideal starter boom placer

for road contractors and RMC compa-

nies, which are still not capable enough

of investing in a bigger boom placer.

The introduction of the price competi-

tive boom placer was part of the com-

pany's strategy to cover a wider seg-

ment of customers. Explained

Mr.Lindenmayer on the market condi-

tions prevailing in India , “ On one hand,

there is demand for high tech concrete

pumps for large projects, while on the

other hand, the mass market needs low

cost equipment, with the focus on pro-


and has further increased its market

share in all product categories. The bC

India 2011 show offered the perfect

platform for the company to introduce

new technology and products. Express-

ing his views about the event

Mr.Michael Schmid- Lindenmayer,

Managing Director of the company's

Indian arm said "We had crowds of visi-

tors at our stand, and lots of contacts,

including many new customers. The

quality of the visitors was very good.

India definitely needed bC India. We

shall certainly be taking part again next

time, with a stand of at least the same size."

The company has been very active

Putzmeister Concrete Machines

Pvt Ltd, India, the 100 percent

subsidiary of Putzmeister

GmbH, Germany an acknowledged

world leader and global supplier of con-

crete pumps, tunneling machines,

industrial pumps and mortar machines,


its booth during the recently held bC

India 2011 show.

The Indian arm of the company has

been growing rapidly and is also

exporting its products to Srilanka, Ban-

gladesh, South Africa, and South East

Asia. In 2010, Putzmeister in India has

grown by an astonishing 160 percent

PutzmeisterPutzmeisterShowcasing a Wide Range ofProducts for the Indian Market




in introducing new technology and

products into the strong growing

Indian market. It has implemented new

models for customers, which starts

with concrete placing machinery,

which are very simple to operate and

very cost competitive at the same time.

The company introduced the station-

ary concrete pump model BSA702D,

which is designed for 20 cubic m/h out-

put, which can be delivered by a revers-

ible drum mixer.

The global leader in concrete equip-

ment also introduced a very price com-

petitive boom placer, the BSF20.07,

which is the ideal starter boom placer

for road contractors and RMC compa-

nies, which are still not capable enough

of investing in a bigger boom placer.

The introduction of the price competi-

tive boom placer was part of the com-

pany's strategy to cover a wider seg-

ment of customers. Explained

Mr.Lindenmayer on the market condi-

tions prevailing in India , “ On one hand,

there is demand for high tech concrete

pumps for large projects, while on the

other hand, the mass market needs low

cost equipment, with the focus on pro


and has further increased its mar-

ket share in all product categories. The

bC India 2011 show offered the perfect

platform for the company to introduce

new technology and products. Express-

ing his views about the event

Mr.Michael Schmid- Lindenmayer,

Managing Director of the company's

Indian arm said "We had crowds of visi-

tors at our stand, and lots of contacts,

including many new customers. The

quality of the visitors was very good.

India definitely needed bC India. We

shall certainly be taking part again next

time, with a stand of at least the same size."

The company has been very active

Putzmeister Concrete Machines

Pvt Ltd, India, the 100 percent

subsidiary of Putzmeister

GmbH, Germany an acknowledged

world leader and global supplier of con-

crete pumps, tunneling machines,

industrial pumps and mortar machines,


its booth during the recently held bC

India 2011 show.

The Indian arm of the company has

been growing rapidly and is also

exporting its products to Srilanka, Ban-

gladesh, South Africa, and South East

Asia. In 2010, Putzmeister in India has

grown by an astonishing 160 percent

PutzmeisterPutzmeisterShowcasing a Wide Range ofProducts for the Indian Market

crete pumping at the Burj Khalifa

Project in Dubai and long distance

pumping to a distance of 2015 m at the

Le Refrain construction project in

France.

The company has its state of the art

manufacturing facility at Goa, spread

over 100, 000 sq m. The company has

also got a countrywide sales and ser-

vice network with regional offices all

over India. In addition to its technologi-

cally advanced products, Putzmeister

also offers its customers competent

advice and individually designed con-

cepts.

The philosophy behind the com-

pany's rapid growth in the Indian mar-

ket was aptly summed up by

Mr.Lindenmayer when he said

“Putzmeister is committed to bringing

latest technology to India and we

believe in best products, best quality

and best service,” attributes which are

expected to contribute to the contin-

ued growth of the company in the near

future.




system, cleaning stations and accesso-

ries.

As the pioneer in R & D in concrete

pumping technology, the company

offers a wide range of concrete pump-

ing solutions. The company has created

records in both vertical and horizontal

pumping of concrete high rise con-

ductivity and

reliable tech-

no logy,” a

combinat ion

that the company

intends to achieve

through its new product

offerings.

As far as the high-end products

were concerned, the company

introduced the BSA1409D

concrete pump, which is

based on free flow

hydraulics for cus-

tomers who require

higher output.

The BSA1408HD, a

high pressure pump, which

can pump buildings in the

height range of 200 to 250 m,

was another introduction from

the company. The new model hopes to

be the industry standard for buildings

of these heights.

In order to place concrete on top of

the building Putzmeister introduced

stationary boom systems called MX in

combination with the pipelines, valve

The Masterbuilder Subscription Form

RAnand

Text Box

player in the construction equipment field

for long time now.

“There is a huge demand for piling rigs

for small and medium pile diameters from

400 mm to 750mm in many construction

sites like commercial complexes, power

plants, SEZ etc. Today Piling Contractors

either depend on the big machines to do

the job, which means higher cost by way of

fuel, transportation, and maintenance, or

resort to the conventional methods, which

mean very low productivity. REL and TES

CAR together will address this gap with

their 'CF' series” said Mr. M Sunil, Associ-

ate Vice-President, REL.

TESCAR range begins with the CF 2.5

which can be mounted on a variety of Base

machines and can do up to a depth of 15

Meters for Pile Diameters ranging from

400 mm to 800 mm. “The most popular in

the CF 2.5 range is CF 2.5A, an 8Ton

machine with 'Telescopic Mast' and on a

'Bobcat' Base which is a sought after model

world over due to its flexibility and also the

ability to operate in very confined area

REL (Revathi Equipment Ltd), a part

of the Renaissance group headed

by Mr. Abhishek Dalmia, have

entered the ground engineering equip-

ment segment by augmenting their con-

struction equipment range with hydraulic

drilling rigs. The company is already a

major player in the domain of concrete

equipment segment.

REL in association with M/s. TESCAR Srl,

Italy, launched the “CF” series Piling

Rigs at the recently concluded bC

India 2011 show in Mumbai. REL

will be targeting the emerging mar-

ket for Mini Piling Rigs and is con-

fident of making a mark in this

niche segment. The company

already has a strong distribution

network, having been a leading

REL-CED forays into Foundation Equipment - Launches

“CF” Series Piling Rigs at bC India Show

Mr. M. SunilAssociate Vice-President Marketing

REL- Construction Equipment Division



with very low head room.TES CAR has a

patent for their design of this telescopic

mast ” informed Mr. M Sunil.

“The country's long coastal Belt throws up huge opportunity for medium range piling rigs for depths up to 30 meters and pile diameters between 500to 800 mm. TES CAR 'CF-6' is an ideal machine for this application with a total weight of 20 Tons on a 'Hitachi' Base and 66 kW engine. 'CF-6' will be a very cost effective solution for the Indian Piling Contractors and also the rental segment , which will combine Productivity with Low operating Costs”, pointed out Mr. Sunil , before adding

“We are betting on this machine to do well in Indian Market and our plans include phased indigenization to make the offer better”.

TES CAR is also the leading manufac-turer of Tools including Kelly Bars, and supplies to every leading manufacturer of Piling Rigs in the world.REL, Construc-tion equipment Division offers a 'Full Liner' in concrete equipment with tech-nical collaboration with leading German manufacturers. “Every product from REL-CED stable has certain feature incomparable and offering value addi-tion to clients in terms of productivity, saving in operating cost or additional safety features.” Mr. Sunil explained.

The THP 45 D High pressure Con-

crete Pump launched in 2010 is already

rated high by users due to its capability

to pump up to even 100 meters vertical

height at the same time giving a very

good output.REL also have expanded its

own Network to all four regions of the

country and have currently 13 Dealer-

ships to provide after sales support to its

range.

PilingPilingRigsRigs

iling is a kind of ground treatment for Pstrengthening the ground soil in order to

make it capable of supporting the load of the

project. It basically involves driving the pile into

the ground below the ground level. Generally,

piles are of the following types: concrete piles,

timber piles, steel piles and bored piles.

Equipments used to drive these piles into the

ground are called Piling rigs. A piling rig is an

equipment mainly applied to drill in sandy soil,

clay, silty clay etc. and widely used cast-in-

place piles, diagram walls, foundation

reinforcement and other foundation projects.

�T�h�e�s�e� �r�i�g�s� �c�o�m�e� �i�n� �3� �m�a�i�n� �c�a�t�e�g�o�r�i�e�s�:

�S�m�a�l�l� �s�i�z�e�d� � �T�o�r�q�u�e�:� �6�0� �-�1�0�0� �k�N�m�,�

�E�n�g�i�n�e� �p�o�w�e�r� �1�0�8� �k�W�,� �d�r�i�l�l�i�n�g� �d�i�a�m�e�t�e�r�

�.�5� � �1�.�2�m�,� �d�r�i�l�l�i�n�g� �d�e�p�t�h� �4�0�m�,� �t�o�t�a�l�

�q�u�a�l�i�t�y� �4�0�t�.

�M�i�d�d�l�e�-�s�i�z�e�d� �-� �t�o�r�q�u�e� �i�s� �a�r�o�u�n�d� �1�2�0�-

�1�8�0� �k�N�m�,� �e�n�g�i�n�e� �p�o�w�e�r� �1�2�5�-�2�0�0� �k�W�,�

�d�r�i�l�l�i�n�g� �d�i�a�m�e�t�e�r� �0�.�8�-�1�.�8�m�,� �d�r�i�l�l�i�n�g�

�d�e�p�t�h� �6�0�m�,� �t�o�t�a�l� �q�u�a�l�i�t�y� �4�2�-�6�5�t�.

�L�a�r�g�e�-�s�i�z�e�d� �-� �t�o�r�q�u�e� �i�s� �a�r�o�u�n�d� �2�4�0� �k�N�m�,�

�e�n�g�i�n�e� �p�o�w�e�r� �3�0�0� �k�W�,� �d�r�i�l�l�i�n�g� �d�i�a�m�e�t�e�r� �1�-

�2�.�5�m�,� �d�r�i�l�l�i�n�g� �d�e�p�t�h� �8�0�m�,� �t�o�t�a�l� �q�u�a�l�i�t�y� �1�0�0�t�.

STUDENT CORNER



REL-CED forays into Foundation Equipment - Launches “CF” Series Piling Rigs at bC India Show

projects, including high-rise buildings, power plants, and tunnels.”

Going into further details of the new

launches Mr.Sundaresan said “We have

been seeing increased activity in high-

rise constructions, especially in Mumbai,

which is the high-rise capital in India.

With the kind of development that the

city is facing, we are sure that one will see

a further increase, not only in the number

of high-rise constructions here but also in

terms of the height of the projects. And

this is where our new concrete pumps

will make the difference. We believe that,

going forward, there will be a strong

demand for these products, especially in

a market like Mumbai.”

Speaking about the launch of the two new concrete pumps the company's Chief Operating Officer, Mr.V.G.Sakthikumar said “We are extremely happy to launch our concrete pumps at the prestigious bc India International Trade Fair. Our ability to clearly understand what our customers need and to launch products that meet these requirements has always set us apart. Our objective of unveiling

the new products at the bC India fair is dual in nature on the one hand, it gives us the opportunity to meet with our clients. More importantly, it also gives us the platform to leverage on the demand for such high-capacity equipment in Mumbai, which is seeing a consistent g r o w t h i n t e r m s o f h i g h - r i s e constructions. With their ability to pump concrete upto heights of 250 and 500 metres respectively, we are sure that the SP 2880 and the SP 8800 will meet the requirements of our customers here.”

Mr. John Keenan, Head of Sales Asia-

Pacific, SCHWING GmbH Germany, while

giving his views on the two new launches

said, “SCHWING is known today as a total

concrete equipment solutions provider

and in our endeavor to help our

customers overcome all concrete

handling challenges, we felt a strong

need to enhance our product-line. Thus,

our latest offerings, the BP 8800 and BP

2880 concrete pumps, feature a

combination of advanced technology,

economy, flexibil ity, quality and

exclusively for high-rise constructions.

We are hopeful of providing our

customers with solutions which are both

practical and cost-effective.”

The SP 8800, according to the company wil l redefine concrete pumping, in terms of pumping output, operating convenience, and economic efficiency. Driven by a powerful Deutz Diesel engine and combined with DN 180 and DN 200 pumping cylinders, the customers will have the choice of selecting the specific pump that meets the requirements of a specific project. The open-circuit hydrostatic drives with soft-push controls are characterized by exceptionally soft pushing of the


SCHWING Stetter (India) Pvt Ltd., a 100% subsidiary of SCHWING Gmbh, Germany, and a leading

player in the Indian Ready Mix Concrete (RMC) equipment industry, unveiled two new concrete pumps new concrete pumps, SP 8800 and SP 2880, for the Indian market at the recently held bC India show at Mumbai from February 8-11, 2011. Aimed at the high-rise construction market in India, the SP 2880 can pump concrete vertically upto a height of 250 metres, while the SP 8800 can pump concrete vertically upto a height of more than 500 metres.

Speaking about at the launch of the new products, Mr. Anand Sundaresan, Managing Director, SCHWING Stetter (India), observed, “We are extremely happy to unveil our two new concrete pumps, SP 8800 and SP 2880. These products are specifically designed for high-rise construction projects, where high capacities are required, for rapid placement of large quantities of concrete, extreme pumping heights and / or distances and difficult concrete mixes. The pumps are ideal for use in the construction of various civil engineering


Unveils Two New Concrete Pumps at bc India ShowSCHWING Stetter India

Anand Sundaresan, Managing Director, SCHWING Stetter(India) Pvt Ltd

216

V.G.Sakthikumar, CEO, SCHWING Stetter (India) Pvt Ltd

Truevents, Singapore

leading to substantially lower fuel consumption during transport. The energy-consuming changeover block for the changeover has been shifted from the piston to the rod side and the hydraulic hoses can be detached and reconnected easily. This ensures that there is no oil dripping and no waste of fuel due to changeover block heating. the SP 2880 is also equipped with a noise abatement system, making the pump more environment-friendly.

The pump has impressive controls

with display, which provides all current

operating data like engine speed,

hydraulic pressure, and stroke. The

control system can be enhanced with a

Bluetooth remote control. The modular

structure, including a vert ical ly

adjustable hitch, permits use of two

different axles a construction site axle

and an optional road axle for towing

speeds of up to 80 km/h.

SCHWING Stetter India Unveils Two New Concrete Pumps at bC India Show

concrete column into the delivery line and gentle switchover with no pressure peaks. This makes for smooth running and high service lives. Large upward folding side doors permit effortless, d irect access for servic ing and maintenance purposes.

The hydrostatic drive features rugged, sturdy axial-piston pumps with power regulator and additional output adjustment. All operating and control devices are centrally located, readily visible, and easily accessible. The heart of the concrete pump is the rock-valve, designed for maximum concrete pressure of up to 250 bars, which offers exemplary pumping characteristics, wearing properties and operational safety.

The SP 2880 is a stationary concrete pump that is based on the forward-looking design of the modern plastic casting, with significant weight savings

SS IPL 8800

SSIPL 2880

In August 2009, SCHWING Stetter was recognized internationally for the world record set by the company in pumping concrete vertically up to a record height to 715 meters for the Parbati Hydro-electric project in Suind village, Himachal Pradesh. The project was implemented by the National Hydro-power Corporation. SCHWING Stetter supplied BP 4000 super concrete pumps to Gammon India, which executed the project for pumping concrete from the bottom of the tunnel to the top of the tunnel, which had a total length of 1500 meters and an inclination of 30°.

Besides the new concrete pumps, SCHWING Stetter (India) also unveiled a high pressure water cleaning system at the bC India 2011 International Trade Fair. With the launch of these two new concrete pumps, SCHWING Stetter offers the entire range of concrete pumps, including the BP 350, the BP 1800, theSP 1400, and the LP 1400.

BP 8800




Since 1944, TIL has been partner-

ing India's infrastructure growth.

As a responsible nation builder,

the company remains committed to

India's infrastructure creation by pro-

viding high-technology equipment and

total solutions, with the eventual aim

of enhancing customer value.

Technology, innovation, and leader-

ship are three qualities that have come

to define TIL as an organization and its

philosophy. Over the past six decades

the company has emerged as one of

the leading providers of a wide range of

equipment that represent some of the

finest in global technology. TIL contin-

ues to strive for new ways and better

solutions while serving customers with

cutting edge technology products and

excellent service by constantly innovat-

ing and evolving.

The company showcased several

Story Continues TIL - The GrowthTIL - The GrowthStory Continues

products from its wide range during the

recently held bC India 2011 show. The

company has always been a pioneer

when it comes to introducing material

handling equipment. Explained

Mr.S.K.Bhatnagar, Director & President,

TIL, dwelling on the company's philoso-

phy during the press conference at bC

India 2011 show, “TIL has continuously

and successfully anticipated future

needs of the industry and introduced

state-of-the art products, “before add-

ing, “Whenever there has been a

requirement for a high capacity crane

or whenever there has been a require-

ment for new technology, we have

been the pioneers.” Today TIL is the

only manufacturer in the country that

customer experience, TIL has always

formed a new business association to

expand product portfolio, deepen mar-

ket penetration, and offer superior solu-

tions to a wider cross-section of cus-

tomers. The company has recently

entered into an agreement with Astec

Inc; to introduce equipment meant for

the road construction industry, includ-

ing, cone crushers, high frequency

screens, and hot mix asphalt plants.

As part of the diversification initia-

tive the company had recently intro-

duced hot mix asphalt plants, based on

double barrel technology. Giving

details about the road construction

equipment range Mr.R.Nandagopal,

TIL-ASTEC, Vice President, Equipment

& Project Solutions, explained, “India is

currently a batch mix country. But with


TIL - The Growth Story Continues


offers mobile cranes with load lifting

capacity of 40 tonne and beyond.

TIL launched its 75 tonne crane in its

truck mounted series during the bC

India 2011 show. The model- TMS 875,

comes with several key features includ-

ing, 4 section trapezoidal full power

boom, maximum road and speed of 50

km/hr, hoisting speed of 110 m/min. “

Loads are getting heavier and custom-

ers are looking for higher capacity

cranes, “ observed Mr.Bhatnagar on

the trends being witnessed in the

industry.

Going into details about the target

customers and applications for the new

75 tonne crane, Mr.Bhatnagar said,

“This crane will be extensively used in

heavy infrastructure sector, building of

power plants, refineries, chemical

plants, building bridges, etc.” The crane

comes with the benefits of synchroni-

zation that ensures even distribution of

load on the boom sections, better ser-

vice facility, higher mobility, and effi-

cient hoist unit.

The company also launched a 10

tonne truck mounted crane during the

bC India 2011 show. With this the com-

pany now offers customers a choice

from 10 to 75 tonnes. The new model-

TMS 10, comes with key features such

as 3 section full power fully synchro-

nized, mounted on Ashok Leyland Chas-

sis, maximum lifting height of 25.7 m

and less gross vehicle weight.

Speaking about one of the key

advantages of the new launch

Mr.Bhatnagar pointed out, “It is based

on a drive line sourced completely from

Indian companies. What this means is a

cost-effective product that is easy to

maintain. “

In its continuous quest to enhance

increase in road project size, you will

need hot mix asphalt plants which fea-

ture continuous mix or double barrel

technology. “

Apart from the Telesmith 44 SBS

Cone Crusher, AMS 2618VM Screening

solution, the company has also entered

into a licensee agreement with Paceco

Corp, USA, now a part of the Mitsui

Engineering and Shipbuilding Co Ltd,

for the designing and manufacturing of

Rubber Gantry Cranes in India.

Mr.Bhatnagar during the press con-

ference also spoke about the new plant

of TIL that is under construction in

Kharagpur, about 120 km from Kolkata.

With a world-class product line, buoyant

economy and spurt in infrastructure

projects, the TIL growth story looks all

set to continue in the years to come.

Roof India Exhibition

?????????


ABG 4361 asphalt paver ( which was built in Volvo's Indian factory) sup-ported by the 8,200 kg DD 80 large asphalt compactor and the L120F wheel loader.

The show also saw Mr.Muralidharan

give a lecture on the company's four

pronged approach to improve fuel effi-

ciency. These cornerstones include 'Sys-

tems' such as the OptiShift- a feature fit-

ted to Volvo wheel loaders that inte-

grates a torque converter with Volvo's



and also underline the company's

expanding product, manufacturing,

and distribution capabilities.

Pointing to the recent market trends, Mr.A.M.Muralidharan, Managing Director of Volvo India Private Ltd and Head of Volvo Construction Equipment Business in India observed, “Volvo Con-struction Equipment enjoyed a sharp increase in sales and profitability in 2010, amid improving conditions for the industry. The company also

i n c r e a s e d u n i t s a l e s b y 70 percent compared to 2009- selling an all-time high of 66,000 machines dur-ing the year, which is significant growth.”

The centerpiece of the company's display during the show was a pair of the latest Volvo excavators the EC 140B Prime and the EC210B Prime; the latter specially adapted for work in granite and marble quarry applications. Road machinery also featured highly with an

At the bC India 2011 show Volvo

Construction Equipment high-

lighted how a package of

advanced engine and support solutions

lies at the heart of the company's

expanding production and distribution

base in India. Volvo Construction

Equipment used its extensive display at

the inaugural Bauma Conexpo India

2011 show to demonstrate its commit-

ment to improving fuel consumption

and lowering emissions in its products

Volvo Drives Home theFuel Efficiency Messageat bC India 2011 Show


r e s p e c t t o f u e l e f f i c i e n c y

Mr.Muralidharan quipped, “We have

always been focused on fuel efficiency.

We have been the pioneers when it

comes to offering fuel efficient products.”

With new fuel injection, air man-

agement technology, and advanced

electronics, the inherent potential of

the V-ACT engine is then tailored by

Volvo engineers to meet the specific

performance criteria required by dif-

ferent machine types and applications.

The show also saw the company pro-

mote the introduction of a dedicated

component remanufacturing service

initiative 'Reman' in the Indian market.

Volvo has recently invested in a new Fac-

tory Remanufactured Component Cen-

tre in Bangalore, whose technicians

expertly restore a range of components

to an often better-than-new standard

('better' because components are

upgraded to the latest iteration of that

unit's development). “It's like giving

Reman

patented Reverse By Braking (RBB) tech-

nology. 'Operator Behaviour' is another

cornerstone and programs such as Eco-

Operator highlight good working prac-

tices when using machines to develop

an environmentally-friendly style of

driving. The third cornerstone is 'Fu-

ture Technologies” such as hybrids and

the final element 'Engines' an area

where the company's fuel efficient V-

ACT design excels.

The Volvo diesel engine is at the

heart of the company's wide range of

products. based on well-proven, robust

technology, the Volvo V-ACT engine

range meets the needs of the Indian

customers by providing increased

machine performance along with

reduced emissions. Along with envi-

ronmental improvements, the engine

also represents new achievements in

combustion efficiency and overall

engine performance. Giving an insight

into the company's philosophy with

Volvo Diesel Engine

A.M.Muralidharan, Managing Director of Volvo India Private Limited and Head of VolvoConstruction Equipment Business in India and Dr. Eberhard Wedekind, President - Region Asia,Volvo CE and Chairman - Volvo India

?????????


ABG 4361 asphalt paver ( which was built in Volvo's Indian factory) sup-ported by the 8,200 kg DD 80 large asphalt compactor and the L120F wheel loader.

The show also saw Mr.Muralidharan

give a lecture on the company's four

pronged approach to improve fuel effi-

ciency. These cornerstones include 'Sys-

tems' such as the OptiShift- a feature fit-

ted to Volvo wheel loaders that inte-

grates a torque converter with Volvo's



and also underline the company's

expanding product, manufacturing,

and distribution capabilities.

Pointing to the recent market trends, Mr.A.M.Muralidharan, Managing Director of Volvo India Private Ltd and Head of Volvo Construction Equipment Business in India observed, “Volvo Con-struction Equipment enjoyed a sharp increase in sales and profitability in 2010, amid improving conditions for the industry. The company also

i n c r e a s e d u n i t s a l e s b y 70 percent compared to 2009- selling an all-time high of 66,000 machines dur-ing the year, which is significant growth.”

The centerpiece of the company's display during the show was a pair of the latest Volvo excavators the EC 140B Prime and the EC210B Prime; the latter specially adapted for work in granite and marble quarry applications. Road machinery also featured highly with an

At the bC India 2011 show Volvo

Construction Equipment high-

lighted how a package of

advanced engine and support solutions

lies at the heart of the company's

expanding production and distribution

base in India. Volvo Construction

Equipment used its extensive display at

the inaugural Bauma Conexpo India

2011 show to demonstrate its commit-

ment to improving fuel consumption

and lowering emissions in its products



r e s p e c t t o f u e l e f f i c i e n c y

Mr.Muralidharan quipped, “We have

always been focused on fuel efficiency.

We have been the pioneers when it

comes to offering fuel efficient products.”

With new fuel injection, air man-

agement technology, and advanced

electronics, the inherent potential of

the V-ACT engine is then tailored by

Volvo engineers to meet the specific

performance criteria required by dif-

ferent machine types and applications.

The show also saw the company pro-

mote the introduction of a dedicated

component remanufacturing service

initiative 'Reman' in the Indian market.

Volvo has recently invested in a new Fac-

tory Remanufactured Component Cen-

tre in Bangalore, whose technicians

expertly restore a range of components

to an often better-than-new standard

('better' because components are

upgraded to the latest iteration of that

unit's development). “It's like giving ld

Reman

patented Reverse By Braking (RBB)

technology. 'Operator Behaviour' is

another cornerstone and programs

such as Eco-Operator highlight good

working pract ices when using

machines to develop an environmen-

tally-friendly style of driving. The third

cornerstone is 'Future Technologies”

such as hybrids and the final element

'Engines' an area where the company's

fuel efficient V-ACT design excels.

The Volvo diesel engine is at the

heart of the company's wide range of

products. based on well-proven, robust

technology, the Volvo V-ACT engine

range meets the needs of the Indian

customers by providing increased

machine performance along with

reduced emissions. Along with envi-

ronmental improvements, the engine

also represents new achievements in

combustion efficiency and overall

engine performance. Giving an insight

into the company's philosophy with

Volvo Diesel Engine

A.M.Muralidharan, Managing Director of Volvo India Private Limited and Head of VolvoConstruction Equipment Business in India and Dr. Eberhard Wedekind, President - Region Asia,Volvo CE and Chairman - Volvo India

components a second life, explained

Mr.Muralidharan, before adding, “The

components are disassembled at our

factory, by trained technicians, what-

ever were the parts required they are

then replaced, before it is sold to

another customer. This way we offer a

very economical way of using the core

and replacing the parts.”

The facility allows users of Volvo

construction equipment to have their

used components renovated at a lower

cost than buying new and consuming

far less new materials and energy. The

program according to the company is a

natural extension of Volvo's commit-

ment towards a greener environment.

The show also highlighted the

CareTrack-Volvo's telematic system

that allows remote monitoring and

machine diagnostics on all general pur-

pose machines- which is now available

in India as standard and comes with a

free three year subscription. The sys-

tem offers customers a number of

advantages, the primary one being its

ability to effectively manage machine

maintenance, servicing and repair

through the system's ability to 'see'

how the machine is performing, has

performed and a range of important

information.

The show also saw company offi-

cials explain the benefits of Volvo's

'hard' machine product solutions as

well as the extensive range of 'soft'

non-machine product and service

offerings. Specialists from the company

were also available to explain the bene-

fits of Customer Support Agreements

(CSAs) which come in several forms,

depending on customer needs and the

work environment the machine oper-

ates in.

CareTrack


Volvo Drives Home the Fuel Efficiency Message at bC India 2011 Show


Ermotec International Pvt.Ltd SKG Equipments Pvt. Ltd.


M BE.Scape

ith an avant-garde approach and forward thinking, Brazilian architect WMike Reyes who’s goal was to provide sustainable homes for the stranded survivors has come up with an emergency shelter that has been inspired by favelas or Brazilian shanty towns.The structures are box-like homes that can be attached onto the facades of other buildings. Reye's’ concept is unique in that it actually enlists able-bodied survivors to assist with the imple-mentation of the shelters – a cool idea, since it empowers them to take action instead of simply sitting around, waiting for help. Reyes envisions that the pre-constructed structures could be airlifted by helicopter to sites where they are needed and then guided into place with the help of survivors. They “clip” onto building facades using leverage.

Each shelter would contain beds, lighting, storage and a skylight and be made of recycled materials from local construction sites. There would also be attachments for solar energy, water purification and organic farming.

n today's modern world when houses even with a few

plants here and there claim to have a garden, this gor-Igeous building in Linkebeek, Belgium is a true blue garden

house. Completely draped with gorgeous greenery, it is a

sight to behold.

The building that has been designed by Samyn and Part-

ners took all of 8 years in construction. It was originally

designed to be draped with ivory and not plants. In fact,

patinated copper material was actually chosen for the roof.

It so happened that the construction process took very

long and the owners finally scrapped the idea of ivory and

copper and instead went for some green façade. The

selections of exotic plants that cover the building have

been chosen by an expert botanist Patrick Blanc.

PVC panels that have been incorporated in the design act

as the support system, apart from helping in irrigation of

the beautiful green façade of the building.

A TrueA TrueGarden HouseGarden House

Emergency Parasitic Homes

n ancient Dominican Church has been transformed

into a spectacular modern book store, thanks to the cre-Aative genius of architecture. The 'brand new' bookstore in

the heart of Maastricht is now attracting visitors by the

hordes, who seem to be as much fascinated by the archi-

tecture, as by the books.

The Church which dates back to the 13th Century has been

briefly used as a parish, before it was converted into a ware-

house and then into a giant parking lot. It was converted into

its present form by architecture firm Merkx and Girod.

There is a special viewing gallery at the back of the structure

from where visitors can admire the spectacular 14th century

ceiling frescoes or relax over a cup of coffee at the café that

is located in place of the former choir.

Ancient Churchbecomes a Modern Bookstore

JSW Serverfield Structures Ltd

RAnand

Text Box

Zamil Steel Buildings India.Pvt.Ltd

emasterbuilder march2011

Documents

development of infrastructure

indian infrastructure

metecno india pvt

infrastructure debt

sub sections of infrastructure

p pradeep

long term infrastructure

marshalls road